Honeywell

Commercial Flight Systems Group Business and Commuter Aviation Systems Division Honeywell Inc.
BOX 29000

Phoenix, Arizona 85038

SPZ-8000

Digital Automatic Control System
Gulfstream IV

Flight

System Maintenance Manual
Volume II — Ground Check

22-14-00
TITLE
PRINTED IN U.S.A PUB. NO. Al 5-1146-38

PAGE

T-1

REVISED 15 APR 1993 1 JUNE 1987

PROPRIETARY NOTICE
This revised document and the information disclosed herein are proprietary data of Honeywell Inc. Neither this document nor the information contained herein shall be used, reproduced, or disclosed to others without the written authorization of Honeywell Inc., except to the extent required for installation or maintenance of recipient’s equipment. NOTICE - FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT (5 USC 552) AND DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION GENERALLY (18 USC 1905) This revised document is being furnished in confidence by Honeywell Inc. The information herein falls within exemption (b) (4) of 5 USC 552 and the prohibitions of 18 USC 1905. disclosed

S93

USEREF and PRIMLJS are registered trademarks of Honeywell Inc. COLORCAL, COLORADAR, and LASERTRAK are additional trademarks

of Honeywell

Inc.

22-14-00
TITLE
Copyright 1993 Honeywell Inc. AN Rights Reserved

PAGE

T-2

REVISED 15 APR 1993 1 JUNE 1987

Date Received

READER COMMENTS
(Mail or FAX this form to [602] 436-4100) comments and recommendations to improve future editions Your Name Address State Telephone No. Honeywell Pub. No. Manual Title Country FAX ATA No. Date Zip Company/Airline

COMMENTS/RECOMMENDATIONS:

-..-*-

- -——=.

-----.—

. . .. . .- .. = -- -.:..

----- ..- 7Y:-

—A

-----

.

LOCAL REPRODUCTION ENCOURAGE (If returning by mail, please tape closed; Postal regulations prohibit use of staples.)

FOLD ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------From:
Place

FOLD

Slamp Here

Honeywell
Commercial Flight Systems Group Business and Commuter Aviation Systems Division Logistics Quality Administrator MS AV2CC85C3 P.O. Box 29000 Phoenix, AZ 85038-9000

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------FOLD FOLD

Date Received

REPORT OF POSSIBLE DATA ERROR
(Mail or FAX this form to [602] 436-4100)

Your

Name

Company/Airline

Address State Telephone No. Country FAX ATA No. Date zip

Honeywell Pub. No. Manual Ttile

IJPGI

p~~g.

NC).

LiFiAPH

FlrlllHr tJo.

TAI+: L NO

IWC)LII Ff.1

I
-

1IONEYWE LLREPLY

m

. . .!. ..

.. .. .

. . . ..-.

—.. —..

—.—

—.-

.

.

. . —.. — —

. ----

LOCAL REPRODUCTION ENCOURAGED (If returning by mail, please tape closed; Postal regulations prohibit use of staples.)

FOLD --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------From:

FOLD

Placa Stamp Here

Hone~ell
Commercial Flight Systems Group Business and Commuter Aviation Systems Division Logistics Quality Administrator MS AV2fX85C3 P.O. Box 29000 Phoenix, AZ 85038-9000

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------FOLD FOLD

RECORD OF REVISIONS- VOLUME 11 Upon receipt of a revision, insert the latest revised pages and dispose of superseded pages. Enter revision number and date, insertion date, and the incorporator’s initials on the Record of Revisions. The typed initials HI are used when Honeywell Inc. is the incorporator. Revision Number 01 02 03 04 05 06 Revision Date Feb 1/88 Mar 1/89 Ott 1/89 Mar 15/91 Auq 15/91 A~r 15/93 Insertion Date Mar 1/88 lU2LK@
t!ov

By

Revision Number

Revision Date

Insertion Date

By

15/89

A~r 15/91 Nov 1/91 Jul 1/93

22-14-00
Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

Page RR-1/RR-2 Aug 15/91

Honeywell

GULFSTREAMIV

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LIST OF EFFECTIVEPAGES- VOLUME II Original Revision Revision Revision .. .. .. .. 0 1 2 3 .. .. .. .. Jun Feb Mar Ott 1/87 1/88 1/89 1/89 Revision Revision Revision . . 4 . . Mar 15/91 . . 5 . . Aug 15/91 . . 6 . . .Apr 15/93

SUBHEADING ANDPAGE Title T-1 T-2 Record of Revisions RR-1/RR-2 List of Effective LEP-1 LEP-2 LEP-3 LEP-4 LEP-5/LEP-6 Pages
s s s

REVISION 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 : 6 6 6 6 4 6 6 4 6 4 4 4 4
4

SUBHEADING ANDPAGE 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364
s s s

REVISION 6 6 6 4 4 6 4 6 4 6 4 4 : 4 4 6 4 6 4 6 6 6 4 6 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 6

m

8 8 m

Ground Check 301/302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 indicates

s

s

s s s

s

m
q s s s s s

s

s s

s s

s

s

s

changed,

added,

or deleted

page.

22-14-00
Page
Apr LEP-1 15/93

Useor disclosureof informationonthis page is subjectto the restrictions onthe title page of this document.

Honeywell
SUBHEADING ANDPAGE Ground Check (cent) 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 398.1 398.2 398.3 398.4 398.5 398.6 398.7 398.8 398.9 398.10 398.11 398.12 398.13 398.14 398.15 398.16 REVISION 4 4 4 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 ; 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 4 6 4 6 4 4 4 6 6 6 4 6 4 4 4 6 4 4 6 4 6

GULFSTREAMIV

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SUBHEADING ANDPAGE 398.17 398.18 398.19 398.20 398.21 398.22 398.23 398.24 398.25 398.26 398.27 398.28 398.29 398.30 398.31 398.32 398.33 398.34 398.35 398.36 398.37 398.38 398.39 398.40 398.41 398.42 398.43 398.44 398.45 398.46 398.47 398.48 398.49 398.50 398.51 398.52 398.53 398.54 398.55 398.56 398.57 398.58 398.59 398.60 398.61 398.62 398.63 398.64 398.65 398.66 398.67

REVISION 4 4 6 4 6 6 4 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 4 6 6 4 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 : 4 6 4 4 6 4 4 4 6 6 4 4 4 4 Page LEP-2 Apr 15/93

q

s

8
q

q

s s

9
s

s

m
q s

s

s

s s

s

m

s

s

s

s s

8

q

22-14-00
Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Honeywell
SUBHEADING ANDPAGE Ground Check (cent) 398.68 398.69 398.70 398.71 398.72 398.73 398.74 398.75 398.76 398.77 398.78 398.79 398.80 398.81 398.82 398.83 398.84 398.85 398.86 398.87 398.88 398.89 398.90 398.91 398.92 398.93 398.94 398.95 398.96 398.97 398.98 398.99 398.100 398.101 398.102 398.103 398.104 398.105 398.106 398.107 398.108 398.109 398.110 398.111 398.112 398.113 398.114 398.115 398.116 398.117 REVISION 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 4 4 4 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

GULFSTRE4MIV

MANUAL

SUBHEADING ANDPAGE 398.118 398.119 398.120 398.121 398.122 398.123 398.124 398.125 398.126 398.127 398.128 398.129 398.130 398.131 398.132 398.133 398.134 398.135 398.136 398.137 398.138 398.138.1/398.138.2 398.139 398.140 398.140.1 398.140.2 398.141 398.142 398.142.1 398.142.2 398.143 398.144 398.145 398.146 398.147 398.148 398.149 398.150 398.151 398.152 398.152.1 398.152.2 398.152.3/398.152.4 398.153 398.154 398.155 398.156 398.157 398.158 398.159 398.160

REVISION 6 4 4 4
s s s

: 6 4 4 ; 4 : 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 : 6 6 : 4 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Page LEP-3 Apr 15/93

s s

s s

s

s s s s

q q q

s

m
s

22-14-00
Use or disclosure
of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Honeywell
SUBHEADING ANDPAGE Ground Check (cent) 398.161 398.162 398.163 398.164 398.165 398.166 398.167 398.168 398.169 398.170 398.171 398.172 398.173 398.174 398.175 398.176 398.177 398.178 398.179 398.180 398.181 398.182 398.183 398.184 398.185 398.186 398.187 398.188 398.189 398.190 398.191 398.192 398.193 398.194 398.195 398.196 398.197 398.198 398.199 398.200 398.201 398.202 398.203 398.204 398.205 398.206 398.207 398.208 398.209 398.210 REVISION 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

GULFSTREAMIV

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SUBHEADING ANDPAGE 398.211 398.212 398.213 398.214 398.215 398.216 398.217 398.218 398.219 398.220 398.221 398.222 398.223 398.224 398.225 398.226 398.227 398.228 398.228 .1/398.228.2 398.229 398.230 398.231 398.232 398.233 398.234 398.235 398.236 398.237 398.238 398.239 398.240 398.241 398.242 398.243 398.244 398.245 398.246 398.247 398.248 398.249 398.250 398.251 398.252 398.253 398.254 398.255 398.256 398.257 398.258 398.259 398.260

REVISION 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Page LEP-4 Apr 15/93

s s

22-14-00
Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjeot to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

SUBHEADING ANDPAGE Ground Check (cent) 398.261 398.262 398.263 398.264 398.265 398.266 398.267 398.268 398.269 398.270 398.271 398.272 398.273 398.274 398.274.1 398.274.2 398.275 398.276 398.277 398.278 398.279 398.280 398.281 398.282 398.283 398.284 398.284.1 398.284.2 398.284.3 398.284.4 398.284.5 398.284.6 398.284.7 398.284.8 398.285 398.286 398.287 398.288 398.289 398.290 398.291 398.292 398.293 398.294 398.295 398.296 398.297 398.298 398.299/398.300

REVISION 4 : 4 4 : 4 4 : 6 4 4 6 6 : 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 z

SUBHEADING ANDPAGE

REVISION

22-14-00
Page
Use or disclosure of informationon this page issubject to the restrictions on the title page ofthis

LEP-5/LEP-6 Apr 15/93
document.

SECTION4 GROUND CHECK 1. General This section provides a ground maintenance test procedure (Table 301) for checking the SPZ-8000 System for correct installation and proper operation Table 302 provides a ground check procedure all components in the system. for the flight management system. NOTICE of

I

Procedures in Table 301 are based on Honeywell Engineering Bulletin EB7015661, Revision B. Procedures in Table 302 are based on Honeywell Engineering Bulletin EB7018760, Revision -. Should any failures ISOLATION, Section 2. arise 5. while performing the following test, refer to FAULT

Eaui~ment and Materials Equipment and materials are listed in Table 301.

3.

Procedure Instructions for performing the test are listed in Table 301.

22-14-00
Useor disclosure of information on this page issubjeot to the restrictionson the title page o{ this document,

Page 301/302 Apr 15/93

TABLEOF CONTENTS ~ 1.0 2.0 3.0 SCOPE ABBREVIATIONS SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 3.1 3.2 3.3 4.0 Overview Maintenance Test Configuration/Initiation Basic Display Formats and Operations Title ~ 304 305 314 314 314 317 319 319 323 382 398.6 398.62 398.103 398.107 398.111 398.112 398.198 398.248 398.276

MAINTENANCE TEST OPERATIONS 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 System Check Electronic Display Systems (EDS) Sensor Test FMS/PMSTest Automatic Flight Guidance Control Summary Test

System (AFGCS)

APPENDIX A APPENDIX B APPENDIX C APPENDIX D APPENDIXE APPENDIX F

LIST OF TESTS AVAILABLE FORMAINTENANCE TEST DELETED FLIGHTFAULTSUMMARY DESCRIPTION RECOMMENDED ACTIONSFOR FLIGHT FAULTSUMMARY SERVOSWITCHING MONITOR USEDWITHFLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY SERVOSWITCHING MONITOR LOGICTABLE

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this documant.

Page 303 Mar 15/91

1.0

SCOPE This document defines the requirements and instructions for the ground maintenance test for the SPZ-8000 system installed on the Gulfstream G-IV aircraft.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 304 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this Page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

2.0

ABBREVIATIONS Abbreviations Abbreviation AC A/C ACARS ACCEL ADC Addr ADF AD I A/D AFCS AFGCS AFIS AGC AHRS AHRU AI I AIL ALRT ALT AMPS ANN, ANNUN ANT AOA AOSS AP, A/P APE APP, APRPP, APR APS APU ARINC ARM AS ASCB AT, A/T ATC ATR ATT AUX AZ B/A BARO BATT used in this document are defined as follows:

Equivalent Alternating Current Aircraft ARINCCommunications Addressing and Reporting Accelerometer, Acceleration Air Data Computer Address Automatic Direction Finder Attitude Director Indicator Analog to Digital Automatic Flight Control System Automatic Flight Guidance Control System Airborne Flight Information System Automatic Gain Control Attitude and Heading Reference System Attitude and Heading Reference Unit Anti-Ice Ai 1eron Alert Altitude Amperes Annunciator Antenna Angle of Attack After Over Station Sensor Autopilot Autopilot Engage Approach Altitude Preselect Auxiliary Power Unit Aeronautical Radio, Inc. Armed Airspeed Avionics Standard Communications Bus Autothrottles Air Traffic Control Air Transport Requirement Attitude Auxiliary Azimuth Bank Angle Barometric Battery Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

System

22-14-00 Page 305
Mar-15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this docwnent.

Abbreviation BC BCD BIT BITE BNR BOO BOW BRG BRK %’ CAS CB Ccw CDI CDU CDS CDU CE CH CHG CKSUM CKT CLB CLK CLR CMD CMPTR CNTL COM COMB COMP CONFIG ‘ CONT CORR Cos CP CPL CPU CRC CRS CRT CRZ Cs CT CTRL

Equivalent Back Course or Bus Controller Binary-Coded-Decimal Built In Test Built In Test Equipment Binary Bottom of Descent Basic Operating Weight B6&ng Civil Aviation Authority (British) Capture Crew Alerting System or Calibrated Airspeed Circuit Breaker Counterclockwise Course Deviation Indicator Control Display Unit Differential Resolver Control Display Unit Course Error Channel Change Check Sum Circuit Climb Clock Clear Command Computer Control Common Combined Compensation, Compass, or Compacted Configuration Controller Correction Cosine Cross Pointers, Copilot Couple Central Processor Unit Cyclic Redundancy Check Course Cathode Ray Tube Cruise Cross Side Control Transformer Control Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restritilons

on the title page of this

Page 306 Mar-15/91 document.

Abbreviation Cw DA D/A DADC DAU DB DC DCT DDM DEFL DEG DEMOD DES DET DEV, DEVN DG RFF DISC DISENG DISP DISPL DIST DL DMA DME EC DSR DTG DTRK DU DUP E EEPROM,E2PROM EFIS EGT EDS EICAS EL, ELEV EMI ENG EO E OFF EPR EPROM

Equivalent Clockwise Drift Angle Digital to Analog Digital Air Data Computer Data Acquisition Unit Data Base Display Controller Direct Difference in Depth of Modulation Deflection Degree Demodulator Descent Detector, Detent Deviation Directional Gyro Decision Height Differential, Difference Disconnect Disengage Display Displacement Distance Data Loader Direct Memory Access Distance Measuring Equipment Down Dual Remote Compensator Des i red Distance To Go Desired Track Display Unit Duplicate East Electronically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory Electronic Flight Instrument System Exhaust Gas Temperature Electronic Display System Engine Instrument and Crew Alerting System Elevator, Elevation Electromagnetic Interference Engage, Engine Easy-On Easy-Off Engine Pressure Ratio Erasable PROM Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecl to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 307 Mar 15/91 document.

Abbreviation ESS ET ETA ETE EVM EX LOC EXT FAA FAR FD, F/D FDBK FF FFS FGC FL FLCH FLT FMS FPL, FPLtl FPM FR, FRM FREQ FV FWC GA, G/A GCR GMAP GMT GP GPS GRD GS, G/S GSPD GW HB HBM HDG HDLC HF HORIZ HP HR HSI HYD H/W IAS

Equivalent Essential Elapsed Time Estimated Time of Arrival Estimated Time In Route Engine Vibration Monitor Expanded Localizer Extend, External Federal Aviation Authority Federal Aviation Requirement Flight Director Feedback Fuel Flow Flight Fault Summary Flight Guidance Computer Flight Lever Flight Level Changer F1ight Flight Management System Flight Plan Feet Per Minute From Frequency Flux Valve Fault Warning Computer Go Around Ground Clutter Reduction Ground Map Greenwich Mean Time Guidance Panel Global Positioning System Ground Glideslope, Groundspeed Groundspeed Gross Weight Heart Beat Heart Beat Monitor Heading High Level Data Link Control High Frequency Horizontal High Pressure Hour Horizontal Situation Indicator Hydraulic Hardware Indicated Airspeed Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 308 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

Abbreviation ICAO ID, IDENT IF IGN ILS INC-DEC IND INIT INS INTFC INTGL INTLK INV 1/0 IRC IRS IRU 1s0 Ivv ‘ KBPS kHz KN, KT L LAT LBS L/C LH LIM LNAV LOC LON LORAN LP LPV LRN LRU LSB LTG LTS LVC LVDT MAG MAGVAR MFD MHz MIN

Eaui val ent International Civil Aviation Organization Identi fi cation Intermediate Frequency Ignition Instrument Landing System Increase-Decrease Indicator Initialization Inertial Navigation System Interface Integral Interlock Invert Input/Output Instrument Remote Controller Inertial Navigation System Inertial Navigation Unit Isolation Instantaneous Vertical Velocity Kilo Bits Per Second Kilohertz Knots Left Latitude Lateral Beam Sensor Inductive/Capacitive Left Hand Limit Lateral Navigation/Lateral Guidance Localizer Longitude Position Sensor Type Low Pressure Latched Power Valid Long Range Navigation Line Replaceable Unit Least Significant Bit Lighting Long Term Sensor Line Voltage Compensation Linear Variable Differential Transformer Magnetic Magnetic Variation Multifunction Display Megahertz Minutes Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

I

Page 309 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

Abbreviation MLS MM MMo MOM MON MSB MSG MSL M/T, M/TRIM MUX N NAV fl:D ND NDB NM NO NOC NORM NOTAM NW NVR !):s o/c OM Osc 0ss P PAll PB Pc PERF PFD PISO PIT PITCH SYNC PLA PLN PMs Pos PPH PPOS PRESS PRI, PRIM

Equivalent Microwave Landing System ~iddle Marker ~aximum Allowable Mach Number ~omentary !on i tor ~ost Significant Bit Yessage ~ean Sea Level ~ach Trim ‘multiplexer Uorth Navigation No Connection, Normally Closed, MOComputer Data Navigation Display Non-Directional Beacon Yautical Mile Uormally Open NAVon Course Uormal Notice To Airman Non-Return To Zero Uon-Volatile RAM Navigation Computer Jnni Bearing Selector 3n Course )uter Marker )scillator )ver Station Sensor Pressure Pitch Attitude Pushbutton Performance Computer Performance Primary Flight Display Parallel In Serial Out Pitch Pitch Synchronization power Lever Angle P1an performance Management System Position Pounds Per Hour Present Position Pressure %irnary Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

or NAVComputer

22-14-00
page ofthisdoc.rment,

Page 310 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

onthispage

issubject

to the restrictions

onthetitle

Abbreviation PROC PROF PROG PROM P/s PSI Pv PM PWM PWR : ~TY RA, R/A, RADALT RAM RCT RCVR . REF REL RET RETR REV ;; RMI RN, RNAV RNAPP !!: ROM RPM RT, R/T RUD s SAT SBY, STBY SCI SCR Scs SDI SEC SEL ~!D SIG

Equivalent Processor Profi 1e Programmer, Programming Programmable Read Only Memory Pitot Switch Pounds Per Square Inch Power Valid Pitch Wheel or Pulse Iiidth Pulse Width Modulated Power Performance Computer Quality Factor Quantity Right Radio Altimeter Random Access Memory Rain Echo Attenuation Receiver Reference Release Return Retract Reverse Source (Same as Back Course) Rate Gyro Right-Hand Radio Magnetic Indicator Area NAV RNAV Approach Range Rol 1 Read Only Memory Revolutions Per Minute Receiver/Transmitter, Rate of Turn Rudder South Static Air Temperature Standby Serial Control Interface Source Single Channel Select Source/Destination Identification Seconds, Secondary Select Symbol Generator Standard Instrument Departure Signal Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

I

Page 311 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

Abbreviation SIN SING SIPO SPD SRAM SRN SSEC SSM STAEL STAR STBY STC STCS STP STR, STRG Svo Sw, s~kl SYNC SYS T TAS TAT TBD TCS TEMP TGT TK TKE TKOD TLA TLE TOC TOD TOGA TP TRK % TSO TTG llL UART UTIL, UTY V1

Ea uivalent Sine Single Serial In Parallel Out Speed System Random Access Memory Short Range Navigation Static Source Error Correction Sign Status Matrix Station Elevation Standard Terminal Arrival Route Standby Sensitivity Time Control Single Trim Channel Select Steep Steering Start Valve Open Software Synchronization System Temperature True Airspeed True Air Temperature To Be Determined Touch Control Steering Temperature Target, Turbine Gas Temperature Turn Knob, Track Track Error Turn Knob Out of Detent Torque Limit Aileron Torque Limit Elevator Top Of Climb Top Of Descent Take Off-Go Around Test Point Track Thrust Reference Set True Technical Standard Order Time-To-Go Tuned to Localizer Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Utility Takeoff Decision Speed

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
page ofthisdocurnent.

I

Page 312 Apr 15/93

Useor

disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

onthetitle

Abbreviation V2 VA VAL VANG VAPP, VAPR VAR VBS Vco VEL VERT VFLC Vfs VG VHF VLD VLF “ Vmo VNAV VOR VORTAC VPTH Vr VRAM Vref VRT, VERT Vs, v/s Vse VTA ;L, W/L NO wow WPT WR, WX WSP XFER XMTR X-SIDE XTRK YD, Y/D

Equivalent Takeoff Safety Speed (Speed to be attained at 35 feet AGC, assuming recognition of an engine failure after VI) Volt Ampere Valid Vertical Angle VORApproach Variable Vertical Beam Sensor Voltage Controlled Oscillator Velocity Vertical Vertical Flight Level Change Final Takeoff Climb Speed (Airspeed for single-engine climb in a clean configuration below 1500 feet AGC) Vertical Gyro or Vertical Generator Very High Frequency Valid Very Low Frequency MaximumAllowable Airspeed Vertical Navigation VHFOmni Range Colocated VORand Tacan Stations Vertical Path Takeoff Rotation Speed Video Random Access Memory Reference Speed (Landing) Vertical Vertical Speed Enroute Climb Speed (~irspeed for single-engine climb in a clean configuration above 1500 feet AGC) Vertical Track Alert West Wings Level Washed Out Weight on Wheels Waypoint Weather Radar Word Sequence Position Transfer Transmitter Cross-Side Cross TRACK Yaw Damper

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

I

Page 313 Apr 15/93

Useor

disclosure

of information

onthispage

issubject

totheresttictions

on the title page of this document.

3.0 3.1

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS Overview Ground Maintenance Test is an operator activated set of diagnostics consisting of five maJor tests> 1) System Check, 2) Electronic Display System (EDS), 3) Flight Management System (FW~S), 4) Automatic Flight Guidance Control System (AFGCS), and 5) Sensors. Each major test is described in detail in separate sections within this manual. The Maintenance Test isolates faults Additional information (LRU) level. down to the Line Replaceable Unit is also provided in most cases.

3.2

Maintenance

Test Configuration/Initiation Test the operator must satisfy

To configure the system for Maintenance the following conditions: Airspeed less than 50 knots

weight on Wheels (WOW) “TEST” switch on Display Controller (DC) depressed in either the Left or Right Avionics the DC

-

Maintenance Bay.

Test Switch activated

When all the conditions mentioned above have been satisfied, Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) appears as shown in Figure 3-1.

[1===EFIS RADALT [1------

EICAS ===[1 A/P DISC ======[] ALT ===[1 [1=== S/L <-----ALA-----> A/T DISC [1-----======[1 MAINT===[1 [1=== Test Menu Figure 3-1

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page 3i4 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page issubject

to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

Note that follows:

the Engine Instrument

Display

now displays

test

value as

TGT 1000 Red LP/HP 100.0 Red Oil Pressure 10 Red Oil Temperature 100 White EVMHP/LP 1.00 White Hyd Pressure (all) 1000 White Fuel Temperature 100 Amber Fuel Quantity Total 2000 White Fuel Quantity L-R 1000 White EPR 0.98 White Additionally, Blue “MAINTSWITCH ON” and “FGC SYSTEM TESTn messages are displayed on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display. The PFD on the side from which Ground Maintenance Test is being run will display an amber VSPDor the airspeed tape. To initiate Maintenance labeled ‘MAINT”located produces the System Test 3-2. The Crew Alerting 3-3. Test, the operator presses the line select key in the bottom right corner of the DC. This Menu to appear on the DC CRT, shown in Figure System (CAS) display appears as shown in Figure

I

\

CA
(3 (3

EDS SYSTEM AFGCS CHECK FMS/PMS SUMMARY

AD-22803 #

System Test Menu Figure 3-2 Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Page 315 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

onthe

MAINTENANCE TEST

CASDisplay,

Maintenance Figure 3-3

Test Start

Each of the tests available to the operator from the System Test Menu are described in detail in separate sections within this document. All the interfacing is through the DC, CAS display, the Guidance Panel, the Manual Controller, and aircraft switches. The following section explains the basic display formats and operations procedures associated with the DC, and the CAS display.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or diecfosure of information on this page is sub-

to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 316 Mar-15/91 document.

3.3

Basic Dis~lav

Formats and O~erations

The operator selects, initiates, and provides feedback for most tests with the Guidance Panel (GP), through the DC. The operator interacts Manual Controller, and aircraft switches, to perfom portions of the Automatic Flight Guidance Control System (AFGCS) Test. 3.3.1 - Throughout the operation of Maintenance Test, the Display Controller DC CRT assumes 4 different modes> the Test Menu, the System Test Menu, the Subsystem Test Menu, and the LRUTest Menu. The Test Menu, shown in Figure 3-4, is required to initiate the If all the conditions described in Maintenance Test Maintenance Test. Configuration/Initiation Section 3.2, the Test Menu will be displayed. The System Test Menu, shown in Figure 3-5, select the various major tests. allows the operator to

I

The Subsystem Test Menu, example shown in Figure 3-6, operator to select various subsystem tests associated The LRUTest Menu, example shown in Figure 3-7, manipulate the major or subsystem tests. 3.3.2 Crew Alerting two sections, allows

allows the with major tests. the operator is divided into to

System (CAS) Display - The CAS display the right side and the left side.

The left side of the display indicates the status or error message associated with the system or LRUas a result of the test. All the messages associated with each test are explained in their respective sections. The right side of the display indicates that the Maintenance Test by displaying the “Maintenance by the annunciation of the test currently being any instructions and/or options available to the displayed. system is in Test” header followed executed. In addition, operator are

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Page 317 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

onthe

r 1=== EFIS EICAS ===[1 A/P DISC ======[1 RADALT [1=;;=== === s/L <.---->OA-----> ALT ===[1 rl ====== ======[1 MAINT ===[1 [1===

‘1

Test Menu Figure 3-4

AFGCS [1=;;=== === ,SENSORS

[1=:+=== === SYSTEM CHECK

~

E,,

===[1
======[1

FMS/PMS===[1 SUMMARY ======[1 RETURN ===[1

System Test Menu Figure 3-5

[1=== []=y== ===DC SG [1=;;=== ===

n

EDS

DAU1

F~! DAU2 ‘======[1 RETURN 1===[1

===[1 ~ -;=[1

Subsystem Test Menu, EDS Example Figure 3-6

I

[1=== [l=~;=== === PASS FAIL [1=;;=== ---

n

DAU1

===[1 ======[1 SELE& ===[1 DOWN ======[1 RETURN ,===[1

LRUTest Menu, DAU1 Example Figure 3-7 Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 318 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

4.0 4.1

MAINTENANCE TEST OPERATIONS Svstem Check The System Test determines the present system configuration.

4.1.1

General Operation - The operator selects, initiates, and provides feedback for the System Test through the Display Controller (DC). When the System Test Menu is displayed on the DC Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) as shown in Figure 4-1, the operator initiates the System Check Test by pressing the line select key labeled “SYSTEM CHECK”.

System Test Menu Figure 4-1 Status and error messages appear on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display. The following is a list of messages that may appear as a result of executing the System Check Test. With all the LRUS installed and the system functioning normally, the message “SYSTEM CHECK PASS” will appear on the left side of the CAS display. BC BC 1 2 3 TEST FAIL BC 1 2 3 INVALID NO BC ON BUSA NO BC ON BUS B Bus Controller Status

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to Ihe restrictions on the title page of this

Page 319 Mar-15/91 document.

ASCB LRUSNOTON ASCB FWC1 FWC2 ~#J1l;$A lB 2B AFCS 1 2 NZ12 DC12 ;::C1122

ASCBStatus

I

PZ12 VALID LRUSINVALID FWC1 FWC2 ::U1l; ;A lB 2B fijc~ ; 2 DC12 y):c1122 PZ12 4.1.2 Recommended Maintenance The following is a list and recommended action. MESSAGE BC 1 2 3 TEST FAIL Action of messages associated ACTION See next para ra h for detailed description. Verify aircra ![t atteries are properly charged if seen during battery start. Replace SG/FWC. Verify BCTest Request Wiring and BC Valid Wiring. Check ASCBinterconnects. Identifies which boxes are not received on ASCB by the fault warning computer. Check ASCB interconnects for listed boxes. Make sure units are in and selected on, CBS in. Identifies invalid. which boxes are on ASCBand are Replace SG. with maintenance test LRUSTransmitting Valid Data

NO BC ON BUSA B LRUSNOTON ASCB

LRUS INVALID BC 1 2 3 INVALID

See next paragraph.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 320 Apr 15/93

Useor

disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

The following is a detailed description FAIL” and “BUXCTLR 1-2-3 FL”. A Bus Controller test is performed the test, the following conditions 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

for the messages, master

“BC 1-2-3 TEST FWC. To initiate

by the default must be met:

FWCpower up sequence complete Weight on wheels active (ground) Airspeed valid and indicating less than 60 kts. Activity on both Bus A and Bus B All three Bus Controllers valid (discretes)

FWCNo. 1 is designated the default master for initiation of the Bus Once the above enable logic has been satisfied, FWC1 Controller Test. checks FWC2 to ensure a test is not in progress nor has been previously If a test is not complete nor in progress by FWC2, FWC1 performed. initiates the test by transmitting a ground on the BC Test Request line. The FWC1 looks at the Bus Controller Frame Control Transmission for a FWC1 then ensures each Bus Controller assumes control Test Frame Flag. of the bus by looking at the Controller ID. After each frame cycles through each controller, FWC1 checks the Bus Controller Valids. If an open condition is detected, then “BC X TEST FAIL” message is enabled. FWC 1 then transmits the results via WSP66. For FWC2 a one second wait is inserted at the end of the enabling logic to allow time for the master Following the wait, WSP66 of FWC1 is (FWC 1) to initiate the test. If FWC1 test is complete, FWC2 sets checked to determine the status. WSP66 to reflect the same status. If FWC1 test is in progress, FWC2 waits one second and checks again. Once the Bus Controller Test is complete, the Bus Controller Monitors become active and should the Bus Controller become invalid, a “BC X FAIL” message is enabled. BC TEST REQUEST NO. 1 * 134J1A-96 (22) ----------W;Bli C65J1B-1, C65J1B-2,

BC TEST REQUEST NO. 2 * C134J1A-96 (22) ----------;~~&2;
*
~ND

ENABLE

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 321 Mar”15/91 document.

For convenience, below: BYTE
o

the Bus Controller BIT FUNCTION HDLCFLAG ADDRESS TEST FRAME FLAG CONTROLLER ID

Frame Control

Transmission FORMAT

is listed

BIT

: 2 2 2 ; 2 ; 3,4 5

6~5

4 2:0

;[&T-UP

FRAME

7E HEX 81 HEX LOGIC 1 =TEST OO=CONTROLLER O O1=CONTROLLER 1 10=CONTROLLER 2 ll=CONTROLLER 3 LOGIC I=START-UP ALWAYS O 0-7 HEX CRC 7E HEX below: BIT FORMAT

RESERVED FRAME NUMBER ERROR CHECK HDLCFLAG WSP66 of the FWCis listed BIT FUNCTION BUS CONTROLLER TEST STATUS TEST COMPLETE TEST IN PROGRESS TEST RESULTS BC 1 STATUS BC 2 STATUS BC 3 STATUS SPARE

For convenience, WSP BIT

15 14 13 12 11 1o-o

LOGIC 1 = COMPLETE LOGIC 1 = IN PROGRESS LOGIC 1 = TEST PASSED LOGIC 1 = TEST PASSED LOGIC 1 = TEST PASSED

If Test Complete Bit 15 = O, the blue “BUS CTLR X FL” messages are enabled using the discrete input valids. This message can be enabled independent from the Weight on Wheels discrete. The Bus Controller Valids into the FWCare as follows: C134J1A-97 C134J1A-98 C134J1A-99

BUS CONVALIDNO. 1 *

65J1A-13 (22)-----13497,-97,

BUS CONVALIDNO. 2 * C65J1A-13 (22)-----13498,-98, BUS CONVALIDNO. 3 * E65J1A-13 (22)-----13499,-99, * GND=VALID/OPEN-INVALID

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 322 Mar document. 15/91

If Test Complete Bit 15 = Logic 1, message logic 1. 2. 3. If BC Status If BC Status enabled. Bit = 1 (PASS) and BC is valid,

is as follows: there will be no message.

Bit = O, (FAIL), the blue “BC X TEST FAIL” message is the blue “BUS CTLR

If BC Status Bit = X (DON’TCARE) and BC is invalid X FL” message is enabled.

NOTE: Any message enabled as a result of 2 above is disabled following either the loss of weight on wheels or airspeed greater than 60 kts, the messages will not return. To proceed with the Maintenance This completes the System Check Test. Test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SYSTEM CHECK”, to This produces the System Test Menu to be displayed on deselect the test. the DC CRT. 4.2 Electronic DisDlav Svstems (EDS~

When the System Test Menu is displayed on the DC CRT as shown in Figure 4-2, the operator initiates the Electronic Display System (EDS) Test by pressing the line select key labeled “EDS”. This produces the EDS Subsystem Menu to appear on the DC CRT as shown in Figure 4-3. The CAS display will be as shown in Figure 4-3.1.

~ e

a

EDS e SYSTEM flFGCS e CHECK FMS/PMS SUMMARY a a

e

e

~

AD-22803#

System Test Menu Figure 4-2

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restri~lons

on the title page nf this

Page 323 Mar-15/91 document.

EDS - Subsystem Test Menu Figure 4-3

EDS PLEFHE MFIKE SELECTION
AD-22805#

EDS - CAS Display Figure 4-3.1 The operator selects one of the subsystem tests or returns to the System Test Menu by pressing the appropriate line select key. Each of the subsystem tests are described in the following sections.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 324

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject

to

Mar-15/91 the restrictions on the title page of this document.

!.2.1 !.2.1.1

Display General

Controller Operation

(DC)

The operator selects, through the DC.

initiates,

and provides

feedback

for the DC Test

When the EDS Subsystem Test Main is displayed on the DC CRT, the operator initiates the DC Test by pressing the line select key labeled “DC”. This produces the LRUTest Menu to appear on the DC CRT as shown in Figure 4-4.

UP PPtss FAIL t( SELECT DOWN

DC LRUTest Menu Figure 4-4 The CAS Display will be as shown in Figure 4-4.1.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 325 Mar 15/91 document.

Mfl INTENRNCE TEST Dc
Il.

DC 1 STftTUS TEST] 2. DC 2 STllTUS TEST 3. CONF16URfITION TEST 4. SOFTllllRE MOD LEVEL TEST
A A AD-22807-R1 #

A

CAS Display Figure 4-4.1 There are three tests associated with the DC test. The Status Test will show the LRUSnot received on ASCBby the Display Controller as well as the Built-In-Test (BITE) results. The Configuration Test will show the current strapping of the configuration pins on the The Software Mod Level Test will show the Display Controller. internal software level of the Display Controller. There is no correlation between the Software Mod Status in Maintenance Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU. The Software Mod Levels are used for reporting purposes. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the DC Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display. Status or error messages appear on the CASdisplay. A typical CAS Display for the DC Status Test is shown in Figure 4-4.2.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 326 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subjectto the restrictions on the title page of this doc~ment.

f

\

MRINTENflNCETEST
DC 1 ONRSCB DC 1 VflLID DC 1 flSCB PflSS flLL LRUSRECEIVED

DC

DC 1 BITE PINS USE PRSS/FilIL TO CONTINUE
A A h AD-22aoe-Rl#

CAS Display

for the DC Status Figure 4-4.2

Test

NOTE: DC 2 Status Test CAS Display is the same as shown in Figure 4-4.2 except Number 1 is shown as 2. The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the DC Status Test. BUS DC 1 ON ASCB DC 2 ON ASCB VALID DC 1 VALID DC 2 VALID DCS Transmitting Valid Data Active DCS on ASCB

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 327 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document

ASCB DC 1 ASCBFAIL DC 2 ASCBFAIL LRUSNOTRECEIVED DC 2 DC 1 PZ12 DC 1 ASCBPASS DC 2 ASCBPASS ALL LRUSRECEIVED BITE

ASCBStatus

with Respect

to the DCS

Built

In Test Results

DC 1 BITE FAIL DC 2 BITE FAIL TACHINPUTSTUCK VRAM TEST FAIL SRAM TEST FAIL ROM CHECK SUMFAIL PASS - DC 2 BITE PASS A/D FAIL To proceed with DC Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the DC Configuration Test, the option highlighted on the CAS To initiate the test the operator display, as shown in Figure 4-4.3. presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the DC Configuration Test is shown in Figure 4-4.4.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 328 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

m

DC 1. STFITUSTEST
[2. CONFIGURFITION TEST] 3. SOFTW13RE MODLEVEL TEST

AD-22809#

DC Configuration

Test - CAS Option Highlighted Figure 4-4.3

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjm

to the restrictions on the title page of thm

Page 329 Mar 15/91 document.

F

Y

DC 1 2 ID PflSS DC 1 CONFIGURFITION IRS TRIPLEX
PZ INSTRLLED ILS INSTRl_l-ED FGC 1 (2) SELECTED CRS 1 2 SYNC DC2 CONFIGURFITION IRS TRIPLEX PZ INSTflLLED II-S INSTF!LLED FGC 1 (2) SELECTED CRS 1 2 SYNC
A

DC

USE PfISS/FflIL TO CONTINUE
A A AD-2281 0#

CAS Display

for the DC Configuration Figure 4-4.4

Test

The following is a list of all messages that may appear as a result of The operator is responsible for executing the DC Configuration Test. verifying that the configuration is correct. ID DC 1 ID PASS DC 2 ID PASS Verifies Correct Identification

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 330 Mar-15/91

cONFIGURATION DC CONFIGURATION IRS TRIPLEX IRS DUAL PZ INSTALLED TWOMLS INSTALLED ONEMLS INSTALLED I LS INSTALLED FGC 1 2 SELECTED FGC 1 SELECTED FGC 2 SELECTED CRS 1 2 SYNC CHECKLIST ENABLED

Aircraft

Configuration

Information

To proceed with DC Test, the operator presses the “PASSUor “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the DC Software Mod Level Test, the option highlighted on the To initiate the test the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.5. operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. A typical CAS Display for the DC Software Mod Level Test is shown in Figure 4-4.6.

I

DC

1. STFITUSTEST 2. CONFIGURATION TEST !3. SOFTHRREMODLEVEL TEST] h A
A

DC Software Mod Level Test Figure 4-4.5 Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 331 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

DC 1 S/ii = REV113 DC 2 S/ii = REV 113
A A

DC
A

.

AD-2281 2#

CAS Display

for the DC Software Figure 4-4.6

Mod Level Test

The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. The following is a list of all messages that may appear as a result of executing the DC Software Mod Level Test. MODLEVEL DC 1 S/W = XXXX DC 2 S/W = XXXX NOTE : There is no correlation between Software Mod Status Maintenance Test and the Mod Status shown externally LRU . in on the Software Revision Information

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure Of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Pacie 332 Mar-15/91 document.

4.2.1.2

Recommended Maintenance The following is a list and recommended action. Status Test:

Action of messa9es associated with maintenance test

MESSAGE DC(X) NOTIN TEST NOTONASCB DC 1 ASCBFAIL DC 2 ASCBFAIL DC 1 BITE FAIL DC 2-BITE FAIL AID FAIL

ACTION VerifyA/Cwiring Replace DC. J1-A, B, R, S.

List boxes not rcvd by DC1 via ASCB. Check ASCBinterconnects. List boxes not rcvd by DC2 via ASCB. Check ASCBinterconnects. Replace display Replace display controller. controller.

The DC can fail intermittently on power-up. When this occurs, entering Maintenance Test will reveal a “DC X BITE FAIL” and “A/D FAIL”. If cycling the DC circuit breaker does not clear this failure then replace the DC. 1. 2. Check CRS#l and CRS#2 interconnect from guidance panel. Replace display controller. controller. controller. controller.

TACHINPUT STUCK

VRAM TEST FAIL SRAM TEST FAIL ROM CHECK SUMFAIL Configuration Messacae CRS 1 2 SYNC Test:

Replace display Replace display Replace display

Action Course sync button depressed or Wiring from GP-820, llJ1-36 or 11J2-36.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 333 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

To proceed with DC Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the DC-Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display. The CAS Display will be as shown in Figure 4-4.7.

DC il. STRTUS TEST]
flLL TEST COMPLETE 2. CONFIGURATION TEST 3. SOFTkitlRE MOD LEVEL TEST
A A

A

.

.

.

AD-2281 3#

Figure

4-4.7

To return to the EDS Subsystem Menu. the operator presses the line select key labeled “RETURN”. The message on the CAS display prompts the operator to make a selection. 4.2.1.3 Instructions This section may be required if the operator is executing the DC Test in any manner other than what has been described in the above section. If following the general operation section, proceed to Section 4.2.2. The operator selects, through the DC. initiates, and provides feedback for each test

Based on the information presented on the CAS display, the operator determines if the equipment passed or failed the test, and presses the appropriate line select key on the DC. This step is required before the Maintenance Test will proceed. In addition, the operator may be required to select an option associated with a test or return to the line previous menu. To do this, the operator presses the appropriate select key on the DC.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information m this page is subject 10 the restrictions on the title page of thk document.

Page 334 Mar 15/91

The following is a list of how to use the LRIJTest Menu displayed the DC CRT for Maintenance Test (refer to Figure 4-4). llPASS~l The operator presses current test. ‘FAIL” The operator presses current test. ‘UP” The operator presses this test selections presented “SELECT” The operator presses this line select is highlighted on the CAS display. “DOWN” The operator presses selections presented “RETURN” this line select key to step through on the CAS display. the test key to initiate the task that line select key to back-step through the on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display. this line select key if the equipment fails this line select key if the equipment passes

on

the

the

The operator presses this line select key to return to the menu that had been previously displayed on the DC. This is not used to select the options presented on the CAS display. 4.2.1.4 DC Maintenance ~~ 4 :3 42 Test ASCBData Bit Function MAINTTest Enable WOW/GND MAINTTest Select Format Logic 1 = Enabled Logic 1 = WOW Logic 1 = Select

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
page r? f this document,

Page 335 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

onthetitle

4.2.2 4.2.2.1

Symbol Generator General

(SG)

Operation feedback for the Symbol

initiates, and provides The operator selects, Generator (SG) Test through the DC.

When the EDS Subsystem Test Menu is displayed on the DC CRT, as shown in Figure 4-4.8, the operator initiates the SG Test by pressing the line select key labeled “SG”. This causes the LRUTest Menu to appear on the DC CRT, as shown in Figure 4-4.9. The CAS Display will be as There are five tests associated with the SG shown in Figure 4-4.10. The Status Test will show the active Symbol Generators on ASCB Test. as well as the SGS transmitting valid data. The Software Mod Level Test will show the internal software level of each Symbol Generator. There is no correlation between Software Mod Status in Maintenance Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU. The Software Mod Levels are used for reporting purposes. The three SG ASCBTests will show the LRUSnot received on ASCBby each Symbol Generator as well as the Built-In-Test (BITE) results.

~ e

DU e DC SG e FWC Df+U2 ~ a

e

e

e

AD-22814#

EDS Subsystem Test Menu Figure 4-4.8

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 336
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure Of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

m
UP Pfiss FAIL SELECT DOWN RETURN

LRUTest Menu Figure 4-4.9

MFHNTENFINCE TEST S6
Il. STFITUS TEST] 2, SOFTNRRE HOD LEVEL TEST 3. S6 1 RSCB TEST 4. SG 2 fiSCB TEST 5. SG 3 flSCB TEST
.

AD-22816#

CAS Display Figure 4-4.10 The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the S& Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display. Status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS display for the SG Status Test is shown in Figure 4-4.11.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 337
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure Of information on thts page is subjecf to the restrictions on the tile page of this document.

SG 1 2 3 ON FISCB S6 1 2 3 VFILID SG 1 BITE PflSS SG 2 BITE PRSS SG 3 BITE PflSS SG1231DPflSS~ A
.

S6

~ USE PRSS/Ffl IL TO CONTINUE
A A

.

.

AD-Z?817#

CAS Display for the SG Status ‘Figure 4-4.11

Test on the CAS

The following is ; list of all messages that may appear display as a resu” t of executing the SG Status Test. BUS SG 1 2 3 ON ASCB VALID SG 1 2 3 VALID SGS Transmitting Valid Data Active SGS on ASCB

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subyxt

to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 338 Mar 15/91

BITE SG 1 BITE FAIL SG 2 BITE FAIL SG3 BITE FAIL ASCBFAILURE POWER SUPPLYFAIL DISCRETEFAILURE ARINC FAILURE E2 PROM FAILURE INTERLOCK FAILURE SG 1 BITE PASS SG 2 BITE PASS SG 3 BITE PASS ID SG 1 2 3 PASS

Built

In Test Results

Verifies

Correct

Identification

To proceed with SG Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the SG Software Mod Level Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.12. To initiate the test the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the SG Software Mod Level Test is shown in Figure 4-4.13.

S6
1. STflTUS TEST 12. SOFTMFIRE MOD LEVEL TEST] 3. S6 1 flSCB TEST 40 S6 2 FISCB TEST 5. S6 3 flSCB TEST
A A A

.

AD-2281 8#

SG Software

Mod Level Test Option Figure 4-4.12

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 339 Mar-15/91

MFHNTENFINCE TEST
S6 1 S/h’ CPU I+= 0119 CPU B = 0119 flSCB = 0116 SG 2 SIM CPU R = 0119 CPU B = 0119 flSCB = 0116 SG 3 S/ii CPU R = 0119 CPU B = 0119 FISCB = 0116
,

S6

USE PfISS/FflIL TO CONTINUE
.

AD-22819#

CAS Display

for the SG Software Figure 4-4.13

Mod Level Test may appear as a result of

The following is a list of all messages that executing the SG Software Mod Level Test. MODLEVEL SG 1 S/W: SG 2 S/W: SG 3 S/W: CPU A = XXXX CPU B = XXXX ASCB= XXXX Software Revision

Information

NOTE: There is no correlation between Software Mod Level in Maintenance Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU .

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document

Page 340 Mar 15/91

To proceed with SG Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the SG-l ASCBTest, the option highlighted on the CASdisplay, the test the operator presses as shown in Figure 4-4.14. To initiate the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error messaqes appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the SG1 ASCB~est is shown in Figure 4:4.15. ‘f

Y

S6

1. STflTUS TEST
2. [3. 4. 5. SOFTMRRE MOD LEVEL TEST S6 1 flSCB TEST] S6 2 FISCB TEST S6 3 f3SCB TEST
A AD-22820#

SG 1 ASCBTest Option Figure 4-4.14

F

\

S6 1 FISCB PflSS fiLLLRUS RECEIVED
A

S6
USE Pf3SS/Ff31L TO CONTINUE
A A
v

.

.

AD-22821#

CAS Display

for the SG 1 ASCBTest Figure 4-4.15

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 341 Mar 15/91 document,

The following is a list of all messages of executing the SG 1 ASCBTest. ASCB SG 1 ASCBPASS ALL LRUSRECEIVED SG 1 ASCBFAIL LRUSNOTRECEIVED DC12 FWC1 2 NZ12 DAU1A lB 2A 2B AFCS 1 2 DADC1 2 PZ12 A/T 1 2 SG23 NOTE: SG 1 ASCBTest gives 1 2.” ASCBStatus

that

may appear

as a result

with Respect

to SGS

“SG 1 ASCBFAIL”

“LRUSNOTRECEIVED AFCS

To proceed with SG Test, the operator presses the ‘PASSn or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the SG 2 ASCBTest, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.16. To initiate the test the operator presses the line select key labeled ‘SELECT”. The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the SG 2ASCB Test is shown in Figure 4-4.17.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 342 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

/

\

S6
10 STRTUS TEST
2. 3. [4. 5.
A

SOFTWRRE MOD LEVEL TEST S6 1 f3SCB TEST S6 2 flSCB TESTI SG 3 FISCB TEST
A AD-22822#

SG 2 ASCBTest Option Figure 4-4.16

4

\

MfHNTENflNCE TEST
SG 2 fISCBPRSS

S6
USE PfISS/FllIL TO CONTINUE
A A “AD-22a23(Rl)#

RL1LRUS
A
v

RECEIVED

.

CAS Display

for the SG 2 ASCBTest Figure 4-4.17

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure Of information on this page is subjecl to the restrictions on the title page of this

Paqe 343 Mar-15/91 document,

The following is a list of all messages that of executing the SG 2 ASCBTest. ASCB SG 2 ASCBPASS ALL LRUSRECEIVED SG 2 ASCBFAIL LRUSNOTRECEIVED DC12 FMC1 2 NZ12 DAU1A lB 2A2B AFCS 1 2 DADC1 2 PZ12 A4T1132 NOTE: SG 2 ASCBTest gives 1 2“. ASCBStatus

may appear

as a result

with Respect

to SGS

“SG 2 ASCBFAIL” “LRUSNOTRECEIVED AFCS

To proceed with SG Test, the operator presses the ‘PASSWor “FAILW line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the SG 3 ASCBTest, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.18. To initiate the test the operator presses the line select key labeled ‘SELECT”. The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CM Display for the SG3ASCB Test is shown in Figure 4-4.19.

Ground Maintenance
Table 301

Test Procedure
(cent)

22-14-00
Page 344 Apr 15/93
onthetitle page ofthisdocllment.

Useor

disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

totherestrictions

/

F

T

SG
1. STRTUS TEST
2. 3. 4s [5,
A A

SOFTKRRE MOD LEVEL TEST S6 1 flSCB TEST S6 2 f3SCB TEST S6 3 flSCB TEST]
A AD-22824#

SG 3 ASCBTest Option Figure 4-4.18

f

\

S6 3 flSCB PRSS flLL LRUS RECEIVED A

SG
USE PflSS/FflIL TO CONTINUE
A A

1

AD-22825#

CAS Display

for the SG 3 ASCBTest Figure 4-4.19

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Pacie 345
Mar-15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

The following is a 1ist of all messages that of executing the SG 3 ASCBTest. ASCB SG 3 ASCBPASS ALL LRUSRECEIVED SG 3 ASCBFAIL LRUSNOTRECEIVED DC12 FWC1 2 NZ12 DAU1A lB 2A 2B AFCS 1 2 DAOC12 PZ12 A/T 1 2 SG12 NOTE: SG 3 ASCBTest gives 1 2“. 4.2.2.2 Recommended Maintenance The following is a list and recommended action. Status ~ SG(X) NOT IN TEST Test: ACTION ASCBStatus

may appear

as a result

with Respect

to SGS

“SG 3 ASCBFAIL” “LRUSNOTRECEIVED AFCS

Action of messages associated with maintenance test

NOTE: This message is followed by a secondary which indicates why it is not in test. NOTON ASCB 1. $ INVALID ;:

message 4, 11, 16, 17

VerifyA/CwiringJlA-3, JIB-11, 50, 66. Check ASCBinterconnects. Replace symbol generator. VerifyA/CwiringJIA-11, Replace symbol generator.

16, 17.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page
title page of this document.

346

Apr 15/93
Use or disclosure of informationon this page is subject to the restrictions onthe

MESSAGE A/S ABOVE 50 KNOTS TEST SWITCH OFF

ACTION A/S must be below 50 knots for maintenance test. 1. 2. Verify maintenance test switch JIB-66. Replace symbol generator. Verify WOW input JIB-54. Replace symbol generator. input

WEIGHT ONWHEELS OFF SG(X) BITE FAIL ASCBFAILURE POWER SUPPLYFAIL DISCRETEFAILURE ARINCFAILURE E2 PROM FAILURE INTERLOCK FAIL ASCBTest: MESSAGE SG 1 ASCBFAIL

1. 2.

Replace symbol generator. Replace symbol generator. Replace symbol generator. Replace symbol generator. Replace symbol generator. Replace symbol generator. Replace symbol generator.

ACTION List boxes not rcvd by SG1 via ASCB (Message is normal in Phase II because of a problem in the symbol generator software, which will be fixed in the next symbol generator software update.) List boxes not rcvd by SG2 via ASCB (Message is normal in Phase II because of a problem in the symbol generator software, which will be fixed in the next symbol generator software update.)

SG 2 ASCBFAIL

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
page of this document.

Page 347 Apr 15/93

Useor

disclosure

of information

onthispage

issubject

to the restrictions

onthetitle

MESSAGE SG 3 ASCBFAIL

ACTION List boxes not rcvd by SG3 via ASCB (Message is normal in Phase II because of a problem in the symbol generator software, which will be fixed in the next symbol generator software update.)

To proceed with SG Test, the operator presses the “PASSn or ‘FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the SG Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.20. To return to the EDS Subsystem Menu, the operator presses the line select key labeled “RETURN”. The message on the CAS display prompts the operator to make a selection.

S6
FILLTEST COMPLETE [1. STflTUS TESTI 2. SOFTHRRE MOD LEVEL TEST 3. SG 1 flSCB TEST 4. SG 2 RSCB TEST 5. SG 3 flSCB TEST
A
.

A
1

A
.

AD-22826#

SG Status Test Option Figure-4-4.20 Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 348 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

onthlspage

issu~ect

totheresttictions

on the title page of this document.

4.2.2.3

Instructions This section may be required if the operator is executing the SG Test in any manner other than what has been described in the above section. If following the general operation section, proceed to Section 4.2.3. The operator selects, through the DC. initiates, and provides feedback for each test

Based on the information presented on the CAS display, the operator determines if the equipment passed or failed the test, and presses the appropriate line select key on the DC. This step is required before In addition, the operator may be the Maintenance Test will proceed. required to select an option associated with a test or return to the line previous menu. To do this, the operator presses the appropriate select key on the DC. The following is a list of how to use the LRUTest Menu displayed the DC CRT for Maintenance Test (refer to Figure 4-4). “PASS “ The operator presses current test. IIFAILI, The operator presses current test.
ll”p!l

on

this

line

select

key if the equipment

passes

the

this

line

select

key if the equipment

fails

the

The operator presses this test selections presented “SELECT”

line select key to back-step through the on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display.

The operator presses this line highlighted on the CAS display. ,,D~MN1l The operator presses selections presented

select

key to initiate

the task

that

is

this line select key to step on the CAS display.

through

the test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 349 Mar 15/91 document.

‘RETURN” The operator presses this line select key to return to the menu that had been previously displayed on the DC. This is not used to select the options presented on the CASdisplay. 4.2.2.4 SG Maintenance ~ 27 27 27 27 4.2.3 4.2.3.1 ~ 15-4 3-1 0 Test ASCBData Bit Function Displayed Vertical Speed Spare F1ag (Or Maintenance Test) Two’s Compliment Logic 1 = Valid

Data Acquisition General

Unit 1 (DAU1)

Operation feedback for the Data

initiates, and provides The operator selects, Acquisition Unit (DAU) Test through the DC.

When the EDS Subsystem Test Main is displayed on the DC CRT, as shown in Figure 4-4.21, the operator initiates the DAUTest by pressing the line select key labeled “DAU1“. This produces the LRUTest Menu to appear on the DC CRT, as shown in Figure 4-4.22. The Status/Software Test associated with each DAUwill show the active DAUSon ASCB, the DAUStransmitting valid data, verifies the correct identification pins, and shows the internal software level of each DAU. There is no correlation between Software Mod Status in Maintenance Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU. The Software Mod Levels are used for reporting purposes.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Page 350 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

onthe

e
B

e
DU ~ DC SG e
AD-22827#

e e e

FWC Df)U2

EDS Subsystem Test Main Figure 4-4.21

~ e

~

UP e PASS FAIL e SELECT DOWN ~ e

a

e

e

AD-22828#

LRUTest Menu Figure 4-4.22 The operator presses the DAUStatus/Software display, as shown in on the CAS display. Status/Software Test the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate Test, the option highlighted on the CAS Figure 4-4.23. Status or error messages appear Atypical CAS Display for the DAU1 is shown in Figure 4-4.24.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 351 Mar-15/91

P

>

DRU 1
Il. STfITUS/SOFTWfIRETESTI

AD-22829#

DAUStatus/Software Test Option Figure 4-4.23 F >

OR(J IlllB ON flSCB Df+U lfl lB VFILID DRU lR lB ID PflSS SOFTWFIRE MOD LEVEL CPU R = (?106 RSCB fl= 0104 CPU B = 0106 RSCB B = 0104
A

DRU 1

USE Pf3SS/FfIIL TO CONTINUE
A A
v

.

.

AD-22830#

DAU1 Status/Software Figure 4-4.24

Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 352 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure Ot information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

The following is a list of all messages that may appear display as a result of executing the DAUStatus/Software BUS DAU1A ONASCB DAUlB ON ASCB VALID DAUlAVALID DAUlB VALID ID DAU1A ID PASS DAUlB ID PASS MOD LEVEL SOFTWARE MODLEVEL CPU = Xxxx ASCBA = XXXX SOFTWARE MODLEVEL CPU = Xxxx ASCBB = XXXX ~: Software Revision Information Verifies Correct Identification DAUSTransmitting Valid Data Active DAUSon ASCB

on the CAS Test.

There is no correlation between Software Mod Level in Maintenance Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page

353

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Mar-15/91

4.2.3.2

Recommended Maintenance The following is a list and recommended action. Status/Software MESSAGE DAU(X) NOT IN TEST ~: Test:

Action of messages associated with maintenance test

ACTION

This message is followed by a secondary which indicates why it is not in test. 1. 2. 3.

message 5, 103, 106,

NOTON ASCB

VerifyA/Cwiring JIA-4, JIB-79. Check ASCBinterconnects. Replace DAU. VerifyA/Cwiring Replace DAU. JIA-4,

INVALID

1. 2.

5, JIB-79.

To proceed with DAUTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test, which results in the CAS Display shown in Figure 4-4.25. To return to the EDS Subsystem Menu, the operator presses the line select key labeled “RETURN”. The message on the CAS display prompts the operator to make a selection.

f-

MFIINTENflNCE TEST DflU 1
FILL TEST COMPLETE
[1. STflTUS/SOFTMflRETESTI

AD-22a31#

CAS Display Figure 4-4.25

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 354 Mar-15/91 dccument

4.2.3.3

Instructions This section may be required if the operator is executing the DAU1 Test in any manner other than what has been described in the above If following the general operation section, proceed to section. Section 4.2.4. The operator selects, through the DC. initiates, and provides feedback for each test

Based on the information presented on the CAS display, the operator determines if the equipment passed or failed the test, and presses the appropriate line select key on the DC. This step is required before In addition, the operator may be the Maintenance Test will proceed. required to select an option associated with a test or return to the line previous menu. To do this, the operator presses the appropriate select key on the DC. The following is a list of how to use the LRUTest Menu displayed the DC CRT for Maintenance Test (refer to Figure 4-4). “PASS” The operator presses current test. “FAIL” The operator presses current test.
ltupll

on

this

line

select

key if the equipment

passes

the

this

line

select

key if the equipment

fails

the

The operator presses this test selections presented “SELECT”

line select key to back-step through the on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display.

The operator presses this line highlighted on the CAS display. 11~()”~1, The operator presses selections presented

select

key to initiate

the task

that

is

this line select key to step through on the CAS display.

the test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paae 355 Mar-15/91

“RETURN” The operator presses this line select key to return to the menu that had been previously displayed on the DC. This is not used to select the options presented on the CASdisplay. 4.2.4 4.2.4.1 Data Acquisition Unit 2 (DAU2) Test - The DAU2Test operates identical Refer to Section 4.2.3 for the required procedures. to the DAU1. DAUMaintenance ~ 19 4.2.5 4.2.5.1 Fault ~ 3 Test ASCBData BIT FUNCTION Maintenance Test Enable FORMAT Logic 1 = Enabled

Warning Computer (FWC) Operation for the Fault

General

The operator selects, initiates, and provides feedback Warning Computer Test (FWC) Test through theDC.

tihen the EDS Subsystem Test Menu is displayed on the DC CRT, as shown in Figure 4-4.26, the operator initiates the FWCTest by pressing the line select key labeled ‘FWC”. This produces the LRUTest Menu on The Status Test will show the the DC CRT as shown in Figure 4-4.27. active FWCSon ASCB, the FWCStransmitting valid data, verify correct identification pins, show the aircraft configuration information, and give the Built-In-Test (BITE) Results. The Software Mod Level Test will show internal software levels for each FWC. There is no correlation between Software Mod Status in Maintenance Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU. The Software Mod Levels are The Checklist Test will show whether or used for reporting purposes. not a checklist installed and give the checksum of the installed The Cross-Side ASCBTest will show theASCB status with checklist. respect to the cross-side FWC(the one not selected on the sensor menu). The EEPROM BIT Test will show the percentage of memory used for Trend and Limit data as well as allowing the operator a means to test the EEPROM memory. ~: Executing this test will shorten the life of the EEPROM memory. This test may take over 5 minutes to execute.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14=00

Page 356 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is sublect to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

~

Q
e e ~ DC SG

DU FWC DA(.J2 ~ a

a

a

AD-22E32#

EDS Subsystem Test Menu Figure 4-4.26

e e

~

UP e PRSS FAIL ~ SELECT DOWN a a

e

~

AD-22833#

LRUTest Menu Figure 4-4.27 The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the FWCStatus Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.28. Status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the FWCStatus Test is shown in Figure 4-4.29.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page 357
Apr 15/93
of

on the title page Use or disclosureof informationon this page is subjectto the restrictions

this document.

F

)

FMC
Il. STflTUS TESTI
2. 3, 4. 5. SOFTMI?RE MOD LEVEL TEST CHECKLIST CROSS-SIDE flSCB TEST EEPROM BIT TEST

AD-22834#

FWCStatus Test Option Figure 4-4.28 f \

FWC 1 2 ON RSCB

FllC

FUC1 2 VflLID FWC1 BITE PflSS FMC2 BITE PflSS FHC1 2 ID Pf3SS fl/C ID PINS FWC 1 PFISS PINS = 10IUl
FMC 2 PFISS

PINS = 10101
A

USE PflSS/Ff31LTO CONTINUE
A A

.

AD-22835#

CAS Display

for the FWCStatus Figure 4-4.29

Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 358 Mar-15/91 document.

The following is a list of all messages that may appear display as a result of executing the FWCStatus Test. BUS FWC1 2 ONASCB VALID FWC1 2 VALID ID FWC1 ID PASS FWC2 ID PASS PINS A/C ID PINS: FWCPASS FWCFAIL PINS = 10101 Keying Pins 1 thru 5 134/C134JlA-12,13,14,15,16 Aircraft Configuration Verifies Correct Identification FWCSTransmitting Valid Data Active FWCSon ASCB

on the CAS

Information

Grid/Open Type A 12 G-IV O = Open BITE FWC1 BITE FAIL FWC2 BITE FAIL INTERLOCK FAILURE POWER SUPPLYFAIL DISCRETEFAILURE ARINCFAILURE CPU RAMFAILURE FWC1 BITE PASS FWC2 BITE PASS Gnd 1 = Gnd Built In Test Results 13 Open 14 Gnd 15 Open 16 Gnd

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecl to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 359 Mar-15/91

To proceed with FWCTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the FWCSoftware Mod Level Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.30. To initiate the test the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the FWCSoftware Mod Level Test is shown in Figure 4-4.31.
f >

FifC
1. STRTUS TEST
[2. SOFTWRRE MOD LEVEL TEST]

30 CHECKLIST 4. CROSS-SIDE flSCB TEST
5, EEPROM BIT TEST

AD-22636#

FWCSoftware Mod Level Test Option Figure 4-4.30 f \

FWC1 S/W:
CPU = 0113
FISCB = 0110

FliC

FWC 2 S/W: CPU= 0113 RSCB 0110
u

USE PflSS/Ff31LTO CONTINUE
A A

A

.

AD-22837#

CAS Display

for the FWCSoftware Figure 4-4.31

Mod Level Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 360 Mar 15/91

The following is a list of all messages that executing the FWCSoftware Mod Level Test. MODLEVEL FWC1 S/W: FWC2 S/W: CPU = Xxxx ASCB= XXXX ~: Software Revision

may appear Information

as a result

of

There is no correlation between Software Mod Level Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU.

To proceed with FWCTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the FWCChecklist, the option highlighted on the CAS display, To initiate the test the operator presses as shown in Figure 4-4.32. the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error Atypical CAS display for the FWC messages appear on the CAS display. Checklist Test (without checklist installed) is shown in Figure 4-4.33.

FliC
1. STFITUS TEST
2. 131 4. 5.
.

SOFTHRRE MOD LEVEL TEST CHECKLIST] CROSS-SIDE f+SCB TEST EEPROM BIT TEST
1

v
FWCChecklist Option Figure 4-4.32

AD-22a3a#

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on me title page of this document.

Page 361 Mar 15/91

e

-

CHECKLIST FMC 1 UNFIVRILRBLE FMC 2 UNt3VRILRBLE
A

FIIC
USE PflSS/F(+IL TO CONTINUE
A A AD-22839#

CAS Display

for the FWCChecklist

Test may appear as a result of

Figure The following is a list of all executing the FWCChecklist. CKL CHECKLIST FWCINSTALLED FWCUNAVAILABLE CKSUM = XXXX

4-4.33 messages that

Checklist

Status

To proceed with FWCTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the FWCCross-Side ASCBTest, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.34. To initiate the test the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS display for the FWCCross-Side ASCBTest is shown in Figure 4-4.35.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject

to

the restrictions on the title page of fhis document.

Paae 362 Mar-15/91

F

T

FMC 1. STRTUS
2. 3. [4. 5. TEST SOFTIIRRE MOD LEVEL TEST CHECKLIST CROSS-SIDE flSCB TESTI EEPROM BIT TEST

AD-22840#

FWCCross-Side I Figure

ASCBTest Option 4-4.34

e

\

FHC 2 RSCB PtlSS RLL LRUS RECEIVED
A A

FWC
USE PRSS/FflIL TO CONTINUE
A ‘AD-22a41(Rl)#

.

CAS Display

for the FWCCross-Side Figure 4-4.35

ASCBTest

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paae 363 Mar”15/91

The following is a list of all messages executing the FWCCross-Side ASCBTest. ASCB FWC2 ASCBPASS FWC1 ASCBPASS FWC2 ASCBFAIL FWC1 ASCBFAIL ALL LRUSRECEIVED LRUSNOTRECEIVED DAU1A lB 2A 2B SG123 AFCS 1 2 NZ12 DC12 IRS 1 2 DADC1 2 PZ12 ASCBStatus

that

may appear

as a result

of

with Respect to FWC

I

I

To proceed with FWCTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” This advances the line select key based on the outcome of the test. test to the FW~EEPROM BIT Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.36. TO initiate the test the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the FWCE~PROMBIT Test is shown in Figure 4-4.37.

FlfC
1. STFITUS TEST
2. 3. 4. 15. SOFTMRRE MOD LEVEL TEST CHECKLIST CROSS-SIDE IISCB TEST EEPROM BIT TESTI

AD-22842#

FWCEEPROM BIT Test Option Figure 4-4.36 Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page
title page of this document.

364

Apr 15/93
Use or disclosure of informationon this page is subject to the restrictions onthe

I
FHC 1 EEPROM Z FULL FliC 2 EEPROM Z FULL

MfHNTENRNCE TEST FiiC

IIFIRNING EXECUTING THIS TEST MILL
SHORTEN THE LIFE OF THE EEPROM MEMORY NOTE THIS TEST TflKES OVER 5 MINUTES TO EXECUTE PRESS SELECT TO CONTINUE OR PFISS/ FFIIL TO RETURN TO MRIN MENU
I

.

.

.

AD-22a43#

FWCEEPROM BIT Test Figure 4-4.37 4.2.5.2 Recommended Maintenance The following is a list and recommended action. Status Test: Action Action of messages associated with maintenance test

!kwuE
FWCNOT IN TEST

NOTE : This message is followed by a secondary indicates why it is not in test. NOTON ASCB 1. 2.

message which

VerifyA/Cwiring JIA-5, 6, 7, 63, 65, 66, 85. Replace fault warning computer.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure Of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the title page uf this

Page 365 Mar 15/91 document.

Status
-

Test

(cent): Action 1. 2. Verify Maintenance Test Switch input JIA-85. Replace fault warning computer. Verify WOW input JIA-63.

TEST SWITCHOFF

WEIGHT ON WHEELS OFF FWC(X) BITE FAIL INTERLOCK FAILURE POWER SUPPLYFAIL DISCRETEFAILURE ARINC FAILURE CPU RAMFAILURE FWC(X) FAIL Checklist FWCUNAVAILABLE ASCBTest: FWC1 ASCBFAIL FWC2 ASCBFAIL Test:

1.

Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace

Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault

Warning Computer. Warning Computer. Warning Computer. Warning Computer. Warning Computer. Warning Computer. JIA-16.

CheckA/C

ID Pins JIA-12 thru

Action None, Checklist not installed. (Message Normal Without ASC 178).

Action List boxes not rcvd by FWC1 via ASCB. Check ASCB interconnects. List boxes not rcvd by FWC2 via ASCB. Check ASCB interconnects.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 366 Mar-15/91

To proceed with FWCTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the FWCStatus Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.38. To return to the EDS Subsystem Menu, the operator presses the line select key labeled “RETURN”. The message on the CAS display prompts the operator to make a selection.

FMC
il. STRTUS TEST~
FILL TEST COMPLETE 2. 3. 4. 5.
A

SOFTliFIRE MOD LEVEL TEST CHECKLIST CROSS-SIDE FISCB TEST EEPROM BIT TEST
A
T

A

.

.

AD-22844#

FWCStatus Test Option Figure 4-4.38 4.2.5.3 Instructions This section may be required if the operator is executing the FWCTest in any manner other than what has been described in the above section. If following the general operation section, proceed to Section 4.2.6. The operator selects, through the DC. initiates, and provides feedback for each test

Based on the information presented on the CAS display, the operator determines if the equipment passed or failed the test, and presses the appropriate line select key on the DC. This step is required before the Maintenance Test will proceed. In addition, the operator may be required to select an option associated with a test or return to the previous menu. To do this, the operator presses the appropriate line select key on the DC.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Paqe 367

Mar”15/91 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

The following is a list of how to use the LRUTest Menu displayed the DC CRT for Maintenance Test (refer to Figure 4-4). “PASS” The operator presses current test. “FAIL” The operator presses current test.
IllJpll

on

this

line

select

key if the equipment passes

the

this

line

select

key if the equipment

fails

the

The operator presses this test selections presented “SELECT”

line select key to back-step through the on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display.

The operator presses this line select is highlighted on the CAS display. “DOWN” The operator presses selections presented “RETURN”

key to initiate

the task that

this line select key to step through on the CAS display.

the test

The operator presses this line select key to return to the menu that had been previously displayed on the DC. This is not used to select the options presented on the CAS display. 4.2.5.4 FWCMaintenance ~ 63 64 ~ 15-0 15-0 Test ASCBData BIT FUNCTION MAINTENANCE TEST MAINTENANCE TEST FORMAT

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Page 368 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

onthe

4.2.6 4.2.6.1

Display

Unit (DU) Operation and provides feedback for the Dis~laY .-

General

The operator selects, initiates, Unit (DU) Test through the DC.

When the EDS Subsystem Test Main is displayed on the DC CRT, as shown in Figure 4-4.39, the operator init. ates the DU Test by pressing the line select key labeled “DU”. This produces the LRUTest Menu on the DC CRT, as shown in Figure 4-4.40. There are four tests associated with the Display Unit. The Status - est will show the Reversionary and Overheat status of each DU. The Pi” ot DUSTest uses the ARINC429 wraparound data from DU1 and DU2 to show the Error and Status Data associated with either DU1 or DU2. The EICAS DUSTest uses the ARINC 429 wrar)around data from DU3 and DU~ to show the Error and Status Data associated with’ either DU3 or DU4. The Copilot DUSTest uses the ARINC429 wraparound data from DU5 or DU6 to show the Error and Status Data associated with either DU5 or DU6.

o-l
(3
AD-22845#

EDS Subsystem Test Main Figure 4-4.39

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

Page 369 Mar 15/91

/

~

ml
=--i

UP

l-o
El
AD-22646#

EF

Pf+ss
FAIL

SELECT DO14N

RETURN

LRUTest Menu Figure 4-4.40 The operator presses the line select key labeled the DU Status Test, the option highlighted on the Status or error messages shown in Figure 4-4.41. A typical CAS Display display. . . for the DU Status Figure-4-4.42;” “SELECT” to initiate CAS display, as appear on the CAS Test is shown in

.

AD-22647#

DU Status Test Option Figure 4-4.41

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this dccument.

Paae 370 Mar-15/91

/

MflINTENFINCE TEST
NO DU IN REVERSION NO DU OVERHEFITED
.

DU

I

USE PRSS/FRIL TO CONTINUE
. .
AD-22848#

Status

or Error Messages on CAS Display Figure 4-4.42

The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the DU Status Test. REV DU REVERSION: DU 123456 NO DU IN REVERSION OVERHEAT DU OVERHEAT: DU 123456 NO DUOVERHEATED To proceed with DUTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the Pilot DUSTest, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-4.43. To initiate the test the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the Pilot DUSTest is shown in Figure 4-4.44. Indicates Overheat Status Indicates Reversionary Status

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 371 Mar 15/91

AD-22849#

Pilot DUSTest Figure 4-4.43

DU 1 VflLIDflRINC
DU 2 VBLID flRINC
A

DU
USE PRSS/FRIL TO CONTINUE
A A AD-22850#

CAS Display

for the Pilot Figure 4-4.44

DUSTest

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 372
Mar 15/91

L& or

disclosure of information on thk page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

The following is a list of all ~xecuting the Pilot DUSTest. ARINC

messages that Error Pilot

may appear

as a result

of with

Status DUS

and Data Associated

DU 1 ARINC FAILURE DU 2 ARINC FAILURE LABEL350 ERROR LABEL351 ERROR LABEL352 ERROR LABEL353 ERROR DATA= XXXXX LABEL356 ERROR LABEL357 ERROR DATA- XXXXX DU 1 VALIDARINC DU 2 VALIDARINC NOTRECEIVINGDU 1 ARINC NOTRECEIVINGDU 2ARINC To proceed with DUTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the EICAS DUSTest option, highlighted on the CAS display, as To initiate the test the opc~ator presses the shown in Figure 4-4.45. line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the EICAS DUSTest is shown in Figure 4-4.46.

7

MflINTENflNCE TEST DU
1. STfiTUS TEST
2. PILOT DUS 13. EICFIS DUSI

4. COPILOT DUS
AD-22851 #

EICAS DUSTest Option Figure 4-4.45

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 373 Mar 15/91

DU 3 VflLIDFIRINC DU 4 VflLIDflRINC b
A

DU
USE PRSS/FRIL TO CONTINUE
A A AD-22852#

CAS Display

for the EICAS DUSTest Figure 4-4.46 that may appear as a result with

The following is a list of all messages of executing the EICAS DUSTest. ARINC Error Status EICAS DUS DU 3 ARINC FAILURE DU 4ARINC FAILURE LABEL350 ERROR LABEL351 ERROR LABEL352 ERROR LABEL353 ERROR DATA= XXXXX LABEL356 ERROR LABEL357 ERROR DATA- XXXXX DU 3 VALIDARINC DU 4 VALIDARINC NOTRECEIVINGDU 3 ARINC NOTRECEIVINGDU 4 ARINC

and Data Associated

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 374 Mar 15/91 document.

To proceed with DUTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the on the CAS test to the Copilot DUSTest, the option highlighted To initiate the test the operator display, as shown in Figure 4-4.47. presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error messaaes smear on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for .the Copilot”DUs Test is shown in Figure 4-4.48.
V >

AD-2285W

Copilot DUSTest Option Figure 4-4.47

/

T

DU 5 VRLIDflRINC
DU 6 VFILID FIRINC
A

DU
USE PRSS/FRIL TO CONTINUE
A A

.

.

.

AD-22854#

CAS Display

for the Copilot Figure 4-4.48

DUSTest

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 375 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

messages The following is a list of all of executing the Copilots OUSTEST. ARINC

that

may appear

as a result with

Error Status and Data Associated Copilot DUS DU 5 ARINC FAILURE DU 6 ARINC FAILURE LABEL350 ERROR LABEL351 ERROR LABEL352 ERROR LABEL353 ERROR DATA= XXXXX LABEL356 ERROR LABEL357 ERROR DATA- Xxxxx DU 5 VALIDARINC DU 6 VALIDARINC NOT RECEIVINGDU5 ARINC NOT RECEIVINGDU6 ARINC

To proceed with DUTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” This advances the line select key based on the outcome of the test. test to the DU-Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, To return to the EDS Subsystem Menu, the as shown in Figure 4-4.49. operator presses the line select key labeled “RETURN”. The operator presses the return key a second time to return to the System Test Menu.

DU
[1. STFITUS TESTI
RLL TEST COMPLETE 2. PILOT DUS 3, EICflS DUS 4. COPILOT DUS

AD-22855#

DU Status Test Option Figure 4-4.49

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 376 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this paga is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this dowment.

4.2.6.2

Recommended Maintenance The following is a list and recommended action. Status DUOVERHEAT Test:

Action of messages associated with maintenance test

Action ;: 3. 4. 5. 6. Insure DU Fan C.B.’S are in. Insure DU fans are operative. Check DU filter. CheckA/C wiring fromDU J1-65 to FWC JIA-34. Replace DU. Replace FWC. Verify reversionary switch wiring. Correct J1-37, 22, 87, 88. Replace DU.

DU(X) IN REVERSION

1. 2.

Pilot -

DU Test: Action ;: Check DUwraparound. VerifyA/CwiringJl-94, 66, 79, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 38, 39 and J1-35, 36, 19, 33 if in reversionary mode. Replace DU.

NOTRECEIVINGDU 1(2) ARINC

3. EICAS DU Test: NOTRECEIVING DU 3(4) ARINC

Action 1. 2. 3. Check DUwraparound. Verify A/C wiring from Rev Control panel P9-G, f, H, j, or DU wiring J1-66, 79, 94, 101 thru 106. Replace DU.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paue 377 Mar”15/91

Copilot Messacie

DUTest: Action 1. 2. 3. Check DUwraparound. Verify A/C wiring from Rev Control panel A, P1O-K, f, h, j, P9-j, orDU wiring J1-66, 79, 94, 101 thru 106. Replace DU.

NOTRECEIVING DU 5(6) ARINC

Pilot/EICAS/Copilot Messacae

DU Tests: Action Check DUwraparound J1-66 & 79 to fault warning computers. Move DU to another position. If message follows DU, replace the DU. If message does not follow, then decode the 429 wraparound data. by label error messages.

DU(X) ARINCFAILURE

NOTE: This message is followed LABEL350 ERROR LABEL351 ERROR LABEL352 ERROR LABEL353 ERROR DATA= XXXXX LABEL356 ERROR

Activity Internal Internal Internal

Counter DU Failure DU Failure DU Failure

CGS Fatal Error Code (For Data 50100 Verify A/C wiring J1-38, 39, 58). Replace DU. BIT Fatal Error Code/Replace Miring. DU.

LABEL357 ERROR DATA= XXXXX DU(X) IN REVERSION 4.2.6.3 Instructions

Check DU Reversionary

This section may be required if the operator is executing the DUTest in any manner other than what has been described in the above section. If following the general operation section, proceed to Section 4.3.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 378 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

The operator selects, through the DC.

initiates,

and provides

feedback

for each test

Based on the information presented on the CAS display, the operator determines if the equipment passed or failed the test, and presses the appropriate line select key on the DC. This step is required before the Maintenance Test will proceed. In addition, the operator may be required to select an option associated with a test or return to the previous menu. To do this, the operator presses the appropriate line select key on the DC. The following is a list of how to use the LRUTest Menu displayed the DC CRT for Maintenance Test (refer to Figure 4-4). “PASS” The operator presses current test. “FAIL” The operator presses current test.
“up,,

on

this

line

select

key if the equipment passes

the

this

line

select

key if the equipment fails

the

The operator presses this test selections presented “SELECT”

line select key to back-step through the on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display.

The operator presses this line select is highlighted on the CAS display. ‘DOWNn The operator presses selections presented “RETURNn

key to initiate

the task that

this line select key to step through on the CAS display.

the test

The operator presses this line select key to return to the menu that had been previously displayed on the DC. This is not used to select the options presented on the CAS display.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page
page of this document.

379

Apr 15/93
Use or disclosure of information on this page issubject totheresttictions onthetitle

4.2.6.4

DUARINC429 Wraparound Data

NOTE BIT FUNCTION LABELBIT ----- I ----l----------------------------------------------l---“BFAILO 351 “ PERSONALITY PROM CRC FAILURE 351 15 CHARACTER PROM CRC FAILURE 351 14 NORMAL PROM CRC FAILURE 351 13 SYSTEM PROM CRC FAILURE 351 12 DEFLECTION AMPLIFIERTEMPERATURE FAILURE ,351 11 HIGH VOLTAGE PWERSUPPLYFAILURE 351 10 429 SERIAL OUTPUT BUSTRANSMISSION FAILURE 351 9 POT EXCITATION FAILURE 351 8 DISPLAYLIGHT SENSORFAILURE 351 7 VECTOR GENERATOR FAILURE 351 6 VECTOR GENERATOR TIMERFAILURE 351 5 INPUT DISCRETELATCH 351 4 A/D CONVERTER FAILURE 351 3 HSB CIRCUIT 351 2 SCC CHIP 351 1 BIT FAILUREMATRIX SUMMARY BIT 351 0 351 --------- I l----------------------------------------------l---BFAIL1 352 352 15-14 SPARE 352 13 SP TRANSITIONRAMLOCATION FAILURE SP TRANSITIONRAM ADDRESS FAILURE 352 12 RASTERTRANSITIONRAM LOCATION FAILURE 352 11 352 10 RASTERTRANSITION-RAM ADDRESS FAILURE 352 9 SP PROGRAM RAMLOCATION FAILURE 352 8 SP PROGRAM RAM ADDRESS FAILURE 352 7 RASTERPROGRAM RAMLOCATION FAILURE 352 6 RASTERPROGRAM RAM ADDRESS FAILURE 352 5 CORERAMLOCATION FAILURE 352 4 CORERAM ADDRESS FAILURE 352 3 VG RAMLOCATION FAILURE 352 2 VG RAM ADDRESS FAILURE 352 1 DMARAMLOCATION FAILURE 352 0 DMA RAM ADDRESS FAILURE 353 353 353 353 353 353 353 353

------l----------------------------------------------l-----I 15-6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BFAIL2 SPARE FLIGHT/DEBUG MODE PARITYFAILURE DU ADDRESS FAILURE FOCUSEND-AROUND FAILURE PHOSPHOR PROTECT FAILURE CRT FILAMENT CURRENT LOW CRT FILAMENT CURRENT HIGH

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 380 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

BIT FUNCTION NOTE LABELBIT --------- I l----------------------------------------------l-BFAIL3 350 SPARE 15-4 350 REMOTE LIGHTSENSORFAILURE 350 3 ALTERNATE LIGHTSENSORFAILURE 350 2 BALANCE POT FAILURE 350 1 BRIGHTNESS POT FAILURE 350 0 --------- I l~~+-;~+~~-~~~~;-------------------------------l 357 357 15-3 SPARE = DUADDRESS FAILURE ERROR CODE 357 2-o ; = VECTOR GENERATOR FAILURE 357 3 = DU PROGRAM PROM FAILURE 357 4 = DU RAMFAILURE 357 --------- I l~;;-~~~~~-~~;~~-------------------------------l-356 CODESDEFINEDIN CGS PROGRAMMERS MANUAL-CONTACT HONEYWELL 356 ----- I ----l----------------------------------------------l Subject: ARINCWrap-around Label 356

Label 356 will only be transmitted in the event a fatal error is detected by just prior to the DU the Core Graphics System. The label is transmitted resetting, indicated by the display of the red “X”. The following is a description of the information contained in the bits associated with label 356. 32 28 - - -- - - - - ---- - -------Xxxx Xxxx don’t care Example: 0110 don’t i.e., care timeout 0101 5 of object 24 20 16 12 09 -- - -- --- - -- - -- ----- - -- - ---- - ---- - - -- ------ ---- -- -Xxxxx xxx Xxxx Xxxx I CGS error code BCD object number BCD 0000 0 number 3 0010 2 0000 0 0011 3

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page o+ this document.

Page 381 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

onthe

4.3

Sensor Test When the System Test Menu is displayed on the Display Controller (DC) Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) as shown in Figure 4-5, the operator initiates the Sensor Test by pressing the line select key labeled “SENSORS”. This produces the Sensor Subsystem Menu to appear on the DC CRT as shown in The CAS Display will be as shown in Figure 4-6.1. Figure 4-6.

IM131NTENANCE

TEST{ EDS

SYSTEM
--i

CHECK

FMS/PMS SUMMARY RETURN
AD-22856#

AFGCS SENSORS

System Test Menu Figure 4-5

WEATHER RADIO ALT

RADAR

DADC RADIOS
t

Sensor

Subsystem Menu Figure 4-6

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or t%closure

of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 382 Mar-15/91

AD-22859#

CAS Display Figure 4-6.1 The operator selects System Test Menu by Presently, only the are described in the 4.3.1 4.3.1.1 Inertial General Reference Operation for the one of the subsystem tests or returns to the pressing the appropriate line select key. IRS and the DADCtests exist. Each of the tests following sections.

System (IRS)

The operator selects, initiates, and provides feedback Inertial Reference System (IRS) Test through the DC.

When the Sensor Subsystem Menu is displayed on the DC CRT, the operator initiates the IRS Test by pressing the line select key labeled “IRS”. This produces the Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) Test Menu to appear on the DC CRT as shown in Figure 4-7. There are two tests associated with the Inertial Reference Unit. The Status Test will show the active IRSS on ASCB, the IRSS transmitting valid data, and the current mode of the IRSS. The Fault Summary will show the Built-In-Test results from the IRSS.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of inforrnatiin

on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 383 Mar-15/91

d
(3

ml
UP PASS FAIL SELECT DOWN RETURN

\

w
Q Q

AD-228S8#

LRUTest Menu Figure 4-7 The oDerator messes the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate as the IRS Statu; Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display The resulting status or error messages are shown in Figure 4-7.1. CAS displayed on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) Display. AtypicaDisplay for the IRS Status Test is shown in Figure 4-7.2.

Ao-22880#

IRS Status Test Option Figure 4-7.1

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restridlons

on the title page of thk dowment.

Paqe 384 Mar-15/91

MflINTENflNCE TEST
IRS 1 2 ON RSCB IRS 1 2 VfiLID

IRS

IRS MODES:
IRS 1 N(3V

IRS 2 NflV

USE PfISS/FfIILTO CONTINUE
. .
AD-2z861#

CAS Display

for the IRS Status Figure 4-7.2

Test

The following is an explanation of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the IRS Status Test. BUS IRS 1 2 ONASCB IRS 1 2 NOT IN TEST NOTONASCB VALID IRS 1 2 VALID IRSS Transmitting Valid Data Active IRSS on ASCB

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restritilons

on the title page of this document.

Page 385 Mar-15/91

MODE IRS IRS IRS IRS IRS IRS IRS IRS IRS MODES 1 ALIGN 1 ATTITUDE 1 NAV 1 UNKNOWN 2ALIGN 2 ATTITUDE 2 NAV 2 UNKNOWN

Indicates

IRS Operational

Mode

To proceed with the IRS Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the IRS Fault Sunnnary, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-7.3. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status and error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the IRS Fault Summary is shown in Figure 4-7.4.

AD-22862#

IRS Fault Summary Option Figure 4-7.3

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or dkc!osure

Of information on thk page is subjecl to the restrictions on the title page of this

Paqe 386 Mar-15/91 document.

NO IRS 1 FRULTS NO IRS 2 FRULTS
A

IRS
USE PflSS/FflIL TO CONTINUE
A A

.

AD-22863#

CAS Display The followinq executing th; FAULT IRS 1 FAULTS: IRS 2 FAULTS: POWER SUPPLY SENSORLSIC MEMORY ACCELRESIDUAL TEMPSENSOR WATCHDOG DISCRE E 1/0 CPU A/D OR MUX NO IRS 1 FAULTS NO IRS 2 FAULTS is a list IRS Fault

for the IRS Fault Figure 4-7.4 of all messages Summary. Built

Summary that may appear as a result of

In Test Results

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject fo the restrictions on the title page of this

Paqe 387 Mar-15/91 document.

4.3.1.2

Recommended Maintenance The following is a list and recommended action. Status IRS(X) NOT IN TEST NOTON ASCB IRS(X) UNKNOWN Fault Test: Test:

Action of messages associated with maintenance test

Action VerifyA/Cwiring JIB-H1, JIC-1, 5, 4, 10, 7, 8. Replace IRS. H2, Kl, K2,

IRS 1 2 FAULTS: POWER SUPPLY SENSORY LSIC MEMORY ACCELRESIDUAL TEMPSENSOR WATCHDOG DISCRETE1/0 CPU A/D ORMUX Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace IRS. IRS. IRS. IRS. IRS. IRS. IRS. IRS. IRS.

To proceed with the IRS Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the IRS Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-7.5. To return to the Sensor Subsystem Menu, the operator presses the line select key labeled “RETURN”. The message on the CASdisplay prompts the operator to make a selection, as shown in Figure 4-7.6.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on thm page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paae 388 Mar”15/91

IRS [1. STFITUS TEST]
FILL TEST COMPLETE 2. FFIULT SUMMRRY

AD-22884#

IRS Status Test Option Figure 4-7.5

AD-2288s#

CAS Display Prompt Figure 4-7.6

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 389 Mar-15/91

4.3.2 4.3.2.1

Digital

Air Data Computer (DADC) Operation for the Digital

General

The operator selects, initiates, and provides feedback Air Data Computer (DADC)Test through the DC.

When the Sensor Subsystem Menu is displayed on the DC CRT, as shown in Figure 4-7.7, the operator initiates the DADC Test by pressing the line select key labeled “DADC”. This produces the LRUTest Menu to appear on the DC CRT, as shown in Figure 4-7.8. There are five tests associated with the Digital Air Data Computer. The Status Test will on ASCB, the DADCS transmitting valid data, the show the active DADCS ASCB status with respect to DADCS,and the configuration pin information. The Configuration Test will show the DADC Configuration There is no information and the software revision information. correlation between Software Mod Status in Maintenance Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU. The Software Mod Levels are The Fault Summary Test will show the used for reporting purposes. Built-In-Test (BITE) results of each DADC. The DADC Output Tests, one for each DADC,will check the following outputs: AOAIndex - Top, Middle, and Bottom, Altitude Alert annunciator and horn, and the VMO Warning horn.

d
(3
..-22866, Sensor Subsystem Menu Figure 4-7.7

~

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the tile page of thts document.

Paqe 390 Mar-15/91

d
(3
PASS FAIL

m
UP SELECT DOWN RETURN

P

El

LRUTest Menu Figure 4-7.8 The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the DADC Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as The resulting status or error messages are shown in Figure 4-7.9. A typical CAS Display for DADC Status displayed on the CAS display. Test is shown in Figure 4-7.10.

MfHNTENflNCE TEST DflDC
Il. STFITUS TESTI 2. CONFIGURATION TEST

-

30 FflULTSUMMRRY 4. DRDC 1 OUTPUTTEST 5. DRDC2 OUTPUTTEST
.
AD-22868#

DADC Status Test Option Figure 4-7.9 Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 391 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page o{ this document.

DFIDC 1 2 ON FISCB

Dfl DC

DRDC 1 2 VfILID
DFIDC 1 13SCB PRSS DFIDC2 IISCB PfiSS H/C ID PINS: DRDC 1 PRSS

PINS = 010110
DflDC2 PFISS

PINS = 010110
A

USE PflSS/FflIL TO CONTINUE
A A AD-22869#

CAS Display for DADC Status Figure 4-7.10 The following is a list of all on the CAS display as a result BUS DADC1 2 ON ASCB DADC1 2 NOT IN TEST NOTONASCB DADC1 2 NOT IN TEST INVALID VALID DAOC1 2 VALID the possible of executing

Test messages that may appear the DADC Status Test.

Active

DADCS on ASCB

DAOCS Transmitting

Valid Data

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 392 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document

ASCB DADC1 ASCBFAIL DADC 2 ASCBFAIL DADC 2 NOTRCVD DADC 1 NOTRCVD DC NOTRECEIVED FWCNOTRECEIVED DADC1 ASCBPASS DADC 2 ASCBPASS ID A/C ID DADC 1 DADC 2 DADC1 DADC 2 PINS = Aircraft ID PINS PASS PASS FAIL FAIL 010110

ASCBStatus

with Respect to DADCS

Aircraft

Configuration

Information

9/C9JlA-101,102,103,104,105,107

Grid/Open Type A 101 G-IV Application CAAApplication NOTE: For CAAAircraft Gnd Gnd 102 103 104 105 106

Open Open Gnd Gnd Gnd Gnd

Open Gnd Open Gnd

with -864 DADC PINS = 010000.

To proceed with the DADC Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or ‘FAILn line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the DADC Configuration Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-7.11. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status and error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the DADC Configuration Test is shown in Figure 4-7.12.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of

Page 393 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page

this document.

q

Y

DRDC
1. STFITUS TEST
12. CONFIGURfiTION TEST] 3. FRULT SUMMflRY

4. DFIDC 1 OUTPUT TEST 5. DRDC 2 OUTPUT TEST
AD-22870#

DADC Configuration Test Option Figure 4-7.11 Y

DFIDC 1 CONFIG PILOT/MflSTER DflDC2 CONFIG COP ILOT/SLflVE MOD STRTUS DflDC1 = BB DflDC2 = BB
A

DFIDC

USE PRSS/FRIL TO CONTINUE
A A
T

AD-22871#

CAS Display

for the DADCConfiguration Figure 4-7.12

Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subpct

to fhe restrictions on the title page of thts document.

Page 394 Mar 15/91

The following is a list of all messages that may appear as a result of executing the DADC Configuration Test. The operator is responsible for verifying that the configuration is correct. CONFIGURATION DADC1 CONFIG: DADC 2 CONFIG: PILOT SLAVE PILOT MASTER COPILOTSLAVE COPILOTMASTER SSEC DISABLED BARODISABLED SELF TEST ENABLED MISMATCH DETECTED MODLEVEL MOD STATUS: DADC1 DADC 2 Software Revision Information DADC Configuration Information

NOTE: There is no correlation between Software Mod Level Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU .

To proceed with the DADC Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAILn line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the DADC Fault Sunmnary, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-7.13. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status and error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the DADC Fault Summary Test is shown in Figure 4-7.14.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 395 Apr 15/93

Useor

disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

7

MfHNTENRNCE TEST DRDC
1. STFITUS TEST
2. [3. 4. 5. CONFIGURFITION TEST FRULT SUMMRRYI DRDC 1 OUTPUT TEST DRDC 2 OUTPUT TEST

AD-22872#

DADCFault Summary Option Figure 4-7.13

7

MfHNTENfl NCE TEST
DflDC1 BITE FflIL
flLTSELECT DRDC 2 BITE FRIL RLT SELECT

DRDC

USE PRSS/FRIL TO CONTINUE 1
A A

II

AD-22873#

CAS Display

for the DADC Fault Figure 4-7.14

Summary Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Paae-396 Mar”15/91 document.

The following is a list of all messages that of executing the DADC Fault Summary. BITE DADC1 BITE FAIL DADC 2 BITE FAIL PILOT-STATIC D/A-F/D CONVERTER D/A CONVERTER F/D CONVERTER 5VDCMONITOR ROM CHECK SUM CABINPRESS RATIO ALT SELECT BAROCONVERSION TEMPPROBE AOAPOT FLAPS DADC1 BITE PASS DADC 2 BITE PASS
~:

may appear as a result

Built

In Test Results

“DADC1 BITE FAIL” and “DADC 2 BITE FAIL” will until the Altitude Preselect knob is rotated.

be annunciated

To proceed with the DADC Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the DADC1 Output Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-7.15. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The CAS display will be as shown in Figure 4-8. The operator is prompted to test various discrete outputs associated with the DADC. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”to activate the output and enters pass or fail for each output to advance. When the last output is tested, the test advances to the return to main menu option. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”to advance the test to the DADC 2 Output Test.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 397 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

/

Y

AD-22874#

DADC1 Output Test Option Figure 4-7.15 e >

DRDC 1 OUTPUT TEST

Dfl DC 11. flOFI INDEXTOPI
2. 30 4. 5. 6. 7. FIOII INDEX MIDDLE FIOR INDEX BOTTOM FILTITUDE RLERT flNN RLTITUDE FILERT HORN VMO tiflRNING HORN RETURN TO MflINMENU
A

A

A

.

.

,

AD-22875#

CAS Display Figure 4-8

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398 Mar 15/91

To proceed with the DADC Test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the DADC 2 Output Test, the option The CAS display will be similar to highlighted on the CAS display. that shown in Figure 4-8, only “DADC 2 OUTPUT TEST” will be The operator is prompted to test various annunciated on the left. discrete outputs associated with the DAOC. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to activate the output and enters pass or fail for each output to advance. When the last output is tested, the test advances to the return to main menu option. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to return the test to the DADC Status Test, as shown in Figure 4-8.1. To return to the Sensor Subsystem Menu, the operator presses the line select key labeled “RETURN”. The operator presses the return key a second time to return to the System Test Menu.

DRDC
[It STFITUS TESTI
FILL TEST COMPLETE 2. CONFIGURATION TEST 3, FllULT SUMMRRY 4. DFIDC 1 OUTPUT TEST 5. DRDC 2 OUTPUT TEST
A A AD-22876#

A

DADC Status Test Figure 4-8.1

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page @ this document.

Page 398;1 Mar 15/91

4.3.2.2

Recommended Maintenance The following is a list and recommended action. Status Messaqe DADC(X)NOT IN TEST NOTON ASCB Test:

Action of messages associated with maintenance test

Action 1. 2. VerifyA/CwiringJIA-l, 11, 12.
Replace DADC.

2, 3, 4,

NOTE “ To test DADC #1 when performing GMTfrom DC #2, DADC#2 must be —. valid. To test DADC #2 when performing GMTfrom DC #1, DADC #1 must be valid. DADC1 ASCBFAIL DADC2 ASCBFAIL NOTE “ —. List of boxes not rcvd by DADC1 via ASCB. Check ASCB. List of boxes not rcvd by DADC2 via ASCB. Check ASCB. be followed by one or more of 2, 3, 4, 11, 12,

The “DADC ASCBFAIL” message will the following three messages. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. ;:

DADC1(2) NOTRCVD

VerifyA/CwiringJIA-l, Check ASCBinterconnects. Replace DADC.

DC NOTRECEIVED

Check on-side display controller breakers. Check ASCB interconnects. Verify power to DC JIA, B, V, W. Replace DADC/DC. Check on-side fault warning computer brkrs (Verify wiring JIA-11, 12). Check ASCB. Replace DADC/FWC. Verify power to display J1-A, B, V, W. Check ASCBinterconnects. controller,

FWCNOTRECEIVED

DADC(X)NOT IN TEST

1. 2.

DADC1 FAIL DADC2 FAIL

Check A/C ID pins J1A-101 thru CheckA/C ID pins J1A-101 thru

J1A-106. J1A-106.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Paae 398.2 M;r 15/91 document,

Configuration !!!SSWE

Test: Action 1. 2. Check SSEC disable pin JIA-39. Check for stuck button on front unit/replace DADC. pin JIA-38/replace test of DADC.

SSEC DISABLED

BARO DISABLED SELF TEST ENABLED MISMATCH DETECTED

Check baro disable Check air DADC . data self

pin JIA-52/replace

Ensure correct part number DADCS are installed. Message logged when software levels are different between DADC1 and DADC 2. (e.g., Mod BL installed on one side and a different Mod level on the other side.)

Fault

Summary Test: Action Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace DADC. DADC. DADC. DADC. DADC. DADC. DADC.

Messaae DADC1 BITE FAIL DADC 2 BITE FAIL PITOT-STATIC D/A CONVERTER F/D CONVERTER 5VDCMONITOR ROM CHECK SUM CABINPRESS RATIO

Check for the following from the cabin press system: JIA-62 Cabin Press (Ref) JIA-63 Cabin Press Ratio (Wiper) Check for shorts on this output. JIA-64 Cabin Press Lo JIA-66 Cabin Press Ratio Valid (VALID=GND) 1. 2. Rotate Alt Select Knob. Check for the following from the guidance panel: J1B-103 Altitude Preselect Tach-HI J1B-104 Altitude Preselect Tach-LO Check for the following from the flight guidance computer: JIA-93 Alerter Select disc. Check DADC wiring J1A-101, 106.

DADC(X)BITE FAIL ALT SELECT

3. 4.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr
of

Page 398.3
15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page

this document.

Fault

Summary Test

(cent): Action Check for the following from the display controller. JIA-35 baro pot excitation (-10 V) JIA-36 baro pot wiper. JIA-37 baro pot common Check for the following from the temp probe: JIA-72 Temperature Probe-HI JIA-73 Temperature Probe-LO Check JIB-53 JIB-54 JIB-60 for the following from theAOA Probe: AOARef (+10 Vdc) AOARef Common AOASig (Wiper)

Mssi!9e

DADC(X)BIT FAIL BARO CONVERSION

DADC(X)BIT FAIL TEMPPROBE

DADC(X)BITE FAIL AOAPOT

DADC(X)BITE FAIL FLAPS

Check for the following inputs from the flap handle switch: Gnd on JIA-55 for O deg Flaps Gnd on JIA-56 for 10 deg Flaps Gnd on JIA-57 for 20 deg Flaps Gnd on JIA-58 for 39 deg Flaps

4.3.2.3

Instructions This section may be required if the operator is executing either the IRS or the DADC Tests in any manner other than what has been If following the general operation described in the above sections. section, proceed to Section 4.4. The operator selects, through the DC. initiates, and provides feedback for each test

Based on the information presented on the CAS display, the operator determines if the equipment passed or failed the test, and presses the appropriate line select key on the DC. This step is required before the Maintenance Test will proceed. In addition, the operator may be required to select an option associated with a test or return to the previous menu. To do this, the operator presses the appropriate line select key on the DC.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.4 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosureof informationon this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document,

The following is a list of how to use the LRUTest Menu displayed the DC CRT for Maintenance Test (refer to Figure 4-4). “PASSn The operator presses current test. “FAILn The operator presses current test. this line select key if the equipment fails this line select key if the equipment passes

on

the

the

The operator presses this test selections presented “SELECTn

line select key to back-step through the on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display.

The operator presses this line select is highlighted on the CAS display. “DOWN” The operator presses selections presented “RETURN”

key to initiate

the task that

this line select key to step through on the CAS display.

the test

The operator presses this line select key to return to the menu that had been previously displayed on the DC. This is not used to select the options presented on the CAS display.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.5 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page o’ this document.

4.3.2.4

IRS Maintenance WSPBIT 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Test ASCBData NOTEFORMAT

-----I --l-------------------------l----l--------------MAINTENANCE TEST SPARE SPARE A/D OR MUXFAULT CPU FAULT DISCRETE1/0 FAULT WDTFAULT SYSTEM TESTS TEMPSENSORFAULT GYROFREQANDBIAS FAULT GYRO FAULT ACCELRESIDUAL FAULT SPARE MEMORY FAULT SENSORLSIC FAULT SPARE POWER SUPPLYFAULT LOGIC 1 LOGIC 1 LOGIC 1 LOGIC 1 LOGIC 1 LOGIC 1 LOGIC 1 LOGIC 1 LOGIC 1 = = = = = = = = = FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT

BIT FUNCTION

LOGIC 1 = FAULT LOGIC 1 = FAULT LOGIC 1 = FAULT

4.4

FMS/PMS Test When the System Test Menu is displayed on the Display Controller (DC) Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) as shown in Figure 4-9, the operator initiates the FMSTest by pressing the line select key labeled “FMS/PMS”. This produce: the Flight Management System/ Performance Management System (FMS/PMS) Subsystem Menu to appear on the DC CRT as shown in Figure 4-10.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Paae 398.6 M% 15/91 document.

System Test Menu Figure 4-9

FMS/PMSSubsystem Menu Figure 4-10 The operator selects one of the subsystem tests or returns to the System Test Menu by pressing the appropriate line select key. The tests are described in the following sections. Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14=00
Page Apr

398.7
15/93

on the title page of this document. Use or disclosureof informationon this page is subjectto the restrictions

4.4.1 4.4.1.1

Flight

Management System (FMS) Operation

General

The operator selects, initiates, and provides feedback for the Flight Management System (FMS) Test through the DC. There are five tests associated with the Flight Management System. The FMSStatus Test, one for each FMS, will show the active FMSSon ASCB, the FMSS transmitting valid data, the sensors used by the FMSS, and the Built-In-Test (BITE) results. The FMSConfiguration Test, one for each FMS, will show the configuration pin status. The FMSSoftware Mod Level Test will show the internal software levels of each FMSand CDU. There is no correlation between Software Mod Status in Maintenance Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU, The Software Mod Levels are used for reporting purposes. When the FMS/PMSSubsystem Menu is displayed on the DC CRT, the operator initiates the FMSTest by pressing the line select key labeled “FMS”. This produces the Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) Test Menu to appear on the DC CRT as shown in Figure 4-11. Verify the Ft4S CDU1 and 2 are displaying the TEST pattern on the CDUCRT as shown in Figure 4-12. Verify CDUMessage lights are sequencing in order, on both CDU’S. Depress ~ switches on both CDU’S and verify inverse video is displayed on appropriate annunciator when selected.

m
UP Pflss FAIL SELECT DO14N RETURN

la
El
t-= t--=

l--=
AD-22879#

LRUTest Menu Figure 4-11

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.8 Mar 15/91

GR

RE

OR ~] s

>

e e

LS3L ) LS4L PRF NV

MNOPQR STUVIAJ XYZDC PRV NX

e 789 LS3R LS4R c .0 e ‘/ KB CK FP PRG DIR

AD-22880#

CDUTest Display Figure 4-12 The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the FMS 1 Status Test, the option highlighted on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display, as shown in Figure 4-12.1. The resulting status CAS or error messaqes are displayed on the CAS display. A typical Display for th; FMS1 Status-Test is shown in Figure 4-12.2.

MRINTENRNCE TEST FMS
I

Il. FMS 1 STRTUS TESTI
2. 30 4. 5.
. .

FMS 2 STRTUS TEST FMS 1 CONFIGURFITION FMS 2 CONFIGURATION SOFTMRRE MOD LEVEL TEST
.

AD-22881 #

FMS 1 Status Test Option Figure 4-12.1

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.9 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

T
FMS 1 STRTUS TEST: NZ 1 ON 9SCB NZ 1 VFILID flCTIVE SENSORS: RFCS 1 2 DRDC 1 2 IRS 1 2 PERF 1 2 SG 123 NZ 2 DISPLRY NZ 2 BRSIC NFIV-PRI-SEC DME-PRI-SEC NZ BITE PRSS CDU BITE PRSS CPU B BITE PRSS CPU C BITE PFISS

MfHNTENflNCE TEST FMS

USE PRSS/FFIIL TO CONTINUE

.

AD-22882#

CAS Display

for the FMS 1 Status Figure 4-12.2

Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.10
Mar 15/91

Use or dkclosure

of information on thk Page is subject to the restritilons

on the title page of this dwurnent.

The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the FMS1 Status Test. BUS NZ 1 ONASCB VALID NZ 1 VALID SENSORS ACTIVESENSORS: AFCS 1 2 DADC 1 2 LNAV1 2 IRS 1 2 3 PZ 1 2 (See note) SG123 NZ 2 DISPLAY NZ 2 BASIC X-SIDE NZ ACARS MLS NAV- PR1 SEC DME- PR1 SEC LRN123 BITE NZ BITE PASS NZ BITE FAIL CDUBITE PASS CDUBITE FAIL CPU B BITE PASS CPUB BITE FAIL CPU C BITE PASS CPUC BITE FAIL NOTE: Not logged as Active without mod AK. Sensor when using -976 and -978 NZ Built In Test Results Indicates Sensors used by FMS1 NZ 2 Transmitting Valid Data NZ 1 Active on ASCB

I

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure

Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
on the title page of this document.

Page 398.il Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

To proceed with the FMSTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the FMS2 Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.3. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status and error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the FMS2 Status Test is shown in Figure 4-12.4.

FMS
1. FMS 1 STFITUS TEST
[2. 3. 4. 5.
.

FMS 2 STfiTUS TEST] FHS 1 CONFIGURFITION FMS 2 CONFIGURFITION SOFTHRRE MOD LEVEL TEST
.

AD-22883#

FMS2 Status Test Option Figure 4-12.3

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

Page 398.12 Mar 15/91

F

\

F14S 2 STFITUS TEST: NZ 2 ON FISCB NZ 2 VflLID RCTIVE SENSORS: RFCS 1 2 DRDC 1 2

FMS

IRS 1 2
PERF 1 2 SG123 NZ 1 DISPLFIY NZ 1 BRSIC NFIV-PRI-SEC DME-PRI-SEC NZ BITE PRSS CDU BITE PFISS CPU B BITE PFISS CPU C BITE PRSS
A A

USE PRSS/FRIL TO CONTINUE

.

A

.

AD-228B4#

CASDisplay

for the FMS2 Status Figure 4-12.4

Test may appear as a result of

The following is a list of all messages that executing the FMS2 Status Test. BUS NZ 2 ONASCB VALID NZ 2 VALID NZ 2 Transmitting NZ 2 Active

onASCB

Valid Data

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.13
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

SENSORS ACTIVESENSORS : AFCS 1 2 DADC 1 2 LNAV1 2 IRS 123 PZ 1 2 (See note) SG 123 NZ 1 DISPLAY NZ 1 BASIC X-SIDE NZ ACARS MLS NAV- PR1 SEC DME- PR1 SEC LRN 123 BITE NZ BITE PASS NZ BITE FAIL CDUBITE PASS CDUBITE FAIL CPU B BITE PASS CPU B BITE FAIL CPU C BITE PASS CPUC BITE FAIL

Indicates

Sensors

used by FMS2

I

Built

In Test Results

To proceed with the FMSTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the FMS1 Configuration Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.5. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status and error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for a Phase II FMS 1 Configuration Test is shown in Figure 4-12.6.

I

~:

Not logged as Active without mod AK.

Sensor when using

-976 and -978NZ

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Page 398.i4 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

onthe

FMS
10 FMS 1 STRTUS TEST
2. [3. 4. 5. FMS 2 STFITUS TEST FMS 1 CONFIGURATION] FMS 2 CONFIGURATION SOFTIIRRE MOD LEVEL TEST

AD-22885#

FMS 1 Configuration Test Option Figure 4-12.5

FMS 1 CONFIGURATION NZ 1 ID PF!SS RFIDIO = COLLINS 429 DME = SCflNNING LRN 1 = LRN 2 = LRN 3 = MODE = CDU CONTROL FLIGHT RULES = FfIf3 ENGLISH MERSURE PERF INSTflLLED
A

FMS

USE PRSS/FRIL TO CONTINUE
A A AD-22886#

CAS Display

for a Phase II FMS1 Configuration Figure 4-12.6

Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of

infOtTI’MitiOn

on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.15 Mar 15/91

The following is a list of all messages that may appear as a result of executing the FMS1 Configuration Test. The operator is for verifying that the configuration is correct. responsible CONFIGURATION NAVComputer 1 Configuration

FMS1 CONFIG: NZ ID PASS NZ ID FAIL RADIO= KING429 RADIO= COLLINS429 RADIO= SPERRYASCB RADIO= COLLINS422 DME= SCANNING DME= SINGLE LRN 1 = SEE BELOW LRN2 = SEE BELOW NOTE: LRN3 = SEE BELOW } MODE = INIT XFER MODE = INDEPENDENT MODE = SINGLE MODE = CDUCONTROL FLIGHTRULES= CAA NOTE: FLIGHTRULES= FAA) METRICMEASURE ENGLISHMEASURE PZ INSTALLED CROSSFILL ENABLE DL CONNECTED (LRN sources) IRS #3 IRS #4 IRS #5 IRS OMEGA #1 OMEGA #2 OMEGA #3 OMEGA LORAN #1 LORAN #2 LORAN #3 LORAN GPS #1 GPS #2 GPS #3 GPS

This portion of the test is unavailable for Phase II aircraft.

-905 FWCcorrectly labels this as “OVRSPD PROTECT ON/OFF”

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure

Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
on the title page of this document.

Page 398.16 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

To proceed with the FMSTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the FMS2 Configuration Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.7. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled status and error messages are displayed on “SELECT”. The resulting A typical CAS Display for the FMS2 Configuration the CAS display. Test is shown~n Figu;e 4-12.8. - f+

FMS
1. FMS 1 ST13TUS TEST
2. 3. [4. 5.
A A

FMS 2 ST13TUS TEST FMS 1 CONFIGURFITION FMS 2 CONFIGURRTIONI SOFTilllRE MOD LEVEL TEST
A
w

.

.

AD-22887#

FMS2 Configuration Test Option Figure 4-12.7

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.17 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this Page IS subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

MfHNTENflNCE TEST
FMS2 CONFIGURFITION NZ 2 ID PHSS RflDIO= COLLINS 429
DME = SCRNNING LRN 1 = LRN 2 = LRN 3 = MODE = CDU CONTROL FLIGHT RULES = FRR ENGLISH MERSURE PERF INSTRLLED

FMS

USE PFISS/FFIIL TO CONTINUE
AD-22888#

CAS Display

for the FMS2 Configuration Figure 4-12.8

Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.18 Flar 15/91

The following is a list of all messages that may appear as a result of executing the FMS2 Configuration Test. The operator is responsible for verifying that the configuration is correct. CONFIGURATION FMS2 CONFIG: NZ ID PASS NZ ID FAIL RADIO= KING429 RADIO= COLLINS429 RADIO= SPERRYASCB RADIO= COLLINS422 DME= SCANNING DME= SINGLE LRN1 = SEE BELOW LRN2 = SEE BELOW NOTE: LRN3 =SEE BELOW } MODE = INIT XFER MODE = INDEPENDENT MODE = SINGLE MODE = CDUCONTROL FLIGHTRULES= CAA NOTE: FLIGHTRULES= FA METRICMEASURE ENGLISHMEASURE PZ INSTALLED CROSSFILL ENABLE DL CONNECTED (LRN sources) IRS #3 IRS #4 IRS #5 IRS OMEGA #1 OMEGA #2 OMEGA #3 OMEGA LORAN #1 LORAN #2 LORAN #3 LORAN GPS #1 GPS #2 GPS #3 GPS

This portion of the test is unavailable for Phase 11 aircraft.

-905 FWCcorrectly labels this as “OVRSPD PROTECT ON/OFF”

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of

Page 398.19 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page

this document.

To proceed with the FMSTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the Software Mod Level Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.9. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status and error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the FMSSoftware Mod Level Test is shown in Figure 4-12.10.

FMS 1. FMS
2. 3. 4. 15. 1 STRTUS TEST FMS 2 STfITUS TEST FMS 1 CONFIGURATION FMS 2 CONFIGURFITION SOFTllflRE MOD LEVEL TESTj
.

AD-228a9#

Software

Mod Level Test Option Figure 4-12.9

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 398.20 Mar 15/91 document,

F

\

NZ

1 S/Ii

FMS

CPU R = DEL llK CPU B = BDEL llC CPU C = CDEL 11P

NZ 2 S/1:
CPU R = DEL llK CPU B = BDEL llC CPU C = CDEL 11P CDU 1 S/Ii = 06 CDU 2 S/Ii = 06
A

USE PfISS/FRIL TO CONTINUE
A A AD-22890#

CAS Display

for the FMSSoftware Figure 4-12.10

Mod Level Test may appear as a result

The following is a list of all messages that of executing the Software Mod Level Test. MOD LEVEL NZ S/W: CPUA = Xxxxxx CPU B = XXXXXX CPU c = Xxxxxx

NOTE: There is no correlation between Software Mod Level in Maintenance Test and the Mod Status shown externally on the LRU. Ensure identical dash numbers installed. Different Mod levels may produce a “MISMATCH DETECTED” message. CDUMODLEVEL CDUS/W = XX Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.21 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

4.4.1.2

Recommended Maintenance The following is a list and recommended action. Status ~ NZ BITE FAIL (NO OTHERFMS FAILURES) Test:

Action of messages associated with maintenance test

Action With all avionics powered up, pull both air data computers circuit breakers. Also pull the breaker to the nut cracker switch (Weight On Wheels). The NZ will now operate in airborne mode. Maintain these conditions for three minutes. Now close the breaker to the nut cracker switch. Repeat GMT. If failure remains, replace the NAVcomputer. If failure is gone, proceed to the next test. Same action as for NZ bite (See above action). fail

NZ BITE FAIL ALONG WITHCDUBITE FAIL (NO OTHERFMS FAILURES) CDUBITE FAIL (NO OTHERFMS FAILURES) CPU B BITE FAIL CPU C BITE FAIL

Same action as for NZ bite fail but Replacing CDUinstead of NZ if fail report remains (See above action). Replace NAVComputer. If this message is displayed for more than five minutes following NZ power up, replace the NAVcomputer. If failure is removed, proceed to the next test.

NOTE: This message will appear for up to five minutes on power up. If this message occurs after the five minute power-up period, it indicates a failure. An ASCBFailure FMS(X) NOT IN TEST NOTONASCB NZ ID FAIL may also cause this 1. 2. 1. 2. message. 11, 14

VerifyA/CwiringJIA-10, on NAVComputer. Replace NAVComputer.

Check following pins: JIB-98 SDI #1, JIB-99 SDI #2, JIB-65 SDI #3 Replace NZ.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr

Page 398.22
15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document,

To proceed with the FMSTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the FMS1 Status Test, the option highlighted on as shown in Figure 4-12.11. This indicates that all the CAS display, segments of the FMSTest have been completed. To return to the FMS/PMSSubsystem Menu, as shown in Figure 4-12.12, the operator presses the line select key labeled “RETURN”. The operator presses the RETURN key a second time to return to the System Test Menu.

FMS
[1. FMS 1 STflTUS TEST)
f)LL TEST COMPLETE 2. 3. 4. 5.
A

FMS 2 STfiTUS TEST FMS 1 CONFIGURflTION FMS 2 CONFIGURFITION SOFTMflRE MOD LEVEL TEST
A AD-22891 #

A

FMS 1 Status Test Option Figure 4-12.11

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 398.23 Mar 15/91 document.

AD-22892#

FMS/PMS Subsystem Menu Figure 4-12.12 After performing the FMSTest, the NZS may be in Single Operation The Configuration Problems Pages will show “DUALINOP” and “SLAVE” The NZ’S will require the [ircuit breakers to be recyc”ed messages. on both NZ’S to recover back to a dua or independent mode. 4.4.2 4.4.2.1 Performance General Management System (PMS) Operation

The operator selects, initiates, and provides feedback for the Performance Management System (PMS) Test through the DC. When the FMS/PMSSubsystem Menu is displayed on the DC CRT, the operator initiates the PMSTest by pressing the line select key labeled “pMS”. This produces the Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) Test Menu to appear on the DC CRT as shown in Figure 4-12.13. There are ten tests associated with the Performance Management System.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.24 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

The Perf Status Test, one for each PMS, will show the PMSSactive on ASCB, the PMSStransmitting valid data, the LRUSreceived on ASCB, and The Autothrottle Status Test, one the status of the internal battery. for each A/T system, will show the A/Ts active on ASCB, theA/Ts transmitting on ASCB, the LRUSreceived on ASCB, and the priority status. The Perf Configuration Test will show the status of all discrete inputs and the identification pin status. The A/T Configuration Test will also show the status of all discrete inputs The PLA Position Test will show and the identification pin status. the PLA position data for each autothrottle system. The A/T Switches Test will allow the operator to verify each A/T is receiving and recognizing each quick disconnect and each engage/disengage switch. The A/T Servo Test, one for each A/T system, will determine system friction by monitoring servo currents and rate feedbacks, as well as show the status of clutch voltages, servo tach, and servo current.

~ e

UP e Pllss FAIL ~ SELECT DO14N ~ e

e

~

Q

AD-22893 #

LRUTest Menu Figure 4-12.13 The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the Perf 1 Status Test, the option highlighted on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display, as shown in Figure 4-12.14. The resulting status or error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the Perf 1 Status Test is shown in Figure 4-12.15.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

Page 398.25 Mar 15/91

F

\

PMS
[1. PERF 1 STRTUS TESTI
2. 3, 4. 50 6. 7. PERF 2 STRTUS TEST FIT 1 STflTUS TEST FIT 2 STfITUS TEST PERF CONFIGURATION TEST RT CONFIGURflTION TEST

PLfI POSITION 8. fIT SMITCHES 9. RT 1 SERVO TEST

10. flT 2 SERVO TEST
AD-22894#

Perf 1 Status Test Option Figure 4-12.14 f \

MfHNTEN(lNCE TEST
PERF 1 ON RSCB PERF 1 VfiLID PERF 1 fISCB PRSS FILL LRU’S RECEIVED BflTTERY OK A USE PflSS/Ff31L TO CONTINUE
A

PMS

.

A

v

AD-22895#

CAS Display

for the Perf 1 Status Figure 4-12.15

Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.26 Mar 15/91

The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the Perf 1 Status Test. BUS PERF 1 ON ASCB VALID PERF 1 VALID ASCB PERF 1 ASCBPASS ALL LRUSRECEIVED PERF 1 ASCBFAIL LRUSNOT RECEIVED PERF 2 NZ 1 DADC 1 2 FGC 1 2 DC12 DAU1A lB 2A 2B FWC1 2 AT12 SG123 BATTERY BATTERY O.K. BATTERY LOW BATTERY DEAD To proceed with PMSTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the Perf 2 Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.16. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the Perf 2 Status Test. The resulting status or error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the Perf 2 Status Test is shown in Figure 4-12.17. Internal Battery Status ASCBStatus with Respect to PZS PZ 1 Transmitting Valid Data PZ 1 Active on ASCB

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or dkclosure

of information on this page is subject to the rastriti!ons on the title page of this document.

Page 398.27 Mar 15/91

f

Y

PMS
1. PERF 1 STFITUS TEST
12. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7, PERF 2 STF!TUS TEST] FIT 1 STfiTUS TEST RT 2 STRTUS TEST PERF CONFIGURATION TEST RT CONFIGURfiTION TEST PLfl POSITION 8. (+TSMITCHES 9. RT 1 SERVO TEST

10. FIT2 SERVO TEST
A A A AD-22B96#

Perf 2 Status Test Option Figure 4-12.16 t >

PERF 2 ON RSCB
PERF 2 VFILID PERF 2 FISCB PFISS FILLLRU’S RECEIVED BRTTERY OK
A

PMS

USE PFISS/FflILTO CONTINUE
A A

.

AD-22897#

CAS Display

for the Perf 2 Status Figure 4-12.17

Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.28 Mar 15/91

Use or dLSclOSWe of information on thk page is subject to the restritilons

on the title page ot tits document.

The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the Perf 2 Status Test. BUS PERF 2 ON ASCB VALID PERF 2 VALID ASCB PERF 2 ASCBPASS ALL LRUSRECEIVED PERF 2ASCB FAIL LRUSNOTRECEIVED PERF 1 NZ 2 DADC1 2 FGC 1 2 DC12 DAU1A lB 2A 2B FWC1 2 AT12 SG123 BATTERY BATTERY O.K. BATTERY LOW BATTERY DEAD the “PASS” or “FAIL” This advances the test to the AT 1 Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.18. The operator presses the line the AT 1 Status Test. The select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate resulting status or error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the AT 1 Status Test is shown in Figure 4-12.19.
line select key based on the outcome of the test.

PZ 2 Active

on ASCB

PZ 2 Transmitting

Valid Data

ASCBStatus

with Respect

to PZS

Internal

Battery

Status

To proceed

with PMSTest,

the operator

presses

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.29 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

e

Y

PMS
1. PERF 1 STRTUS TEST
2. 13. 4. 5. 6. 7. PERF 2 STFITUS TEST RT 1 STflTUS TEST] FIT 2 STFITUS TEST PERF CONFIGURATION TEST RT CONFIGURATION TEST

PLFIPOSITION 80 RT SHITCHES

9. (3T 1 SERVO TEST 10. RT 2 SERVO TEST
AD-22898#

AT 1 Status Test Option Figure 4-12.18 F \

RT 1 ON RSCB

PMS

flT 1 VllLID FIT 1 RSCBPRSS FILL LRU’S RECEIVED FIT1 (2) MFISTER
A

USE PflSS/FflIL TO CONTINUE
A

.

.

A
J

AD-22898#

CAS Display

for the AT 1 Status Figure 4-12.19

Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject 10 the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 398.30 Mar 15/91 document.

The following is a list of all messages that may appear display as a result of executing the AT 1 Status Test. BUS AT 1 ON ASCB VALID AT 1 VALID ASCB AT 1 ASCB PASS ALL LRUSRECEIVED AT 1 ASCB FAIL LRUSNOTRECEIVED DADC1 2 NZ12 FGC 1 2 IRS 1 2 DC12 DAU1A lB 2A2B PERF 1 2 PRIORITY AT 1 MASTER Master AT ASCBStatus with Respect AT 1 Transmitting Valid Data AT 1 Active on ASCB

on the CAS

to ATs

To proceed with PMSTest, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” This advances the line select key based on the outcome of the test. test to the AT 2 Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.20. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the AT 2 Status Test. The resulting status or error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the AT 2 Status Test is shown in Figure 4-12.21.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Paae 398.31 fiar 15/91 document.

b

,

e

PMS
1. PERF 1 STFITUS TEST
2. PERF 2 STfiTUS TEST 3. FIT 1 STRTUS TEST [4. RT 2 STflTUS TEST] 5. PERF CONFIGURATION TEST 6s RT CONFIGURATION TEST 7. PLFI POSITION 8. FIT SWITCHES 91 RT 1 SERVO TEST 10. RT 2 SERVO TEST
AD-22900#

AT 2 Status Test Option Figure 4-12.20
q

\

FIT 2 ON HSCB
flT2 VRLID RT 2 RSCB PRSS RLL LRU’S RECEIVED FIT 1 (2)
A

PMS

MfiSTER

USE PFISS/FflIL TO CONTINUE
A A

.

.

.

AD-22901#

AT 2 Status Test Figure 4-12.21
b

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this docummt.

Page 398.32 Mar 15/91

The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the AT 2 Status Test. BUS AT 2 ON ASCB VALID AT 2 Transmitting Valid Data AT 2 Active on ASCB

AT 2 VALID ASCB
AT 2 ASCBPASS ALL LRUSRECEIVED AT 2 ASCBFAIL LRUSNOTRECEIVED DADC1 2 NZ12 FGC 1 2 IRS 1 2 DC12 DAU 1A lB 2A 2B PERF 1 2 PRIORITY AT 2 MASTER Master AT

ASCB Status with Respect to ATs

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.33 Mar 15/91

To proceed with PMS Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the Perf Configuration Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in F~gure 4-12.22. -

MflINTENflNCE TEST PMS
PERF 1 STfiTUS TEST PERF 2 STflTUS TEST fiT 1 STFITUS TEST flT 2 STflTUSTEST 15. PERF CONFIGURATION TESTI 6. FITCONFIGURATION TEST 1. 2. 3. 4.

7. PLfl POSITION 8. 17TSWITCHES 9. RT 1 SERVO TEST
10. RT 2 SERVO TEST
.
1

v

AD-22902#

Perf Configuration Test Option Figure 4-12.22

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of

Page 398.34 Mar 15/91 ttms document,

The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the Perf Configuration lest. The resulting status or error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the Perf Configuration Test is shown in Figure 4-12.23.
f
Y

MfHNTENflNCETEST
PERF 1 GEM? OOiiN L BLEED OFF RBLEED OFF L flC Pt3CK OFF R RC PRCK OFF LEFT SELECT VERSIONB flSCB DURL 61V PERF 2 6EfIR DOHN L BLEED OFF R BLEED OFF L RC PINK OFF R flC PflCK OFF R16HT SELECT VERSIONB f!SCB DURL 61V h

PMS

USE Pf)SS/FllIL TO CONTINUE
A A -AD-2290%Rl#

CAS Display for the Perf Configuration Test Figure 4-12.23

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr

Page 398.35
15/93

Use or disclosureof informationon this page is subjectto the restrictions on the title page cf this document.

The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the Perf Configuration Test. DISCRETES GEAR DOWN GEAR UP L BLEED ON L BLEED OFF R BLEED ON R BLEED OFF LAC PACKON LAC PACK OFF R AC PACK ON RAC PACK OFF LEFT SELECT RIGHT SELECT ID Indicates Status of ID Pins VERSION AASCB VERSION BASCB DUAL SINGLE G-IV (See note) UNKNOWN To proceed with PMS Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the AT Configuration Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.24. The operator presses the line select key labeled ‘SELECT” to initiate the AT Configuration Test. The resulting status or error messages are displayed on the CAS display. A typical CAS Display for the AT Configuration Test is shown in Figure 4-12.25. NOTE: FWC -905 and -914 will display the following for the various PZ configurations: Certification Type FAA/Brunei DOT/DGAC
CM

Indicates Configuration Pins Status

I.D. DisDlav Configuration A Configuration B Configuration C Configuration D Configuration E Configuration F

Australia Generic JAR Special Mission

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr
page of this document,

Page 398.36
15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

onthetitle

MRINTENf)NCE TEST PMS
PERF 1 STRTUS TEST PERF 2 STflTUS TEST FIT 1 STRTUS TEST RT 2 STE!TUS TEST 5. PERF CONFIGURATION TEST 160 FITCONFIGURIITION TESTI 7. PLfl POSITION 8. RT SHITCHES 9, FIT 1 SERVO TEST 10. FIT 2 SERVO TEST
. ,

1. 2. 3. 4.

AD-22904#

AT Configuration Test Option Figure 4-12.24

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restridlons

on the title page of this document.

Page 398.37 Mar 15/91

P

5

MfHNTENflNCETEST
f3T1 6EflR DOtiN L BLEED OFF R BLEED OFF L RC PRCK OFF R RC Pf!CK OFF LEFT SELECT VERSIONB llSCB DURL GIV FIT 2 GERR DOUN L BLEED OFF R BLEED OFF L fIC P(ICK OFF R RC PRCK OFF RIGHT SELECT VERSIONB flSCB DUfiL (SINGLE) GIV A

PMS

USE PflSS/FflIL TO CONTINUE
A A
“ AD-22905-R1 #

.

CAS Display for the AT Configuration Test Figure 4-12.25

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.38 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS ‘-display as a result of executing the AT Configuration Test. DISCRETES GEAR DOWN GEAR UP L BLEED ON L BLEED OFF R BLEED ON R BLEED OFF L AC PACK ON LAC PACK OFF RAC PACK ON RAC PACK OFF LEFT SELECT RIGHT SELECT Indicates Configuration Pins Status

ID

Indicates Status of ID Pins VERSION AASCB VERSION BASCB DUAL SINGLE G-IV (See note) UNKNOWN

To proceed with PMS Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the PLA Position Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.26. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the PLA Position Test. ~: WC -905 and -914 wi11 display the following for the various PZ configurations: Certification T!me FAA/Brunei DOT/DGAC
CAA

I.D. DisDlav
Configuration A Configuration B Configuration C Configuration D Configuration E Configuration F

Australia Generic JAR Special Mission

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page Apr

398.39
15/93

Useor disclosureof informationonthispage issubject totheresttictionson the title page of this document.

Mf31NTENf7NCE TEST PMS
10 2. 3. 4s 54 6. [7. PERF 1 ST9TUS TEST PERF 2 STRTUS TEST fIT 1 STRTUS TEST FIT 2 STRTUS TEST PERF CONFIGURATION TEST FIT CONFIGURATION TEST

PLll POSITION] 8. fIT SMITCHES 9. FIT 1 SERVO TEST

10. FIT 2 SERVO TEST
.
1 T

AD-2290S#

PLA Position Test Option Figure 4-12.26 Upon selection of the PLA Position test with at least one AT in maintenance test, the FWC will enable the advisory message “PLEASE ENERGIZETHE PLA SYSTEM PRESS SELECT WHEN COMPLETE.” This message is asking the operator to make sure there is power to the PLA system-by closing the circuit breakers for 26 V ac. When the PLA system is energized, the operator then presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” on the DC. The position data w“ 11 be displayed as shown in Figure 4-12.27. The resulting status or error messages are displayed on the CAS display.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure Of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 398.40 Mar 15/91 document.

MFHNTENRNCE TEST
flT 1 PLFI1 = XX.X DEG PLf32 = XX.X DEG flT 2 PLfl 1 = XX.X DEG PLFI 2 = XX.X DEG
1

PMS

USE PFISS/FfIIL TOCONTINUE
.

1

AD-22907#

Position Data Display Figure 4-12.27 PI-Achecks should be performed as follows:

1.
2.

Verify that PLA is 0.0 t 3.0 degrees with the throttles at the idle stops. Verify that PLA is 39.5 t 3.0 degrees with the throttles at the forward stop. NOTE: If the PLA measurement does not pass the above tests, it should be checked with the throttles pinned at idle and pinned at the forward stops. Uith the throttles pinned, the requirement is O.Ot l.O degrees at idle and39.5 degrees at the forward stop. + 1.0/-0.0

3.

Verify that PLA is somewhere between 0.0 and 39.5 degrees with the throttles in an intermediate position.

The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the PLA Position Test. PLA REFERENCE FAIL PLA INPUT FAIL Failures

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page Apr
of

398.41
15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page

this document.

To proceed with PMS Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the AT-Switches Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.28. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the AT Switches Test.

I
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

MfHNTENflNCE TEST PMS
1. PERF 1 STflTUS TEST
PERF 2 STflTUS TEST FIT 1 STRTUS TEST FIT2 STflTUS TEST PERF CONFIGURATION TEST RT CONFIGURIITION TEST PLR POSITION FIT SMITCHESI 9T 1 SERVO TEST FIT 2 SERVO TEST
.

7.
18. 9,

I

10.

AD-22903#

AT Switches Test Option Figure 4-12.28 The initial menu Presented to the oDerator each time the test is accessed is as shown in Figure 4-12”.29. Note that each type of switch is listed twice for A/T 1 and A/T 2; these correspond to switches on left and right throttle handles. Each switch listing on the left of the display is followed by a question mark denoting that its operation has not been verified. The question mark will be removed following successful recognition of switch depression by the autothrottle, as shown in Figure 4-12.30.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.42
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

fiT 1: fl/T DISC?

I

Mfl INTENflNCE TEST PMS

R/T DISC?
ENGliGE/DISENGRGE? ENGFIGE/DISENGfIGE? FIT2: F1/TDISC? R/T DISC? ENGflGE/DISENGRGE? ENG8GE/DISENGflGE?
. ,

DEPRESS LEFT R/T DISC

w

AD-22909#

Initial Menu Figure 4-12.29

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Paqe 398.43 iiar15/91 document.

13T 1: R/T DISC

I

MRINTENRNCE TEST PMS

fl/T DISC
ENGfIGE/DISENGFIGE ENGRGE/DISENGRGE RT 2: 13/T DISC fl/T DISC ENGfIGE/DISENGfIGE ENGRGE/DISENGRGE
.

USE PfISS/FRIL TO CONTINUE
.
1

AD-22910#

Successful Recognition of Switch Depression Removes Question Mark Figure 4-12.30 The operator will be prompted with instructions on the CAS display as to which switch to press. Be ready. The FWC will automatically advance the menu selection if an A/T response is not received within 10 seconds from initial display of the operator prompt. When this occurs, the switch is assumed to have failed and the question mark is not removed from the switch listing. The “auto” advance feature does not apply to the pass/fail prompt. ~: Each switch must be pressed for 0.5 to 1.0 seconds to ensure that it will be recognized. This is due to transmission times and update rates while in Ground Maintenance Test only. In normal operation the autothrottle will recognize a much shorter duration switch closure.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.44 Mar 15/91

The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the AT Switches Test. SWITCHES Quick Disc and Engage/Disengage Switch

AT DISC SWITCH FAILED AT ENG/DIS SWITCH FAILED To proceed with PMS Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the AT 1 Servo Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.31. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the AT 1 Servo Test. This will produce the CAS display shown in Figure 4-12.32.

hlfHNTENRNCE TEST PMS
10 PERF 1 STRTUS TEST 2. PERF 2 STFITUS TEST 3. RT 1 STRTUS TEST 40 13T2 ST8TUS TEST 5. PERF CONFIGURFITION TEST 60 RT CONFIGURfiTION TEST 7. PLR POSITION 8. RT SNITCHES 19. FIT 1 SERVO TEST\ 10. FIT2 SERVO TEST
AD-22911#

AT 1 Servo Test Option Figure 4-12.31

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.45
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restritilons

on the title page of thm document.

I

MfHNTENflNCE TEST PMS
DEPRESS flNDRELEFISE EITHER R/T ENGflGE/DISENGRGE SWITCH CRUTION- THROTTLES WILL HOVE DURING THIS TEST DEPRESS RND HOLD SELECT TO INITIRTE TEST

.

AD-2291 2#

CAS Display for the AT 1 Servo Test Figure 4-12.32 The or)erator must respond to the messages by first pressing and releaking) one of the’engage/disengage switches and then pressing and holding the select button on the DC. The CAS display will be as shown in Fiqure 4-12.33. Once these steps have been taken, the throttles should begin to move. CAUTION: INSURE GUST LOCK IS DISENGAGED PRIOR TO PERFORMING THE AUTOTHROTTLE SERVO TEST.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.46 Mar 15/91

I I

MflINTENflNCE TEST PMS
VERIFY:FITOFF HORN
FITOFF LIGHTS THROTTLE RCTIVITY MESSRGES

I
.

USE PF!SS/FRIL TO CONTINUE

AD-22913#

CAS Display Figure 4-12.33
The servo test consists of the autothrottle moving both throttles from the current position, through maximum and minimum PLA, approximately back to the position at which the test was initiated. The throttles will move at a normal rate with monitors and servo control/feedback loops active. During this activity the autothrottle will monitor servo currents and rate feedbacks to determine system friction. The autothrottle will indicate “EXCESSIVE FRICTION” on the CAS display, if detected. The threshold for excessive friction has been set at a level which would seriously degrade autothrottle performance. The autothrottle also determines and reports the clutch voltage, servo tach, and servo current status. Failures will be displayed as messages on the CAS (e.g., “CLUTCH FAIL’” “TACH FEEDBACK FAIL,” or “SERVO CURRENT FAIL”). ~: Grabbing the throttles to increase friction is not a valid test of system performance.

The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the AT 1 Servo Test. SERVO TEST AT1: EXCESSIVE FRICTION CLUTCH FAIL TACH FEEDBACK FAIL SERVO CURRENT FAIL

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the tile page of this document.

Page 398.47 Mar 15/91

.

To proceed with PMS Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or “FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the AT-2 Servo Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.34. The Operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the AT 2 Servo Test. This will produce the CAS display shown in Figure 4-12.35.

MRINTENflNCE TEST PMS
1. PERF 1 STRTUS TEST 2. PERF 2 STRTUS TEST 3. FIT 1 STflTUS TEST 4. FIT2 STflTUS TEST 50 PERF CONFIGURATION TEST 6. fITCONFIGURATION TEST 7. PLfl POSITION 8. FITSliITCHES 9. RT 1 SERVO TEST [10. RT 2 SERVO TEST]
v w v

AO-22914#

AT 2 Servo Test Option Figure 4-12.34

b Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 398.48 Mar 15/91 document.

I I
flT 2

Mfl INTENRNCE TEST PMS
DEPRESS 13ND RELEFISE EITHER fl/T ENGRGE/DISENGflGE SWITCH

CflUTIONTHROTTLES WILL MOVE DURING THIS TEST

I
DEPRESS 13ND HOLD SELECT

TO INITIFITETEST
. . .
AD-2291 5#

CAS Display for the AT 2 Servo Test Figure 4-12.35 The operator must respond to the messages by first pressing (and releasing) one of the engage/disengage-switches and”then p~essing and holding the select button on the DC. The CAS Display will be as shown in Figure 4-12.36. Once these steps have been taken, the throttles should begin to move. CAUTION: INSURE GUST LOCK IS DISENGAGED PRIOR TO PERFORMING THE AUTOTHROTTLE SERVO TEST.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paae 398.49 ilar15/91

MRINTENfINCE TEST
flT 2

PMS
VERIFY: RT OFF HORN 9T OFF LIGHTS THROTTLE FICTIVITY MESSflGES

I
v

USE PflSS/FRIL TO CONTINUE

.
CAS Display Figure 4-12.36

r

AD-2291 6#

The servo test consists of the autothrottle moving both throttles from the current position, through maximum and minimum PLA, approximately back to the position at which the test was initiated. The throttles will move at a normal rate with monitors and servo control/feedback loops active. During this activity the autothrottle will monitor servo currents and rate feedbacks to determine system friction. The autothrottle will indicate “EXCESSIVE FRICTION” on the CAS display, if detected. The threshold for excessive friction has been set at a level which would seriously degrade autothrottle performance. The autothrottle also determines and reports the clutch voltage, servo tach, and servo current status. Failures will be displayed as messages on the CAS (e.g., “CLUTCH FAIL,” “TACH FEEDBACK FAIL,” or “SERVO CURRENT FAIL”). NOTE . Grabbing the throttles to increase friction is not a valid test —. of system performance. The following is a list of all messages that may appear on the CAS display as a result of executing the AT 2 Servo Test. SERVO TEST AT2: EXCESSIVE FRICTION CLUTCH FAIL TACH FEEDBACK FAIL SERVO CURRENT FAIL

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 398.50 Mar 15/91 document.

To proceed with the PMS Test, the operator presses the “PASS” or
“FAIL” line select key based on the outcome of the test. This advances the test to the Perf 1 Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-12.37. This indicates that all segments of the FMS Test have been completed. To return to the FMS/PMS Subs.vstem menu, the operator Dresses the line select kev labeled “RETURN”. The-operator presses the RETURN key a second-time to return to the System Test Menu.

F

\

PMS [1. PERF
flLL TEST COMPLETE 1 STflTUS TESTI 2. PERF 2 STRTUS TEST 3. FIT 1 STfiTUS TEST 4. RT 2 STflTUS TEST 5. PERF CONFIGURIITION TEST 6. flTCONFIGURATION TEST 7, PLFlPOSITION 8. FITSWITCHES 9. FIT 1 SERVO TEST 10. FIT2 SERVO TEST
A

A

.

A v

AD-2291 7#

Figure 4-12.37

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page clf tlm document.

Paae 398.51 ~ar 15/91

Honeywell

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
GULFSTREAMIV

4.4.2.2 Recommended Maintenance Action The following is a list of messages associated with maintenance test and recommended action. Status Test: Problem/’’MESSAGE” Possible Causes “AT 1 (2) NOTON ASCB ;: 3. 4. No power to PZ-800. PZ-800 box not seated properly. Primary ASCB bus interface wiring (or coupler) fault. PZ-800 1/0 fault. Action

1. 2.

3. 4.

5.

6.

7.

Cycle and close PZ-800 circuit breaker. Reseat PZ-800 box (remove box and inspect DPX connector on the PZ-800 and the aircraft rack for damage). Run the AT Status Test for the other AT. If only one AT shows the problem, swap L/R PZ-800 boxes. If the problem follows the box, then replace the faulty PZ-800. If the problem does not follow the box, or if it applies to both ATs, it is probably not a PZ-800 failure; continue with the following steps. Check for 28V to PZ-800 power pins. If there is no power, check associated wiring. Check-out ASCB bus interface wiring (and coupler). Cycle and close PZ-800 circuit breaker. Perform steps 3,4,5 above (i.e., swap boxes, etc.) Complete all remaining autothrottle ground maintenance tests and take corrective actions.

‘AT 1 (2) INVALID” 1.

2. 3.

Fault in wiring between PZ-800 box and servos (power, servo drive, clutch drive, or tach feedback). Fault in SM-81O servo unit. PZ-800 failure.

1. 2. 3.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr

Page 398.52
15/93

Use or disclosureof informationonthis page ksubject to the restrictions onthe title page of this document.

Status Test (cent): Problem/’’MESSAGE” Possible Causes Action 1. 2. Cycle and close breaker for LRU. Reseat LRU box (remove box and inspect DPX connector on the LRU and the aircraft rack for damage). Run ground maintenance test for LRU. If no LRUS are received from the opposite side, then check-out secondary bus interface wiring (and coupler). Perform steps 3,4,5 above (i.e., swap boxes, etc.).

“LRUS NOT RECEIVED” 1.

“DADC1 (2)”
“NZ 1 (2)” etc. etc. 2. 3. 4. 5.

LRU box not seated properly. LRU not receiving power. LRU failed. Secondary ASCB bus interface wiring (or coupler) fault. PZ-800 failure.

3. 4.

5. “AT 1 (2) MASTER” Display Controller fault.

Toggle between AT 1,2 on the DC. IfAT selected on the DC does not agree with that shown on the ground maintenance test display, check-out the Display Controller. 1. 2. 3. Note that ground maintenance test cannot be run in flight. Ensure that maintenance test switch is on (located in the avionics bay). Check “weight on wheels” input to the PZ-800 (and associated aircraft wiring).

“AT 1 (2) NOT IN TEST”

1.
$

“TEST SWITCH OFF.” “A/S ABOVE 50 KTS.” “WEIGHT ON WHEELS OFF.“

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.53 Mar 15/91

configuration Test: ~roblem/’’MESSAGE” “GEAR UP” Possible Causes Aircraft wiring problem. Action Check “Gear down” discrete input to the PZ-800 (and associated aircraft wiring). NOTE: Honeywell Specification No. EB701O494, ‘Installation Engineering Bulletin for the GIV,” can be used to identify all pin numbers into or out of the PZ-800.

“L BLEED ON (OFF)” “R BLEED ON (OFF)” “L AC PACK ON (OFF)“ “R AC PACK ON (OFF)”

If the indicated configuration is different from the actual, an aircraft wiring problem could be causing discrete input(s) to PZ-800 to be in error. If the indicated PZ-800 position is different from actual, an aircraft wiring problem could be causing an incorrect static discrete input to the PZ-800 regarding left or right position of the box.

Check discrete inputs to PZ-800 (and associated wiring).

“LEFT (RIGHT) SELECT”

Check static discrete input to the PZ-800 (and associated wiring).

.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecl to the restriti?ons on the title page of this document.

Page 398.54 Mar 15/91

Configuration Test (cent): Problem/”MESSAGE” PLA position not equal to 39.5 * 3.0 degree at the’ forward stop. Possible Causes Actions

1.

Red dots not
aligned on the body of the PLA transducer. Problem with the basic mechanical engine rigging. Fault in PLA transducer or wiring. PZ-800 failure.

1.

2. 3. 4.

2.

3. 4. 5. “REFERENCE FAILn 1. 2. No 26 V ac power to PZ-800. PZ-800 failure. 1. 2. 3.

Insert the rigging pin with the throttles at the forward stop. If the rigging pin cannot be inserted, recheck engine rigging per GAC Report No. 1159C-PP-461. Verify that the two red dots on the body of the PLA transducer are approximately aligned when the throttles are at idle stops. If not, turn the PLA transducer until they are approximately lined up. Recheck calibration of the PLAs with the throttles pinned at the idle stops. Repeat steps 3 and 4 above (i.e., swap boxes, etc.). Repeat step 5 above (check-out PLA, etc.). Check circuit breaker for 26V ac. Check-out wiring for 26 V ac power to the PZ-800. If only one AT shows the problem, swap L/R PZ-800 boxes. If the problem follows the box, then replace the faulty PZ-800. If the problem does not follow the box, or if it applies to both ATs, it is probably not a PZ-800 failure.

4.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
pagea’ this document.

Page 398.55 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

on thetitle

Configuration Test (cent): “PLA INPUT FAIL” 1. Fault in wiring from PZ-800 to PLA transducers (PLA Ref). Fault in wiring from PLA transducers to PZ-800. PLA transducer failure. PZ-800 failure. 1. If only one AT shows the problem, swap L/R PZ-800 boxes. If the problem follows the box, then replace the faulty PZ-800. If the problem does not follow the box, or if it applies to both ATs, it is probably not a PZ-800 failure; continue with the following steps. Check-out wiring from PZ-800 to PLA transducers (PLA Ref). Check-out wiring from PLAs to PZ-800. Check-out PLA transducer(s). Also, remove the PLA transducer(s) and spin the shaft. If the shaft does not spin freely (or if you feel “rough spots”), the PLA transducer should be replaced.

2.

2.

3. 4.

3. 4. 5.

Displayed PLA value moves in the wrong direction as the throttles are moved.

1.

2.

Red dots are 180 degrees out of alignment on the body of the PLA transducer (i.e., PLA transducer is operating in the wrong quadrant). PLA input to the PZ-800 is miswired.

1. Align (approximately) red dots on PLA transducer with the throttles at idle stops. 2. Check PLA wiring.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of thw document.

Page 398.56 Mar 15/91

Configuration Test (cent): “VERSION A ASCB” Aircraft wiring problem causing static discrete input to PZ-800 to indicate version A ASCB instead of version B. Aircraft wiring problem causing static discrete input to PZ-800 to indicate single ASCB instead of dual. Aircraft wiring problem causing static discrete input to the PZ-800 to indicate an aircraft type other than GIV. Check static discrete input to the PZ-800 (and associated wiring).

“SINGLE”

Check static discrete input to the PZ-800 (and associated wiring).

“UNKNOWN”

Check static discrete input to the PZ-800 (and associated wiring).

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.57 Mar 15/91

Use or dmckxure

Of infO~atiOn

on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

PLA Position Test: Problem/”MESSAGE” PLA position not equal to 0.0 t 3.0 degrees at idle stop. Possible Causes 1. 2. 3. PLA not properly calibrated. Fault in PLA transducer or Actions ~1 Insert rigging pin. Calibrate PLAs (set to 0.0 t 1.0 degree at idle stop> check for 39.5 + 1.0/-0.0 degrees at forward stop). If only one AT shows the problem, swap L/R PZ-800 boxes. If the problem follows the box, then replace the faulty PZ-800. If the problem does not follow the box, or if it applies to both ATs, it is probably not a PZ-800 failure; continue with the following steps. Check-out the PLA transducer(s) and wiring. Also, remove the PLA transducer and spin the shaft. If it does not spin freely (or if you can feel “rough spots”), the PLA transducer should be replaced. Check that PLA mounting screws are properly tightened. Check-out PLA transducer. Also, remove transducer and spin the shaft. If it does not spin freely (or you feel “rough spots”), the transducer should be replaced.

wiring.
PZ-800 failure. 3.

4.

5.

PLA positions are not consistent over time.

1. 2.

PLA transducer not mounted properly (slipping). PLA transducer failure.

1. 2.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr

Page 398.58
15/93

Use or disclosureof informationonthis page is subjectto the restrictions onthe title page of this document.

AT Switches Test: Problem/’’MESSAGE” “AT DISC SWITCH FAILED” Possible Causes 1. Improper test execution (need to press disconnect button for 0.5 to 1.0 seconds). Fault in disconnect switch or switch wiring. PZ-800 failure. Actions 1. Repeat test and hold switch for 1 second. Also, be ready. The test will prompt for various switches to be pressed. The operator has 10 seconds to respond before that switch is considered failed and the test automatically moves on to the next step. If only one AT shows the problem, swap L/R PZ-800 If the problem boxes. follows the box, then replace the faulty PZ-800. If the problem does not follow the box, or if it applied to both ATs, then it is probably not a PZ-800 failure; continue with the following steps. Check-out disconnect switches and wiring. Repeat test as described above for disconnect switch. Repeat steps 2 and 3“above (i.e., swap boxes, etc.). Check-out engage disengage switches and wiring.

2. 3.

2.

3.

4. “AT ENG/DIS SWITCH FAILED” 1. 2. Improper test execution. Fault in engage/disengage switch or switch wiring. PZ-800 failure. 1. 2. 3.

3.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on thefitle page of this document.

Page 398.59 Mar 15/91

AT Servo Test: “EXCESSIVE
FRICTION” 2.

1.

Excessive friction in the aircraft throttle system. Excessive friction due to AT servo installation.

1.

2.

Re-check throttle system friction force (without AT servos engaged). Procedures are outlined in section 1.0. Check-out AT servo installation (check against GAC drawing No. 1159F40900). Check cable tension by verifying spring gap as called out on the GAC drawing.

“TACH FEEDBACK FAIL” (also, one or both throttles may move faster than normal).

1.

2. 3.

Fault in wiring between the servo/tach and PZ-800. Tach failure. PZ-800 failure.

1.

2.

3. 4. 5. “SERVO CURRENT FAIL” (also, one or both throttles may not move). 1. Fault in servo drive wiring between PZ-800 and servos. Fault in clutch power wiring. PZ-800 failure. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

If only one AT shows the problem, swap L/R PZ-800 boxes. If the problem follows the box, then replace the faulty PZ-800. If the problem does not follow the box, or if it applies to both ATs, then it is probably not a PZ-800 failure; continue with the following steps. Check-out wiring between the tach and PZ-800. Check-out servo drive wiring and clutch wires. Check-out servo/tach. Replace servo, if required.
Repeat steps 1 and 2 above (i.e., swap boxes, etc.). Check-out servo drive wiring. Check-out clutch power and drive wiring. Check tach feedback wiring. Check-out servo. Replace if required.

2. 3.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.60 Mar 15/91

AT Servo Test (cent): Probleml’’MESSAGE” No throttle movement, no messages. Possible Causes 1. Improper test execution (need to press and release engage switch then hold select button on the Display Controller). Fault in clutch drive wiring. Actions 1. 2. Carefully repeat test. Check clutch drive wiring.

2. Erratic throttle movement. 1.

Fault in tach feedback wiring (intermittent). 2. Fault in servo drive wiring g (intermittent). . Fault in clutch drive/power wiring (intermittent).

1. 2. 3.

Check tach feedback wiring. Check servo drive wiring. Check clutch drive/power wiring. .

No “AT off”

tone.

1.

2.

Problem with aircraft tone generator or wiring from Fault Warning Computer (FWC) to tone generator. FWC not properly sending signal to generate tone. Burned out light bulbs. FWC not properly sending signal to turn on lights.

1. 2. 3.

Check FWC output to tone generator. Check AT clutch input to FWC. Check aircraft tone generator and wiring.

No AT off lights.

1. 2.

1. 2. 3.

Check light bulbs. Check FWC output to AT off lights. Check AT clutch input to FWC.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Paae 398.61 Mar 15/91 document.

4.5

Automatic Fliqht Guidance Control Svstem (AFGCS) The Automatic Flight Guidance Control System (AFGCS) Test is divided into two segments, the Status Test and the System Test. The Status Test performs a quick configuration test on the system. The System test exercises complete system operation and aids fault isolation to the line replaceable unit (LRU) level. Each Flight Guidance Computer (FGC) checks the configuration at the beginning of the test. When in dual configuration, the main FGC performs its tests first, then the FGC switches priority and the tests are repeated. In either case, the FGC not currently performing the test is in standby mode.

4.5.1 4.5.2

Status Test - The Status Test checks the configuration of the system with respect to the FGC. System Test - The System Test is comprised of a series of LRU specific tests. The individual tests available to the operator are explained in the following sections.

4.5.2.1 05 FGC Test The FGC test displays the preflight power-up built in test (BIT) results on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display. The test also verifies the engage logic circuitry for the Auto Pilot (A/P), Yaw Damper (Y/D) and elevator trim. The final part of the test consists of a flight director circuitry and outputs test. 4.5.2.2 10 Guidance Panel Test The GP-820 test verifies the correct operation of the lights, pushbuttons and knobs on the GP-820 Guidance Panel (GP). In addition, the test verifies the pushbuttons and annunciators associated with the Autopilot (A/P) on the wheel, kickpanel, and the throttle handle. 4.5.2.3 15 Manual Controller Test The Manual Controller Test verifies the correct operation of the pitch thumbwheel and the turn knob located on the PC-800 Manual Controller.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.62 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document,

4.5.2.4 20 Elevator Servo Test The Elevator Servo test verifies the presence of the elevator servo motor interface and the absence of crossfeeds between the elevator and the other three servos (Aileron, Rudder, and Trim). 4.5.2.5 25 Aileron Servo Test The Aileron Servo Test verifies the presence of the aileron servo motor interface and the absence of crossfeeds between the aileron and the other three servos (Elevator, Rudder, and Trim). 4.5.2.6 30 Rudder Servo Test The Rudder Servo Test verifies the presence of the rudder linear actuator interface and the absence of crossfeeds between the actuator and the other three servos (Elevator, Aileron, and Trim). 4.5.2.7 35 Pitch Trim Servo Test The Pitch Trim Servo Test verifies the presence of the pitch trim servo motor interface and the absence of crossfeeds between the trim servo and the other three servos (Elevator, Aileron, and Rudder). 4.5.2.8 40 Cockpit Switches Test The Cockpit Switches Test verifies the correct operation of the pushbuttons associated with the trim, Yaw Damper (Y/D) and theA/P annunciators. 4.5.2.9 45 Subsystem Status Test The Subsystem Status Test checks for the presence of sensor inputs, specifically, the Digital Air Data Computer (DADC) and the Inertial Reference System (IRS). 4.5.2.10 50 Flight Fault Summary The Flight Fault Summary stores the fault data that occurred during flight with respect to the automatic disconnect (A/P or Y/D) or FGC failures. The information is retained only if power remains on the box following the flight for a -905 or -906 FGC. A -907 FGC has additional Non-Volatile RAM to store failures with power removed. Only the fault data from the last failure is stored for a -905 or -906 FGC. A -907 FGC has the capability to store up to eight previous failures. The summary may be accessed only when the FGC is in the Maintenance Test Mode. Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr
page ofthis document.

Page 398.63
15/93

Useor

disclosure

of information

onthispage

issubject

totherestti~ions

onthetitle

4.5.2.11

55 Ground Test Summary
The Ground Test Summary stores all the failures detected since the system entered the AFGCS Maintenance Test. The messages are presented to the operator one at a time.

4.5.3

General Operations - The operator selects, initiates, and provides feedback for the AFGCS test through the Display Controller (DC). In addition, for the AFGCS test, feedback is also provided by the operator through the GP-820 Guidance Panel (GP),PC-800 Manual Controller (PC), and the cockpit switches. When the AFGCS test is being executed the CAS displays the “MAINTENANCE TEST” and the “AFGCS” header and the options available to the operator on the right side. The message that indicates which FGC is in test is displayed on the left side. When the System Test Menu is displayed on the DC Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) as shown in Figure 4-13, the operator initiates the AFGCS test by pressing the line select key labeled “AFGCS”. This produces the LRU Test Menu on the DC CRT and the CAS display appears as shown in Figure 4-14.

{[

e
~ e ~ \\
~

bEl
EDS SYSTEM AFGCS CHECK FMS/PMS SUMMARY
AD-22918*

System Test Menu Figure 4-13

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the reatridlons

on the title page of

Page 398.64 Mar 15/91 tfws document.

~

e
~ e ~ PASS FAIL SELECT

UP a

a

DO14N a
AD-22919#

LRU Test Menu Figure 4-14 4.5.3.1 Status Test The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the Status Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-14.1. A typical CAS display for the AFGCS Status Test is shown in Figure 4-14.2.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.65 War 15/91

/

w

AO-22920#

Status Test Option Figure 4-14.1 F h

FGC1 2 ONFISCB
FGC 1 2 VFILIO

flFGCS

FGC1 (2) MFISTER*
A *WILL DISPLAY FGC SELECTED AT TEST

USE PfISS/FflIL TO CONTINUE
A INITIATION A

v

AD-22921 #

splay for the AFGCS Status Test Figure 4-14.2

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.66 Mar 15,/91

Use or disclosure of information On this page is subIect to the restridlons on the title page of thk document.

The following is an explanation of the messages associated with the Status Test that appear on the CAS display. ASCB FGC 1 2 ONASCB FGC NOT IN TEST NOT ON ASCB FGC NOT IN TEST INVALID VALID FGC 1 2 VALID MASTER FGC 1 (2) MASTER Indicates Master FGC FGCS Transmitting Valid Data Active FGCS on ASCB

BITE

Built
AFCS BIT MEMORY FAIL AFCS BIT RAM FAIL AFCS BIT SERVO INTFC FAIL

In Test Results

AFCS BIT I/OFAIL
AFCS BITH/WMON 4.5.3.1.1 FAIL Recommended Maintenance Action The following is a list of messages associated with maintenance test and recommended action.

!ksa9!2
FGC NOT IN TEST NOT ONASCB

Action 1. 2. 3. 4. Verify jumpers between J1B-106 and 79, 81. Verify computer power and gridsat JIA-6, 7, 8, 9. VerifyA/Cwiring JIB-1, 2, 102, JIA-65, 66, J2B-1OO, 101, 65, 96, 74, 98. Replace FGC.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page 01 this document,

Page 398.67 Mar 15/91

!!ksw!2
FGC NOT IN TEST A/S ABOVE 50 KNOTS AFCS BIT MEMORY FAIL AFCS BIT RAM FAIL AFCS BIT SERVO INTFC FAIL FGC NOT IN TEST

Action VerifyA/Cwiring J2B-74, 98.

Replace Flight Guidance Computer. Replace Flight Guidance Computer. ;: VerifyA/Cwiring Replace FGC. J2A-41 thru 50.

VerifyA/Cwiring Replace FGC. Replace FGC.

J2B-2, 101.

INVALID AFCS BIT 1/0 FAIL
AFCS BIT H/Wt40N FAIL

NOTE: When executing the FGC test, the combination of messages can indicate failures. Based on this information, the operator determines if the system :; failed the test, and pushes the appropriate line select key The operator presses the pass or fail line select key to terminate”the Status Test and advance to the System Test, as shown in Figure 4-14.3.

~:s~:~

AD-22922#

Terminate Status Test and Advance to System Test Figure 4-14.3

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.68 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on thw page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

4.5.3.2

System Test To initiate the System Test, the option highlighted on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-14.3, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The operator may choose the test suggested on the CAS display by pressing the line select key labeled “SELECT” or browse through the test options by pressing the line select key labeled “UP” or “DOWN” accordingly. The down line select key allows the operator to step through the test options and the up line select key allows the operator to backstep through the list of test options.

4.5.3.2.1 05 FGCTest With the CAS Display as shown in Figure 4-14.4, the operator initiates the FGC test by pressing the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting messages associated with this test are displayed on the CAS display. as shown in Figure 4-14.5. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to step through the messages or to continue with the FGC Test, as shown in Figure 4-14.6.

AD-22923#

Initiate the FGC Test Figure 4-14.4

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure

of

information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.69 Mar 15/91

4

\

FGC 1 IN TEST

RFGCS
05 FGCTEST 1 PREFLIGHT TEST PIISS PRESS SELECT TO CONTINUE

A

A

A AD-22924#

CAS Display Figure 4-14.5 e

FGC 1 IN TEST

flFGCS
05 FGC TEST

IN PROCESS (1 PflSS*)
PRESS SELECT TO CONTINUE
A A A

.
* A17ER TEST IS COMPLETE “IN PROCESS” BECOMES ‘“l PASS”

AD-22925#

“SELECT” for FGC Test Figure 4-14.6

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 398.70 Mar 15/91 document,

Recall, when the test advances, it switches control to the remaining FGC if installed, and the FGC test is repeated. When both FGCS have been tested, the AFGCS test advances to the guidance panel segment. The following is a list of messages that may appear as a result of the FGC Test. BITE Built In Test Results

PREFLIGHT TEST PASS AFCS SERVO PWROFF AFCS CONFIG PIN FAIL A/B PROCESSOR INTFC FAIL SERVO Servo Interface Status

AP SERVO POWER FAIL AP SERVO INTFC FAIL YD SERVO POWER FAIL YD SERVO INTFC FAIL TRIM SERVO INTFC FAIL 1/2 FGC INTFC FAIL 2/1 FGC INTFC FAIL 4.5.3.2.2 10 Guidance Panel Test When the last message associated with the FGC Test is displayed, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” an additional time to advance to the Guidance Panel Test. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECTn when the “1O GUIDANCE PANEL TEST?” message is displayed on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-14.7.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.71 Mar 15/91

FGC1 IN TEST

RFGCS
10 GUIDRNCE PflNEL TEST?
A A AO-2292W

A

A

Guidance Panel Test Figure 4-14.7 The first segment of the test verifies that all the pushbutton (PB) annunciators illuminate, as shown in Figure 4-14.8. The operator observes the GP and presses the line select key labeled “FAIL” if the PB are not lighting individually in order. If the GP is functioning properly, the operator presses the line select key labeled “PASS” and the test advances.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.72
Mar 15/91

Use or dkdosure

of intorrnatlon on tWs page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

/

\

MfHNTENflNCE TEST
FGC 1 IN TEST

flFGCS
10 GUIDFINCE PRNEL TEST
FILLGP-820 PB LIGHT INDIVIDUFILLY IN ORDER?

NO= FflIL
. .

YES = Pf3SS
v

AD-22927#

Verification of Pushbutton Annunciator Illumination Figure 4-14.8 If the GP fails the test, the “GP-820 PB ANNUNCIATOR FAIL” message is displayed on the CAS display. The operator presses the line select key labe-ed “SELECT” to acknowledge the failure and advance the test. The next segment of the test verifies that the displays illuminate, as shown in-Figure 4-14.9. The operator observes the-GP and presses the line select key labeled “FAIL” if the displays are not lighting individually in order. If the GP is functioning properly, the operator presses the line select key labeled “PASS” and the test advances.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on thm page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.73 Mar 15/91

FGC 1 IN TEST

flFGCS
10 GUIDRNCE PRNEL TEST
9LL GP-820 DISPLRYS LIGHT INDIVIDUFILLY IN ORDER? NO = FfiIL YES = Pflss
A AD-22928#

A

A

Displays Illuminate Figure 4-14.9 If the GP fails the test, the “GP-820 DISPLAY FAIL” message is displayed on the CAS display. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to acknowledge the failure and advance the test. The next segment of the test verifies the operation of each GP pushbutton one at a time, in sequence. When the test is initiated, the operator actuates the Autothrottle (A/T) Arm. If the pushbutton is functioning properly, the test advances to verify the next pushbutton. If the operator does not actuate the pushbutton within 10 seconds from the time the message to do so is displayed, or the GP is not functioning properly, a message is displayed on the CAS display that asks if the A/TArm has been actuated. If it has not, the operator presses the line select key labeled “FAIL”. This causes the test to be revisited and gives the operator another opportunity to actuate the pushbutton. If the pushbutton has been actuated, the operator presses the line select key labeled “PASS”. This produces the “A/T ARM FAIL” message to be displayed on the CAS display. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to acknowledge the failure and to continue with the test.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this

Paqe 398.74 Mar 15/91 document,

The operator is prompted to actuate the following pushbuttons: the SPD, the IAS/MACH, the LVAV, the VNAV, the FL CH, the HDG SEL SYNC, the HDG SEL, the BANK, the BC, theAPR, the V/S, theA/P, the PFDCMD, the ALT HLD. The procedure discussed above for testing the A/T Arm holds true for all other pushbuttons. Uhen this portion of the test is completed, the GP-820 Test advances to the next segment. The test advances to verify the items associated with the A/P located on the wheel and the throttle. The operator actuates the pilot A/P disconnect switch located on the outboard side of the wheel. If the switch is functioning properly, the test advances to verify the next switch. If the operator does not actuate the switch within 10 seconds from the time the message to do so is displayed on the CAS display, or the switch is not functioning properly, a message is displayed that asks if the A/P disconnect switch has been actuated. If it has not, the operator presses the line select key labeled “FAIL”. This causes the test to be revisited and gives the operator another opportunity to actuate the switch. If the switch has been actuated, the operator presses the line select key labeled “PASS”. This produces the “PILOTA/P DISC FAIL” message on the CAS display. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to acknowledge the failure and continue the test. The operator is prompted to actuate the following switches, or where indicated, knobs: the pilot go around, the pilot touch control steering, the copilot A/P disconnect, the copilot go around, the copilot touch control steering, the lamp test, the manual trim, the pilot trim up, the pilot trim down, the copilot trim up, copilot trim down, the vertical speed knob, the heading knob, and the speed knob. The procedure discussed above for testing the pilot A/P disconnect switch holds true for all other switches and knobs. Several messages may appear on the CAS display as a result of the GP-820 Test. The following is a list of messages that may appear. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to step through the various messages or continue with the test.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paae 398.75 Mar 15/91

GUIDANCE PANEL TEST A/T ARM PB FAIL SPD PB FAIL IAS/MACH PB FAIL LNAV PB FAIL VNAV PB FAIL FLCH PB FAIL HDG SYNC PB FAIL HDG SEL PB FAIL BANK PB FAIL BC PB FAIL APR PB FAIL V/S PB FAIL AP PB FAIL PFD-CMD PB FAIL ALT HLD PB FAIL PA/PDISC FAIL P GO AROUND FAIL PTCS FAIL CPA/PDISC FAIL CP GO AROUND FAIL CPTCS FAIL LAMP TEST FAIL M/TRIM ENG FAIL PTRIMUP FAIL PTRIMDN FAIL CP TRIM UP FAIL CP TRIMDN FAIL GP820 PB ANNUNCIATOR FAIL GP820 DISPLAY FAIL ANNUN VALID FAIL SPEED KNOB FAIL HDG KNOB FAIL V/S KNOB FAIL

Guidance Panel Pushbutton Failures

Cockpit Switches through GP Failures

GP Annunciator/Display Failures

GP Knob Failures

Recall, when the test advances, it switches control to the other FGC if installed, and the GP-820 Test is repeated. When both FGCS have been tested, the AFGCS Test advances to the manual controller segment.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.76 Mar 15/91

4.5.3.2.3

15 Manual Controller Test To initiate the Manual Controller Test the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” when the “15 MANUAL CONTROLLER TEST?” message is displayed on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-14.10.

FGC1 IN TEST

f3FGCS
15 Mf3NUflL CONTROLLER TEST?
A A AO-22929#

A

Manual Controller Test Figure 4-14.10 When the test is initiated, the operator moves the thumbwheel. If the thumbwheel is functioning properly, the test advances to verify the turn knob. If the thumbwheel is not moved within 10 seconds from the time the message to do so is displayed, or the thumbwheel is not functioning properly, a message is displayed on the CAS display that asks if the thumbwheel has been moved. If it was not, the operator presses the line select key labeled “FAIL”. This causes the test to be revisited and gives the operator another opportunity to move the thumbwheel. If the thumbwheel has been moved, the operator presses the line select key labeled “PASS”. This produces the “PITCHTHUMBWHEEL #X FAIL” message on the CAS display. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to acknowledge the failure and continue the test. The operator is prompted to perform the following tasks to test the turn knob: set the turn knob right, set the turn knob left, center the turn knob. The procedure discussed above for testing the thumbwheel holds true for the turn knob.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.77 Mar 15/91

Use or dkc.losure of information on this Page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Several messages may appear on the CAS display as a result of the Manual Controller Test. The following is a list of messages that may appear. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to step through the various messages or to continue on with the test. Recall, the test advances to the remaining FGC if installed, and the Manual Controller Test is repeated. When both FGCS have been tested, the AFGCS Test advances to the elevator servo segment. MANUAL CONTROLLER TEST PITCH THUMBWHEEL #1 FAIL PITCH THUMBWHEEL #2 FAIL TURN KNOB RIGHT#l FAIL TURN KNOB RIGHT #2 FAIL TURN KNOB LEFT #1 FAIL TURN KNOB LEFT #2 FAIL TKOUTOF DETENT #1 FAIL TKOUTOF DETENT #2 FAIL TK CENTER #1 FAIL TKCENTER#2 FAIL 4.5.2.3.4 20 Elevator Servo Test NOTE: Execution of this test will move A/C surfaces. Manual Controller Failures

The Elevator Servo Test verifies the elevator servo motor interface. When the “20 ELEV SERVO TEST?” message is presented on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-14.11, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the test. The operator is instructed to center the column and depress the A/P button. The operator must continue to depress the button until the test is completed. If the operator does not, the test aborts.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on tha title page of this docurnant.

Page 398.78 Mar 15/91

{

FGC 1 IN TEST

RFGCS
20 ELEV SERVO TEST?
A A
AD-22930#

A

Elevator Servo Test Figure 4-14.11 Several messages may appear on the CAS display as a result of the Elevator Servo Test. The following is a list of messages that may The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” appear. to step through the various messages or to continue with the test. Recall, when the test advances, it switches control to the remaining FGC if installed, and the Elevator Servo Test is repeated. When both FGCS have been tested, the AFGCS Test advances to the aileron servo segment. ELEVATOR SERVO TEST ELEV CWCMD FAIL ELEV STOP CMD FAIL ELEV CCW CMD FAIL ELEV/AIL X- FEED FAIL ELEV/RUD X-FEED FAIL ELEV/TRIM X-FEED FAIL TEST ABORTED Elevator Servo Failures

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.79 Mar 15/91

Use or dwclosure of information on this page IS subject to the restrictions on the Mle page of thts document.

:::W:JANCE
GULFSTRE4M IV

4.5.2.3.5

25 Aileron Servo Test NOTE : Execution of this test will move A/C surfaces.

The Aileron Servo Test verifies the aileron servo motor interface. When the ‘25AIL SERVO TEST?” message is presented on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-14.12, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the test. The operator is instructed to center the wheel and depress the A/P button. The operator must continue to depress the button until the test is completed. If the operator does not, the test aborts.

FGC1 IN TEST

IIFGCS
25 FIIL SERVO TEST?
A A

A

,

v

v

AD-22931#

Aileron Servo Test Figure 4-14.12 Several messages may appear on the CAS display as a result of the Aileron Servo Test. The following is a list of messages that may appear. The operator presses the-line select key labiled “SELECT” to step through the various messages or to continue with the test. Recall, when the test advances, it switches control to the remaining FGC if installed and the Aileron Servo Test is repeated. When both FGCS have been tested, the AFGCS test advances to the rudder servo segment.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.80 Mar 15/91

AILERON SERVO TEST AIL CWCMD FAIL AIL STOPCMD FAIL AIL CCWCMD FAIL AIL/ELEV X-FEED FAIL AIL/RUDX-FEED FAIL AIL/TRIMX-FEED FAIL TEST ABORTED 4.5.2.3.6 30 Rudder Servo Test ~:

Aileron Servo Failures

Execution of this test will move A/C surfaces.

The Rudder Servo Test verifies the rudder linear actuator interface. When the “30 RUD SERVO TEST?” message is presented on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-14.13, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECTnto initiate the test. The operator is instructed to apply flight hydraulics then press the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The operator is next instructed to center the pedals and depresses the Y/D button. The operator must continue to depress the button until the test is completed. If the operator does not, the test aborts.

FGC 1 IN TEST

flFGCS
30 RUD SERVO TEST?
A A

A

.

.

.

AD-22932#

Rudder Servo Test Figure 4-14.13

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subywf to the restrictions on the title page cd this document,

Page 398.81 Mar 15/91

Several messages may appear on the CAS display as a result of the Rudder Servo Test. The following is a list of messages that may appear. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to step through the various messages or to continue with the test. Recall, when the test advances, it switches control to the remaining FGC and the Rudder Servo Test is repeated. Nhen both FGCS have been tested, the AFGCS Test advances to the pitch trim servo segment. RUDDER TEST (X)RUD POSCMD FAIL RUD STOP CMD FAIL (X)RUDNEGCMD FAIL RUD/ELEV X-FEED FAIL RUD/AIL X-FEED FAIL RUD/TRIM X-FEED FAIL TEST ABORTED 4.5.2.3.7 35 Pitch Trim Servo Test NOTE: Execution of this test will move A/C surfaces. Rudder Actuator Failures

The Pitch Trim Servo Test verifies the pitch trim servo motor interface. When the “35 PITCH TRIM SERVO TEST?” message is presented on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-14.14, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to initiate the test. The operator is instructed to set trim to zero and depress the A/P button. The operator must continue to depress the button until the test is completed. If the operator does not, the test aborts.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of fhis document.

Page 398.82 Mar 15/91

FGC 1 IN TEST

flFGCS
35 PITCHTRIM SERVO TEST?
A

A

A AD-22934#

Pitch Trim Servo Test Figure 4-14.14 Several messages may appear on the CAS display as a result of the Pitch Trim Servo Test. The following is a list of messages that may appear. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to step through the various messages or to continue with the test. Recall, the test advances to the remaining FGC if installed, and the Pitch Trim Servo Test is repeated. When both FGCS have been tested, the AFGCS Test advances to the cockpit switches segment. PITCH TRIM SERVO TEST (X) TRIM DNCMD FAIL TRIM STOP CMD FAIL (X) TRIM UPCMD FAIL TRIM UP LIMIT FAIL TRIMDN LIMIT FAIL TEST ABORTED 4.5.3.2.8 40 Cockpit Switches Test To initiate the Cockpit Switches Test the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”, when the “40 COCKPIT SHITCHES TEST?” message is displayed on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-14.15. Pitch Trim Servo Failures

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page
page of this document.

398.83 Apr 15/93

Useor

disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

onthetitle

FGC 1 IN TEST

flFGCS
40 COCKPIT SW TEST?
A A

A

.

4 AD-z2933#

Cockpit Switches Test Figure 4-14.15 The Cockpit Switches Test verifies the switches wired to the FGC. The operator actuates the pilot A/P disconnect switch located on the outboard side of the wheel. If the switch is functioning properly, the test advances to verify the next switch. If the operator does not actuate the switch within 10 seconds from the time the message to do so is displayed on the CAS display, or the switch is not functioning properly, a message is displayed that asks iftheA/P disconnect switch has”been actuated. If it has not, the operator presses the line select key labeled ‘FAIL”. This causes the test to be revisited and gives the operator another opportunity to actuate the switch. If the switch has been actuated, the operator presses the line select key labeled “PASS”. This produces the “PILOT A/P DISC FAIL” message on the CAS display. The operator presses the line select key labeled ‘SELECT” to acknowledge the failure and continue the test. The operator is prompted to actuate the following switches: the Y/D engage, the Trim engage, the pilot trim up, the pilot trim down, the copilot A/P disconnect, the copilot trim up, and the copilot trim down. The procedure discussed above for testing the pilotA/P disconnect switch holds true for all other switches. When this portion of the test is completed, the Cockpit Switches Test advances to verify various annunciators.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.84 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document,

This segment asks the operator several questions concerning the operation of the A/P, Y/D and M/Trim annunciators. The operator verifies that the A/P off annunciator is flashing. If it is flashing, the operator presses the line select key labeled “PASSN and the test advances. If it is not, the operator presses the line select key labeled “FAIL”. This produces a fail message. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to acknowledge the failure and to continue with the test. The operator verifies the A/P off horn in the same fashion. Next the operator is instructed to watch the Y/D disengage annunciator to determine if it cycles off and then on. If the annunciator cycles, the operator presses the line select key labeled ‘pASS” and the test advances. If it does not, the operator presses the line select key labeled “FAIL”. This produces a fail message. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to acknowledge the failure and to continue with the test. The operator verifies the M/Trim annunciator in the same fashion. Status or error messages are displayed on the CAS display as a result of the Cockpit Switches Test. The following is a list messages that may appear. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to step through the various messages or to continue on with the test. Recall, the test advances to the remaining FGC if installed, and the Cockpit Switches Test is repeated. When both FGCS have been tested, the AFGCS Test advances to the subsystem status segment. COCKPIT SWITCHES TEST PA/PDISC FAIL P Y/D ENG FAIL M/TRIM ENG FAIL PTRIM UP FAIL PTRIM DN FAIL CPA/P DISC FAIL CP TRIM UP FAIL CPTRIMDN FAIL A/P OFF ANNUN FAIL A/POFF HORN FAIL Y/D DISENGAGE ANNUN FAIL M/TRIM DISENG ANNUN FAIL Cockpit Switches Failures

Annunciator Failures

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this psge is subject to the restritilons

on the title page of this document.

Pa(ae398.85 Mar 15/91

4.5.3.2.9 45 Subsystem Status Test When the last message associated with the Cockpit Switches Test is displayed, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT an additional time to advance to the Subsystem Status Test. To initiate the test the operator presses the line select key labeled “$ELECT” when the “45 SUBSYSTEM STATUS TEST?” message is displayed on the CAS display, as shown in Figure 4-14.16. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to step through the messages or continue with the test. Typical CAS displays for the AFGCS Subsystem Status Test are shown in Figure 4-14.17 and Figure 4-14.18.

FGC 1 IN TEST

flFGCS
45 SUBSYSTEM STRTUS TEST?
A
A AD-22935#

A

Subsystem Status Test Figure 4-14.16

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the Me page of this document.

Page 398.86 Mar 15/91

*

>

FGC 1 IN TEST

FIFGCS
45 SUBSYSTEM STfiTUS TEST
1 PREFLIGHT TEST PRSS PRESS SELECT TO CONTINUE

A

A

A AD-22936#

Typical CAS Display for the AFGCS Subsystem Status Test (Preflight Test Pass) Figure 4-14.17

*

FGC 1 IN TEST

RFGCS
45 SUBSYSTEM STFITUS TEST
1 Pllss PRESS SELECT TO CONTINUE

A

A

A

.

AD-22937#

Typical CAS Display for the AFGCS Subsystem Status Test (Pass) Figure 4-14.18

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.87 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

The following is a list of messages that may appear as a result of executing the Subsystem Status Test. SUBSYSTEM STATUS TEST Sensor Validation Failures

IRS/ FGC INTFC FAIL DADC/ FGC INTFC FAIL
L EFIS X) FGC INTFC FAIL R EFIS [X) FGC INTFC FAIL 4.5.3.2.10 50 Flight Fault Summary When the last message associated with the Subsystem Status Test is displayed, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” an additional time to advance the test to the Flight Fault Summary, as shown in Figure 4-14.19. To display the Flight Fault Sunwnaryon the CAS display, the operator presses the line select key labeled ‘SELECTW when the “50 Flight Fault Sununary?” message is displayed. The operator should record the alpha-numeric codes. A typical CAS display of Flight Fault Summary data for a -905 or -906 FGC is shown in Figure 4-14.20. Refer to Appendix C for a description of the alpha-numerical codes. Refer to Appendix G for a description of the display of Flight Fault Summary Non-Volatile RAM (NVR) data available from a -907 Flight Guidance Computer. In the event the NVR data is unavailable, the data will default to alpha-numeric codes of the last failure, as shown in Figure 4-14.20. The operator presses the line select key labeled ‘SELECTn to display the Flight Fault Sunuoary data on the CAS display for the remaining FGC. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to advance to the ground summary segment.

AF6CS
F6C1 IIITUT
SIJiOIARY? 54 F11611T FAIILT

bmmw

Flight Fault Summary Figure 4-14.19

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.88 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

MAINTENANCE TEST AF6C5 FGC 1 IN TUT 50 FL1611T FAULT SIJHIURY 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 00000000 00000000 000000000000000000000000

Typical CAS Display of Flight Fault Summary Data Figure 4-14.20 4.5.3.2.11 55 Ground Test Summary The Ground Test Summary allows the operator to review all the fail messages that resulted from the AFGCS Maintenance Test. To display the Ground Test Summary messages on the CAS display, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” when the “55 GROUND TEST SUMMARY?” message is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-14.21. The operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT” to step through the messages. The messages are explained in their respective sections. When all the messages have been displayed, the AFGCS Test advances to the FGC Test. To return to the System Test Menu, the operator presses the line select key labeled “RETURN”.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.89 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

FGC 1 IN TEST

flFGCS
55 GROUND TEST SUMMFIRY?
AD-22940#

Ground Test Summary Figure 4-14.21 4.5.3.2.12 Recommended Maintenance Action The following is a list of messages associated with maintenance test and recommended action. 05 FGC Test: Messaue (X) AFCSSERVOPWR OFF (X) YD SERVO POWER FAIL (X) YD SERVOINTFC FAIL (X) TRIM SERVO INTFC FAIL 1/2 (2/1) FGC INTFC FAIL (X) AFCS SERVO POWER OFF (X) AP SERVO POWER FAIL (X) AP SERVO INTFC FAIL (X) AFCS SERVO POWER OFF (X) AP SERVO INTFC FAIL (X) YD SERVO POWER FAIL (X) YD SERVO INTFC FAIL (X) TRIM SERVO INTFC FAIL (X) A/B PROCESSOR INTFC FAIL Action 1. 2. Verify Stab Aug Servo Power/Grid

31A-1, 2.
Replace FGC.

1. 2. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Verify AP Servo Power/Grid JIA-4, 5. Replace FGC. Verify AP Servo Power/Grid JIA-4, 5. Verify Stab Aug Servo Power/Grid

JIA-1, JIB-1,

2. 2.

Verify primary ASCB Bus Input Replace FGC.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.90 Mar 15/91

05 FGC Test (cent): !&!SALE (X) AP SERVO INTFC FAIL Action If the AP Disconnect is OK, then perform the aileron and elevator servo tests to isolate possible servo wiring interface problems. If wiring OK, replace FGC. 1. 2. 3. 4. ~f~ifiT~~ServoTach Input

(X) TRIM SERVO INTFC FAIL

Verify’trim servo drive output J2A-59, 60. Verify trim disconnect input J2B-66. Replace FGC.

Check to see if the left or rightA/P (X) AP SERVO INTFC FAIL (X) TRIM SERVO INTFC FAIL disconnect switch is stuck open or the ground to the switch is missing. If wiring and power OK, then replace the FGC. (X) (X) (X) (X) Verify emergency disconnect J2B-65. AP SERVO INTFC FAIL YD SERVO INTFC FAIL TRIM SERVO INTFC FAIL A/B PROCESSOR INTFC FAIL 1. 2. 3. Verify secondary ASCB Bus J2B-1, 2. Verify priority status J1B-102, 103, 106, JIA-58. Verify wiring J2A-43 thru 48, 63 J2B-1, 2, 96 thru 101.

1/2 FGC INTFC FAIL 2/1 FGC INTFC FAIL (X) A/B PROCESSOR INTFC FAIL

(X) YD SERVOINTFC FAIL
ACFT CONFIGPIN

Verify wiring J2B-67. Check the following aircraft pins: 1OJ1B-76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81. If wiring OK, replace the FGC.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjacl to the restritilons

on the title page of this document,

Page 398.91 Mar 15/91

05 FGC Test (cent): 1/2 FGC INTFC FAIL 2/1 FGC INTFC FAIL A/B PROCESSOR INTFC FAIL Action Verify the wiring interface between Both FGCS for: JIA-58 YAW DAMP ENGAGE (28 V/OPEN) J2A-41 AP CROSS PWR SENSE IN J2A-42 AP CROSS PWR SENSE OUT J2A-43 STABAUG PWR SENSE IN J2A-44 STABAUG PWR SENSE OUT J2A-45 CROSS SERVO PWR SENSE IN J2A-46 CROSS SERVO PWR SENSE OUT J2A-47 CROSS SERVOS OFF IN J2A-48 CROSS SERVOS OFF OUT J2A-61 AILERON AND ELEVATOR CLUTCH DRIVES J2A-63 TRIM CLUTCH DRIVE Verify secondary ASCB bus input J2B-1,2. Verify priority status J1B-102, 103, 106, JIA-58. VerifyA/Cwiring J2B-96 thru 101. If wiring OK, then replace FGC.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.92 Mar 15/91

10 Guidance Panel Test:
Messaqe ~: Action

If digits flash erratic on GP, no switches will input to the FGC. VerifyA/C wiring 10/C10J2B-106. Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Guidance Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel. Panel.

A/T ARM PB FAIL SPD PB FAIL IAS/MACH PB FAIL LNAV PB FAIL VNAV PB FAIL FLCH PB FAIL HDG SYNC PB FAIL HDG SEL PB FAIL BANK PB FAIL BC PB FAIL APR PB FAIL V/S PB FAIL AP PB FAIL PFD-CMD PB FAIL ALT HLD PB FAIL A/P DISC FAIL

Pushing the A/P disconnect switches opens ground logic to the guidance panel J1-77, J2-77, to the #1 and #2 Flight Guidance Computers J2B-54, 66 and to the #1 and #2 Fault Warning Computers JIA-80. If the message appears without prompting to push the switch, the logic is already open. Verify the A/C wiring. If the message appears after the test (pushing the switch) check the switches. Check the pilot’s (copilot’s) TO/GA switch and the appropriate wiring. Pushing the switch provides ground logic to the Guidance Panel llJ1-72 (11J2-54). If switch and wiring are OK, then replace the Guidance Panel. Check the pilot’s (copilot’s) TCS switch and the appropriate wiring. Pushing the switch provides ground logic to the Guidance Panel llJ1-74 (11J2-53). If switch and wiring are OK, then replace the Guidance Panel.

P(CP) GA DISCONNECT

P(CP) TCS DISCONNECT

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Paqe 398.93
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restritilons

on the title page of this document.

10 Guidance Panel Test (cent):

!kssiME
LAMP TEST FAIL

Action Check the 1amp test switch and the appropriate wiring. Pushing the switch provides ground logic to the Guidance Panel llJ1-64, 11J2-64. If switch and wiring are OK, then replace the Guidance Panel. Check the yaw damper engage switch and the appropriate wiring. Pushing the switch opens ground logic to the Guidance Panel llJ1-78, 11J2-78 and to the Flight Guidance Computers 1OJ1A-4O, C1OJ1A-4O. If switch and wiring are OK, then the problem could be with either the Guidance Panel or the Flight Guidance Computer. Check the trim engage switch and the appropriate wiring. Pushing the switch opens ground logic to the Guidance Panel llJ1-79, 11J2-79 and to the Flight Guidance Computers 1OJ1A-41, C1OJ1A-41. If switch and wiring are OK, then the problem could be with either the Guidance Panel or the Flight Guidance Computer. Check the respective trim up/down switch and the appropriate wiring. Pushing the switch provides ground logic to the Flight Guidance Panel (J1-44, 51, 56, 65, J2-44, 51, 56, 65) and the Flight Guidance Computers (JIA-33, 47, JIB-85, 86). Refer to Figure D.1.6 in Appendix D, of the Interconnect (Section 6) portion of the Maintenance Manual. If this test does not indicate any failure, but the trim servo does not move, go to test #35 pitch trim servo test.

Y/D ENG FAIL

M/TRIMENGFAIL

PTRIMUP (DN) FAIL CP TRIM UP (DN) FAIL

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.94
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restridlons

on the title page of this document.

10 Guidance Panel Test (cent):
-

Action Check wire from the Guidance Panel llJ1-38 to the #1 FGC 1OJ2B-106 and from the Guidance Panel llJ2-38to the #2 FGC C1OJ2B-106. VerifyA/Cwiring J2B-102, 103. If wiring is OK, problem could be with either the Guidance Panel or the Flight Guidance Computer. VerifyA/C wiring J2B-102, 103. the Guidance Panel. Replace

GP820 PB ANNUNCIATOR FAIL

GP820 DISPLAY FAIL ANNUN VALID FAIL

Check wire from the Guidance Panel llJ1-69 to the #1 FGC 1OJ2B-89 and from the Guidance Panel 11J2-69 to the #2 FGC C1OJ2B-89. VerifyA/C wiring J2B-102, 103. If wiring is OK, problem could be with either the Guidance Panel or the Flight Guidance Computer. Check wires from the Guidance Panel llJ1-24, 25 to the #1 FGC 1OJ1B-7, 8 and from the Guidance Panel 11J2-24, 25 to the #2 FGC C1OJ1B-7, 8. If wiring is OK, problem could be with either the Guidance Panel or the Flight Guidance Computer. Check wires from the Guidance Panel llJ1-26, 27 to the #1 FGC 1OJ1A-18, 19 and from the Guidance Panel 11J2-26, 27 to the #2 FGC C1OJ1A-18, 19. If wiring is OK, problem could be with either the Guidance Panel or the Flight Guidance Computer. Check wires from the Guidance Panel llJ1-28, 29 to the #1 FGC 1OJ1B-11, 12 and from the Guidance Panel 11J2-28, 29 to the #2 FGC C1OJ1A-11, 12. If wiring is OK, problem could be with either the Guidance Panel or the Flight Guidance Computer.

SPEED KNOB FAIL

HDG KNOB FAIL

V/S KNOB FAIL

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure Of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of tlvs document.

Page 398.95 Mar 15/91

15 Manual Controller Test: Messaae PITCH THUMBWHEEL #1 FAIL PITCH THUMBWHEEL #2 FAIL Action Check wires from the manual controller (J1-18, 19, 21, 22) to both FGC (10/C10J2B-94, 95, 104, 105). If wiring is OK, problem could be with either the manual controller or either Flight Guidance Computer. Check wires from the manual controller (J1-1 thru 4, 11 thru 14) to both FGCS (10/C10J2B-55 thru 58, 60). If wiring is OK, problem could be with either the manual controller or either Flight Guidance Computer.

TURN KNOB RIGHT #1 FAIL TURN KNOBRIGHT #2 FAIL

TURN KNOB LEFT #1 FAIL TURN KNOB LEFT #2 FAIL TK #1 TK #2 TK TK OUT OF FAIL OUT OF FAIL CENTER CENTER DETENT DETENT #1 FAIL #2 FAIL

Same as turn knob right fail.

Check the turn control detent switch interface between the manual controller (J1-6, 8, 15, 17) and the FGC (10/C10J2B-59, 61). If wiring is OK, then replace the appropriate FGC.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or dsclosure

of information on this page is subjacf to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paae 398.96 fiar15/91

20 Elevator Servo Test: Messaue ELEV CWCMD FAIL ELEV CCWCMD FAIL Action OPTION 1: If both messages occur, the servo drive wiring or the servo tach wiring could be reversed; the servo could be disconnected or the surface controls have excessive friction. q VerifyA/CwiringJlB-68, 69, J2A-55, 56. The FGC will reveal more information and recommendations. OPTION 2: If only one of these messages occurred, it is possible that a servo tach wire is missing or there is excessive friction in one direction. Repeat the test to ensure that the control column wasn’t bumped during the test. OPTION 3: ELEV STOP CMDFAIL Replace the FGC or Servo.

Check to see that there is no noise on the elevator servo tach input to the FGC. Verify servo free to move. If no excessive noise is present, replace the appropriate FGC. These three messages indicate that during the elevator servo test, the FGC saw movement from these other servos. For aileron and rudder X-feed. Repeat the elevator servo test, chances are that the column or surfaces could have been bumped. If the failure(s) persist, then check the wiring interface from the FGC to the servos. If the wiring is OK, then replace the appropriate FGC. For trim X-feed, replace the FGC. AP Eng Switch was not depressed until end of test.

ELEV/AIL X-FEED FAIL ELEV/RUD X-FEED FAIL ELEV/TRIM X-FEED FAIL

TEST ABORTED

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.97
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

25 Aileron Servo Test: Action

AIL CWCMD FAIL AIL CCWCMD FAIL
AIL STOP CMD FAIL AIL/ELEVX-FEED FAIL AIL/RUD X-FEED FAIL AIL/TRIM X-FEED FAIL

See AFCS ELE CW CMD Fail, but verifyA/C wiring JIB-70, 71, J2A-57, 58. See AFCS Elev Stop CMD Fail. These three messages indicate that during the aileron servo test, the FGC saw movement from these other servos. For rudder and elevator X-feed repeat the aileron servo test. Chances are that the column or surfaces could have been bumped. If the failure(s) persist then check the wiring interface from the FGC to the servos. If the wiring is OK, then replace the appropriate FGC. AP Eng switch was not depressed until end of test.

TEST ABORTED

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.98 Mar 15/91

Honeywell ###!&wcE
30 Rudder Servo Test: Messaae RUD POS CMO FAIL RUD NEG CMD FAIL Action Verify that the rudder actuator is connected. Then check the wiring interface between the FGC (10/CIOJIA-59 thru 64) and the rudder actuator. If wiring is OK, replace the appropriate FGC or rudder actuator. NOTE: These message are sometimes displayed with good systems due to actuator tolerances. Verify

RUD STOP CMD FAIL RUD/ELEV X-FEED FAIL RUD/AIL X-FEED FAIL RUD/TRIM X-FEED FAIL

See AFCS Elev Stop CMD Fail. actuator is free to move.

These three messages indicate that during the rudder servo test, the FGC saw movement from these other servos. For aileron and elevator X-feed repeat the rudder servo test. Chances are that the column or surfaces could have been bumped. If the failure(s) persist, then check the wiring interface from the FGC to the servos. If the wiring is OK, then replace the appropriate FGC. For trim X-feed, replace appropriate FGC. YD Eng switch was not depressed until end of test.

TEST ABORTED

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.99
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

35 Pitch Trim Servo Test: Messaqe TRIM UP(DN) CMD Action

FAIL

If the trim servo moved in the opposite direction as indicated by the advisory display, then check the polarity of the
pitch trim wiring between the FGC and the trim servo. If the FGC test indicated no failures, but the trim servo did not move, then 1) verify that the servo is connected, 2) check to see if the trim servo is beyond its limit switches, or 3) verify that all wiring is in place (10/CIOJIB-44, 72, 73, J2A-59, 60, J2B-44, 45, 46, JIA-22).

TRIM STOP CMD FAIL
;: TRIM UP(DN) LIMIT 1. 2.

Verify servo is free to move. Replace appropriate FGC. Verify that the trim servo bracket is connected. Verify that all wiring is in place between trim servo bracket and FGC.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.100 ‘Mar 15/91

40 Cockpit Switches Test: Messaue A/P DISC FAIL P Y/D ENG FAIL M/TRIM ENG FAIL P TRIM UP(DN) FAIL Action Check the pilot’s AP disconnect switch, and appropriate wiring. 1. 2. 1. 2. CPA/P Verify wire interface to FGC. Replace FGC. Check the pilot’s trim switch and associated wiring. Replace the appropriate FGC.

DISC FAIL

Check the copilot disconnect switch, and appropriate wiring. 1. 2. Check the copilot’s trim fail switch and associated wiring. Replace the appropriate FGC.

CP TRIM UP(DN)

A/POFFANNUN A/POFF

FAIL

Check light bulb. Verify wiring to annunciator (horn). Check light bulb. Check light bulb.

HORN FAIL

Y/D DISENG ANNUN FAIL M/TRIM DISENG ANNUN FAIL

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restridlons

on the title page of thk document.

Page 398~101 ‘Mar 15/91

45 Subsystem Status Test:

!!kssxE
IRS/FGC INTFC FAIL

Action The IRS interface is checked via the ASCB. The FGC checks for a valid transmission from the IRS and checks for valid IRS data. If the failure occurs, first check the appropriate IRS computer. If the problem still exists, then check the ASCB wiring, if other LRU interface failure messages have occurred, chances are the FGC is not communicating on the ASCB or the ASCB wiring at the FGC has failed.

DADC/FGC INTFC FAIL L EFIS/(X)FGC INTFC FAIL R EFIS/(X)FGC INTFC FAIL

See IRS/FGC Intfc 1.
2. 3.

Fail Message, but reference DADC in place of IRS. Check power to SG 1 (2). Check SG reversionary panel status gridsfrom overhead panel. Check ASCB interconnects.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.102 ‘Mar 15/91

4.6

Summarv Test When the System Test Menu is displayed on the Display Controller (DC) Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) as shown in Figure 4-15, the operator initiates the Summary Test by pressing the line select key labeled “SUMMARY”. This Droduces the Summary Line Re~laceable Unit (LRU) Menu to smear on the DC . . CRT as shown in Fig~re 4-16.”

EDS SYSTEM AFGCS CHECK FMS/PMS SUMMARY

AD-22803 #

System Test Menu Figure 4-15

[1=== [I=;j=== === MENU [l=~;=== ===

m

===[1 ======[ 1 SELE;! ===[1 DOWN ======[1 RETURN ===[1

LRU Test Menu Figure 4-16

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.103 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restridions

on the title page of this document.

4.6.1

General Operation The operator selects, initiates, and provides feedback for the Summary Test through the DC. When the LRU Test Menu is displayed on the DC CRT, the operator initiates the Automatic Flight Guidance Control System (AFGCS) Status Summary, the option highlighted on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) display (Figure 4-17), by pressing the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The resulting status or error messages appear on the CAS display. To proceed with the Summary Test, the operator presses line select key labeled “MENU”. This advances the test to the Sensors Summary, the option highlighted on the CAS display. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. To review the messages associated with the Inertial Reference System (IRS), the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The messages indicate the outcome of the tests. If the operator did not execute a particular test or did not enter whether the test passed or failed, the message consists of the title of the test followed by a question mark. To continue with the test the operator presses the line select key labeled “MENU”. This advances the menu to the Digital Air Data Computer (DADC) Summary. To review the messages associated with the DADC, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The messages indicate the outcome of the tests. If the operator did not execute a particular test or did not enter whether the test passed or failed, the message consists of the title of the test followed by a question mark.

1) AFGCS STATUS SUMMARY
2) SENSORS SUMMARY 3) EDS SUMMARY 4) FMS/PMS SUMMARY

CAS Display Figure 4-17

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this dcxwnent.

Paqe 398.104 ‘Mar 15/91

To proceed with the Summary Test, the operator presses line select key labeled “MENU” twice. This advances the test to the Electronic Display System (EDS) Summary, the option highlighted on the CAS display. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. To review the messages associated with the DC, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The messages indicate the outcome of the tests. If the operator did not execute a particular test or did not enter whether the test passed or failed, the message consists of the title of the test followed by a question mark. To continue with the test the operator presses the line select key labeled “MENU”. This advances the test to the Symbol Generator (SG). To review the messages associated with the SG, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The messages indicate the outcome of the tests. If the operator did not execute a particular test or did not enter whether the test passed or failed, the message consists of the title of the test followed by a question mark. To continue with the test the operator presses the line select key labeled “MENU”. This advances the test to the Data Acquisition Unit (DAU). To review the messages associated with the DAU, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The messages indicate the outcome of the tests. If the operator did not execute a particular test or did not enter whether the test passed or failed, the message consists of the title of the test followed by a question mark. To continue with the test the operator presses the line select key labeled “MENU”. This advances the test to the Fault Warning Computer (FWC). To review the messages associated with the FWC, the operator presses the line select key labeled ‘SELECT”. The messages indicate the outcome of the tests. If the operator did not execute a particular test or did not enter whether the test passed or failed, the message consists of the title of the test followed by a question mark. To continue with the test the operator presses the line select key labeled ‘MENU”. This advances the test to the Display Unit (DU). To review the messages associated with the DU, the operator presses the line select key labeled ‘SELECT”. The messages indicate the outcome of the tests. If the operator did not execute a particular test or did not enter whether the test passed or failed, the message consists of the title of the test followed by a question mark.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paae 398.105 ‘Mar 15/91

To proceed with the Summary Test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “MENU” twice. This advances the test to the F1ight Management System/perfo~ance Management System (FMS/PMS) Summary, the option highlighted on the CAS display. To initiate the test, the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. To review the messages associated with the FMS> the operator presses the line select key labeled “SELECT”. The messages indicate the outcome of the tests. If the operator did not execute a particular test or did not enter whether the test passed or failed} the message consists of the title of the test followed by a question mark. To continue with the test the operator presses the line select key labeled ‘MENU”. This advances the test to the PMS. To proceed with the SunnnaryTest, the operator presses the line select key labeled “MENU” twice. This advances the test to the AFGCS Status Summary, the option highlighted on the CAS display. To return to the $::~w~est Menu, the operator presses the line select key labeled .

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr

Page 398.106
15/93

Use or disclosureof informationon this page is subjectto the restrictions on the title page of this document.

APPENDIX A LIST OF TESTS AVAILABLE FOR MAINTENANCE TEST

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is sub@ct to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.107 Mar 15/91

APPENDIX A LIST OF TESTS AVAILABLE FOR MAINTENANCE TEST The following is a list of the tests available for Maintenance Test. I. System Check Electronic Display System (EDS) A. Display Controller (DC) ~: 3. B. %~~u%~on Test Software Mod Level Test

II.

Symbol Generator (SG) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Status Test Software Mod Level Test SG 1 ASCB Test SG 2 ASCB Test SG 3 ASCB Test

c.

Data Acquisition Unit 1 (DAU1) 1. Status/Software Test

D.

Data Acquisition Unit 2 (DAU2) 1. Status/Software Test

E.

Fault Warning Computer (FWC) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Status Test Software Mod Level Test Checklist Cross-Side ASCB Test EEPROM Bit Test

F.

Display Unit (DU) ;: 3. 4. Status Test Pilot DUS Test EICAS DUS Test Copilot DUS Test

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.108 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

III.

Sensor A. Inertial Reference System (IRS) Test

;: B.

Status Test Fault Summary Test Air Data Computer (DADC) Test
Test Test Test Test

Digital

. Status Test ;. Configuration 3. Fault Summary 4. DADC 1 Output 5. DADC 2 Output IV.

Flight Management System/Performance Management System (FMS/PMS) A. Flight Management System (FMS) ;: 3. 4. 5. B. FMS 1 Status Test FMS 2 Status Test FMS 1 Configuration Test FMS 2 Configuration Test Software Mod Level Test

Performance Management System (PMS) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Perf 1 Status Test Perf 2 Status Test AT 1 Status Test AT 2 Status Test Perf Configuration Test AT Configuration Test PLA Position AT Switches AT 1 Servo Test AT 2 Servo Test

10.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.109 ‘Mar 15/91

v.

Automatic Flight Guidance Control System (AFGCS) A. B. Status Test System Test Flight Guidance Computer (FGC) :: Guidance Panel (GP) Test 3. Manual Controller Test 4. Elevator Servo Test 5. Aileron Servo Test 6. Rudder Servo Test 7. Pitch Trim Test 8. Cockpit Switches Test 9. Subsystem Status Test 10. Flight Fault Summary Test 11. Ground Test Summary Test 05 10 15 20 ;; 35 40 45 50 55

VI.

Summary Test B. Sensor Summary ::
c.

I%c

EDS ;: 3. 4. 5. !; DAU FWC DU

D.

FMS/PMS

1.
2.

FMS PMS

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of

Paqe 398.110 “Mar 15/91 this document,

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restndtons

on the title page of

Page 398.111 Mar 15/91 this document.

APPENDIX C FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY DESCRIPTION

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

Paae 398.112 “Mar 15/91

APPENDIX C FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY DESCRIPTION FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY (TEST 50) The FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY (FFS) is a collection of fault data words that are stored in RAM in the FGC. These data words (16 Bit Words) are displayed in hexadecimal format on the CAS Display. These fault data words will store power up failures, monitor trips, engage state conditions for automatic disconnects, and hardware failures. NOTE: The FFS can be accessed only through Maintenance Test. Fault Data Word Descric)tion The flight fault summary words are briefly described here. 1. MONFLAGA, MONFLAGB, AUTODISC, TRIPDSNG These words store which autopilot, yaw damper, or math trim monitor was tripped. MONFLAGA represents “A” processor monitors and MONFLAGB, TRIPDSNG, and AUTODISC represent “B” processor monitors. MONFLAGA contains
Performance Monitor Flags. AUTODISC/TRIPDSNG contain 2. HWFAIL This MONFLAGB contains Servo the Trim Monitor Flags. and FZ Monitor Flags.

word stores which hardware monitor was tripped.

3.

FENGTSTA, FENFGSTB These words represent a “snapshot” of all the engage state conditions that existed when the AP, YD, or M-Trim automatically disengaged. (These are key words when investigating the Servo Switching Monitor.)

4.

MAINIA, MAIN2A, MAIN3A, MAINIB, MAIN2B, MAIN3B When the FGC goes through an “on - ground” power up it does a series of tests. Should any of these tests fail, the type of failure is stored in these words.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.113 ‘Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of Ws dccument.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY Hexadecimal Format

APPENDIX C

Shown is the hexadecimal characters and their binary equivalent. Hex Value
o :

Binarv Value
0000

Hex Value 8 9

Binarv Value

3 4 5 6 7 Examr)les MONFLAGA = 0802 =

0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111

A B c D E F

1000 1001 1010 1o11 1100 1101 1110 1111

0000

1000 0000 0010 \
bit O Look at the table for MONFLAGA to determine which

bit 15) Bits 11 and 1 were set. monitors were tripped.

HWFAIL = 4217 = 0100 0010 0001 0111

\ bit 15Z bit O
Look at the table for HWFAIL to determine Bits 14, 9, 4, 2, 1, and O were set. which hardware failures occurred.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of

Paqe 398.114 ‘Mar 15/91 this document,

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY CAS DISPLAY LINE 1: 50 FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY LINE 2: 0000 0000 0000 0000 LINE 3: 0000 00000000 00000000 LINE 4: 000000000000 000000000000 MNEMONIC FORMAT

APPENDIX C

LINE 2: MONFLAGA HWFAIL FENGTSTA (2 words) LINE 3: MONFLAGB AUTODISC/TRIPDSNG (2 words) FENGTSTB (2 words) LINE 4: MAIN1A-MAIN2A-MAIN3A MAIN1B-MAIN2B-MAIN3B WORD/BIT FORMAT LINE 2: LINE 3: 0000 (bits15-0) 0000 (bits 15-0) 0000 (bits 15-0) 00000000 (bits 31-0) 0000 0000 (bits 31-0) 00000000 (bits 31-0)

LINE 4: 0000-0000-0000 (15-0,15-0,15-0) Fault Data Tables

0000-0000-0000 (15-0,15-0,15-0)

Following are the Fault Data Tables which list each bit of all the displayed hexadecimal data on the Flight Fault Summary. The recommended actions referenced can be found in Appendix D “Recommended Actions for Flight Fault Summary”.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.115 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecl to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

APPENDIX C MONFLAGA (LINE 2, WORD 1)

BIT NO. 15 14 13 12

PERFORMANCE MONITOR (MNEMONIC) SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE

RECOMMENDED ACTION

11 10 9
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 :

MFRUDMO-RUD SERVOMOTION FAIL SERVO MOTION FAIL MFELVMOT-ELEV MFAILMOT-AIL SERVOMOTION FAIL
MFYDCLO-Y/D CLOSURE FAIL MFROLCLO-ROLL CLOSURE FAIL MFPITCLO-PITCH CLOSURE FAIL MFVALYD-YD VALIDITY FAIL MFSFBAI-AIL SERVO FB FAIL MFSFBEL-ELEV SERVO FB FAIL MFAZLMM-NORMACCEL LIMITS FAIL SPARE MTRSAMP-TRIM SERVO AMP FAIL HW FAIL (LINE 2, WORD 2)

All
A.1O A.9 A.8 A.7 A.6 A.5 A.4 A.3 A.2 A.1

BIT NO. 15 i: 12

MONITOR/VALID (MNEMONIC) SPARE SPARE SPARE TKTFAILA-TICKET FAILURE DISENGAGE/FAIL FLAG EXHBRSTB-B-PROC HEART BEAT FAIL ISOERR - +5V 1S0 FAIL ADOFFERR-A/D OFFSET FAIL GNDERR-A/D GND INPUT FAIL NEG15ERR-A/D -15V INPUT FAIL REFIOERR-A/D 10V REF INPUT FAIL SIOERR-SERIAL 1/0 FAIL SWTCHMO-SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR STUCKPB-STUCK P/B DETECTED SPARE SRVOPWR-SERVO POWER VALID Logic 1 = Valid FGCVAL-FGC VALID Logic 1 = Valid

11
10 : 7 6 5 : 2 1 o ~:

A.15 A.15 A.14 A.14 A.14 A.14 A.14 A.13 N/A A.12 N/A N/A

Referenced recommended actions are found in Appendix D.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.116 ‘Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

APPENDIX C MONFLAGB (LINE 3, WORD 1)

BIT NO. 15 14 13 12 11
10

FLAG/VALID TRUNAWA -ELEV TRIM RUNAWAY MONITOR TKTFAILB- TICKET FAILUREDISENGAGE FAIL FLAG MONITOR MFELV- ELEVATOR TRMINHT - TRIM INHIBIT MONITOR
MFAIL - AILERON MONITOR SRVOPWR - SERVO POWER VALID Logic l=Valid

RECOMMENDED ACTION B.12 B.6 B.11 B.1O
B.9

9 8 7 6 : 3 2 1 o

FGCVAL - FLT GUIDANCE COMPUTER VALIDLogic l=Valid MONITOR SWTCHMO - SERVOSWITCHING ADCONV - A/D CONVERSION ERROR EXHBRSTA - EXCESSIVEHB RESETS IN A-PROC 8MS RTLPERR8- REAL-TIMELOOPERROR RTLPERR- REAL-TIMELOOPERROR SIOERR - SERIAL 1/0 ERROR STUCKPB - STUCKP/B FLAG FLAG MFYDPOS - YD SERVOCONTROL - MANUAL TRIM FAIL FLAG MTRMFAIL AUTODISC (LINE 3, WORD 2)

N/A N/A B.8 B.7 B.6 B.5 B.5 B.4 B.3 B.2 B.1

BIT NO. 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 : 2 1 o NOTE :

FLAG/VALID MTRMFAIL - TRIM FAIL FLAG SPARE MTINOP- MANUAL TRIM INOP SPARE TRIM MONITOR FLAG MTMONOP - MACH SPARE TRIM RUNAWAY FLAG MTRUNAW - MANUAL SPARE MFSBTR - MANUAL TRIM FEEDBACK FLAG SPARE TRMSWFLG - LIMIT SWITCHES FLAG SPARE LIMSWFLG - LIMIT SWITCHES FLAG SPARE XTRMSWFL - CROSSTRIM SWITCHES FLAG SPARE

RECOMMENDED ACTION B.1 B.18 B.17 B.6 B.15 B.13 B.14 B.13

Referenced

recommended actions

are found in Appendix D.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.117 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

APPENDIX C TRIPDSNG (LINE 3, WORD 3)

BIT NO. 15 14 13 12 11 10 ; 7 6 5 : 2 :

FLAG/VALID AP TRIM RUNAWAY AP POWER FEEDBACK ELEVATOR SERVO TRIM INHIBIT MONITOR AILERON SERVO RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED YD COMMAND RESPONSE TRIMINOP - ELEV TRIM INOPERATIVE

RECOMMENDED ACTION B.12 N/A

B.11
B.1O B.9

B.2 B.19

NOTE:

Referenced recommended actions are found in Appendix D.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.118 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

APPENDIX C

FENGTSTA - LATCHED VERSION OF ENGTSTA STATUS TEST WORD (LINE 2, WORDS 3 & 4) BIT NO. 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 ;; 16 15 14 13 12 FLAG/VALID ENGPWRV - SERVO ENGAGE POWER VALID QSRVPOFB - SERVO CLUTCH POWER OFF FB QSRVOFFB - SERVOS OFF FB XSTATUSV - CROSS CHANNEL STATUS VALID QYDBRKFB - YD SERVO BRAKE FB QYDRELAY - YD BRAKE RELAY “ON” FB QAPCLTCH - AP SERVO CLUTCH FB QARELAY - AP CLUTCH RELAY “ON” FB QTRCLTCH - ELEV TRIM CLUTCH FB QELTRELA - ELEV TRIM RELAY “ON” FB YDSELENG - YD SELECT/ENGAGE STATUS APSELENG - AP SELECT/ENGAGE STATUS YDSELSTB - YD SELECT/STANDBY STATUS APSELSTB - AP SELECT/STANDBY STATUS YDOFFSTB - YD OFF/STANDBY STATUS APOFFSTB - AP OFF/STANDBY STATUS YDOFFINV - YDOFF/INVALID STATUS APOFFINV - APOFF/INVALID STATUS HIGHPRI - PRIORITY CHANNEL STATUS YDDISC - YD QUICK DISCONNECT P/B APDISC - AP QUICK DISCONNECT P/B TCS - TOUCH CONTROL STEERING P/B APPERFBY - AP PERFORMANCE MONITORS BYPASS YDPERFBY - YD PERFORMANCE MONITORS BYPASS TRPERFBY - TRIM PERFORMANCE MONITORS BYPASS VAHRS - VOTED IRS DATA VALID VDADCV - VOTED DADC DATA VALID APPT - APPROACH TRACK MODE STALWARN - STALL WARNING FLAG SPARE MTSELECT - MACH TRIM SELECT STATUS SPARE

11
10 9 8 ; 5 4 3 2

1
o

NOTE:

See Appendix E “Servo Switching Monitor Used With Flight Fault Summary” to determine appropriate action.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Pacie398.119 ‘Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

APPENDIX C

FENGTSTB - LATCHED VERSION OF ENGTSTB STATUS TEST WORD (LINE 3, WORDS 4 & 5) BIT NO. 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 FLAG/VALID ENGPWRV - SERVO ENGAGE POWER VALID QSRVPOFB - SERVO CLUTCH POWER OFF FB QSRVOFFB - SERVOS OFF FB XSTATUSV - CROSS CHANNEL STATUS VALID QYDBRKFB - YD SERVO BRAKE FB QYDRELAY - YD BRAKE RELAY “ON FB” QAPCLTCH - AP SERVO CLUTCH FB QARELAY - AP CLUTCH RELAY “ON FB” QELTLTCH - ELEV TRIM CLUTCH FB QELTRELA - ELEV TRIM RELAY “ON FB” YDSELECT - YD SELECT STATUS APSELECT - AP SELECT STATUS TCS - TOUCH CONTROL STEERING P/B ACTIVCHN - ACTIVE CHANNEL STATUS YDDISC - YD QUICK DISCONNECT P/B APDISC - AP QUICK DISCONNECT P/B ELVTINOP - ELEVATOR TRIM INOPERATIVE FLAG APSERMO - AP SERVO MONITORS FLAG ELTMONBY - AUTO TRIM MONITORS BYPASS FLAG APMONBY - AP SERVO MONITORS BYPASS FLAG YDMONBY - YD SERVO MONITORS BYPASS FLAG STALWARN - STALL WARNING FLAG VAHRS - VOTED IRS DATA VALID VDADCV - VOTED DADC DATA VALID APPT - APPROACH TRACK MODE MTMOBY - MANUAL TRIM MONITORS BYPASS FLAG MTSELSTB - MANUAL TRIM SELECT/STANDBY STATUS MTSELENG - MANUAL TRIM SELECT/ENGAGE STATUS MTOFFSTB - MANUAL TRIM OFF/STANDBY STATUS MTOFFINV - MANUAL TRIMOFF/INVALID STATUS MFYDPOS - YD POS MONITOR SPARE

11 10
; 7 6 5 4 3 2

1
o

NOTE: See Appendix E “Servo Switching Monitor Used With Flight Fault Summary” to determine appropriate action.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.120 ‘Mar 15/91

n

0000

0000

0000

0000

0000

0000

!?jg
~o v$m +wa ~rtg -$Wn ~cu= 050 &*c. x% ;= 7* ~u 0 a
&n

2

v
If my b! ta are set In this word, psrform their correspxrdlng recannmdsdactlwrs first If my bits ore set in this word, do their corresponding reccmwwki octIms second If bite ere eet in this wrd, da their correspondingreccinnended set i errs th I rd If bits me set in this word, do their correspendlngremmrmded octione fourth If bits sre eet in this uord, do their correapmdi~ recwmmded actions fifth If bits ore set In this uord, do their correspondingrecunnended act lam Icrst

3

3.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY BIT NO. 15 14 13 12 11 10 : ; : 3 2 i MAINIA (LINE 4, WORD 1)

APPENDIX C RECOMMENDED ACTION C.1

ELEVATOR TRIM SERVO AMP FAIL RESERVED RESERVED AP OR YD SERVO POWER RELAY FAILURE SPARE ELEV TRIM ENGAGE TEST FAILURE SPARE ELEV TRIM PRE-DRIVE TEST CONDITIONS FAILURE

C.2 C.3
C.3 C.4 C.3 C.5 C.11 C.3

SERVOSOFF ‘AND’ GATEFAILURE ELEVTRIM PRE-ENGAGE CONDITIONS FAILURE SERVOPOWER OFF ‘OR’ GATEFAILURE SPARE ELEVTRIM BRAKE FAIL ELEVTRIM SERVOENGAGE RELAYFAIL SPARE ELEVTRIM PULL-UPRESISTORFAILURE

REPLACE FZ

MAIN2A(LINE4.

WORD 2L REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ C.6 C.7 REPLACE FZ C*7 REPLACE FZ

D/AWRAPAROUND FAILURE LATCHED POWER VALIDFAILURE MEMORY CHECKSUM FAILURE RAMFAILURE SPARE POWER SUPPLYMONITOR RESET FAILURE AIRCRAFTCONFIGURATION PIN FAILURE
SERIAL WRAPAROUND FAILURE RESERVED SERVO POWER INHIBIT FAILURE F/DANNUNCIATORVALID FAILURE

A/D CALIBRATION FAIL RESERVED RESERVED SPARE ELEVTRIM CLUTCH ISOLATION DIODEFAIL NOTE: Referenced recommended actions are found in Appendix D.

C.8

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.122 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY BIT NO. MAIN3A [LINE 4, WORD 3)

APPENDIX C RECOMMENDED ACTION REPLACE REPLACE REPLACE REPLACE FZ FZ FZ FZ

I

;: 13 12

200MS POWER DOWN TIMER FAILURE POWER INTERRUPT INTERLOCKS TEST FAIL HBM FAILURE (TIMER TOO SHORT) HBM FAILURE (TIMER TOO LONG) HBM RESET INTERLOCKS TEST FAILURE

iii :
: : 3 2 ;
I

POWER INTERRUPT PRE-TEST CONDITIONS FAIL HBM RESETPRE-TESTCONDITIONS FAIL
SPARE PREFLIGHT TEST TICKET FAILURE RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SPARE SPARE MAINIB (LINE4. WORD4~ SERVO POWER PRE-ENGAGE CONDITIONS FAILURE YD ENGAGE TEST FAILURE AP ENGAGE TEST FAILURE RESERVED

REPLACE FZ N/A N/A
REPLACE FZ

BIT NO.

:: :; 11 10 :
; 5 4 3 2 i

:::

C.lo C*12 C.9 C*1O
C.4 C.5 C.2 C.2 ::;0 REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ

AP BRAKE FAIL YD PRE-ENGAGE CONDITIONS FAIL AP PRE-ENGAGE CONDITIONS FAIL RESERVED SERVOS OFF ‘AND’ GATE FAILURE
SERVO POWER OFF ‘OR’ GATE FAILURE YD SERVO POWER RELAY FAIL AP SERVOPOWER RELAY FAIL YD SERVO ENGAGE RELAY FAIL AP SERVO ENGAGE RELAY FAIL YD PULL-UP RESISTOR FAILURE AP PULL-UP RESISTOR FAILURE

NOTE: Referenced

recommended actions

are found in Appendix D.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.123 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

FGC FLIGHTFAULTSUMMARY BIT NO. 15 14 13 12 11 10
: 7 6 5 ! 2

APPENDIX C RECOMMENDED ACTION REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ
REPLACE REPLACE REPLACE REPLACE REPLACE REPLACE REPLACE FZ FZ FZ FZ FZ FZ FZ

~ D/A WRAPAROUND FAILURE LATCHED POWER VALIDFAILURE MEMORY CHECKSUM FAILURE RAMFAILURE RESERVED 5 VOLT UNDERVOLTAGE MONITOR TEST FAIL
5 VOLT OVERVOLTAGE TEST FAIL SERIAL WRAPAROUND FAILURE STATUS TRANSFER RAM FAILURE SERVO POWER INHIBIT FAILURE PROCESSOR VALID FAILURE A/D CALIBRATION FAIL RESERVED AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION PIN FAILURE

: BIT NO.
;: :;

YD ISOLATION DIODEFAIL AP ISOLATION DIODEFAIL MAIN3B(LINE4. WOR06L

C.6 C.8 C.8

200MS POWER DOWN TIMER FAILURE
POWER INTERRUPT INTERLOCKS TEST FAIL HBM FAILURE (TIMER TOO SHORT) HBM FAILURE (TIMER TOO LONG)

REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ

# : 7 6 : 3 2 :

HBMRESET INTERLOCKS TEST FAILURE FD/ANNUNCIATORVALID FAILURE POWER INTERRUPT PRE-TEST CONDITIONS FAIL HBMRESET PRE-TEST CONDITIONS FAIL PREFLIGHT TEST TICKET FAILURE RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED YD SERVOAMPFAIL ELEVSERVOAMPFAIL AIL SERVO AMPFAIL recommended actions are found in Appendix D.

REPLACE FZ REPLACE FZ C*7 N/A N/A REPLACE FZ

C.13 C.1 C*1

NOTE: Referenced

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.124 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document,

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY Fault Data Bit DescriI)tion

APPENDIX C

Following are descriptions of the Bits from the Data Words contained in the Flight Fault Summary. MONFLAGA [LINE 2. WORD 1) Bit 15 - SDare Bit 14 - SDare Bit 13 - Sr)are Bit 12 - SDare Bit 11 - Rudder Servo Motion Monitor Data Used: Yaw Damper Position Command Voted Dynamic Pressure Function: A) Prevention of Yaw Damper induced rudder moments in excess of 4.4 degrees-yaw/see/see. B) Detection of Yaw Damper or Rudder Servo position command malfunctions which result in rudder servo motion in excess of computed limits. C) Detection of D/A feedback measurement failures. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause AP (if engaged) and YD to disengage. See Figure C-1. Bit 10 - Elevator Servo Motion Monitor Data Used: Elevator Servo Rate Trim Command Voted True Airspeed Voted Dynamic Pressure Function: A) Prevention ofAP induced pitching moments in excess of3.75 degrees-pitch/sec/sec. B) Detection of Autopilot induced malfunctions which result in elevator motion in excess of computed limits. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause the AP/YD to disengage. See Figure C-2.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.125 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecl to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

\
TO ANALOG ‘SERVO AMPLIFIER ——— ——— ,——. vOTED — DYNAMIC PREssuRE

4

‘B’PROCESSOR SOFIWARE

‘T
1

————.— ————
‘APROCESSOR SO-ARE
1~ AID CONVERT G

.——

——

FIxED YAW ACCEL LIMIT (4’%EC>)

+

D/A CONVERT

I
I ZERO I

i YD ENGAGE1 I (I YAW DAMPER CONTROL LAW SERIES ACTUATOR POSITION CMO ( 1+ NOTE RESET OESOUNCES TO INITIALIZE ABSOLUTE VALUE + OVER THnESHOLD DETECT

1

I I

~.l”ERROR
OVER LIMIT ERROR DETECT -

LIMITS NOTE 1 DEBOUNCE ON O 1 SEC

RUOOER MOTION MONITOR FLAG

I G= q [( 57.%

CH5R= .IX12745 KRIG q S6R=36.
CHm q] C6R = 3.5S CndR = .lCrJ AD.20233

KD =7.1

Ko

57.3+KRIG

S8R &

Rudder Servo (Series) Motion Monitor Figure C-1
ELEVATOR SERVO TACH (POSITIVE VOTED NOSE DOWN) TAS

VOTED DYNAMICPRESSURE

TRIMSERVO TACH

ASSOLUTE VALUE

OVER ELEVATOR THRESHOLD +MOTIONMONITOR
O=ECT F!AG

FIXEOPITCH ACCELERATION LIMIT (3”/SEC2)

AO+?U234

Elevator Servo Motion Monitor Figure C-2

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.126 ‘Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY (LINE 2. WORD 11-

APPENDIX C

MONFLAGA

Bit 9 - Aileron Servo Motion Monitor Data Used: Aileron Servo Rate Voted Dynamic Pressure Voted True Airspeed Function: A) Prevention of Autopilot induced rolling moments in excess of 8 degrees-roll/see/see. B) Detection of Autopilot induced malfunctions which result in aileron servo motion in excess of computed limits. C) Autopilot malfunctions result from: 1) Servo Amplifier Faults 2) Faults in Aileron Servo Control Reversion: Monitor trip will cause the AP/YD to disengage. See Figure C-3. Bit 8 - Yaw C)amDerClosure Monitor Data Used: Yaw Body Rate Voted Roll Voted Pitch Rudder Position Function: A) Detection of adverse or oscillatory rudder activity B) Detection of adverse Yaw rates greater than fl degree-yaw/see. C) Prevention of Yaw Damper malfunctions from causing excessive tail loads, especially at high airspeeds. Reversion: If both AP and YD are engaged at time of failure, AP/YD are disengaged. If YD is engaged, YD is disengaged. See Figure C-4.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.127 Mar 15/91

Use

or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

;ERVO3ATE

FILTER

+

FILTER

-

&&%a

OVERTHRESHOLD DETECT A

~

AIL MOTION MONITOR FIAG

%8

VOTED DYNAMIC PRESSURE FIXED ROLL ACCEL LIMIT (8”/sEc’)

THRESHOLD /
AD-20231

‘A’ PROCESSOR SO~ARE

Aileron Servo Motion Monitor Figure C-3

~PllCHNDSE-UP) ‘AWRATE ~ERIGHTIURw

lalNocose WSITIVE RIGHTSANK)

VARIASLEUm

ZEROUMIT

N ~R

SOFIWARE *O*

+
UMITS

m
‘TAS

l“ESECTHRESHOLD

a 4~

OVERTNRESHOLD D=CT

0.2 SEC OESOUNCE __ “ON’ ONLY

! 5“ HOGWC THRESHOLD + ovERTHRESHOLD D~ YD CLOSURE FLAG
AO-20232

WRIESACTUATORPOSITION RIGHT RUDDERPOSITIV@

OPPOSITE PolARrTY DEIECT

Yaw Damper Closure Monitor Figure C-4

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paae 398.128 ‘Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MONFLAGA (LINE 2, WORD 1~

APPENDIX C

Bit 7 - Roll Closure and Limits Monitor Data Used: Voted Radio Altitude Computed Roll Command Voted Roll Roll Body Rate Aileron Servo Motor Voltage Approach Track Logic Function: A) Detection of Limit failures which cause open loop conditions. B) Prevention of Autopilot malfunctions causing excessive rolling moments. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause the AP/YD to disengage. See Figure C-5. Bit 6 - Pitch Closure Monitor Data Used: Computed Turn Compensation Command Pitch Prediction Term Pitch Rate Prediction Voted Pitch Body Rate Pitch Command Voted Pitch Voted Roll Elevator Servo Voltage Function: A) Detection of open loop conditions in the pitch axis. B) Prevention of Autopilot malfunctions from causing significant pitch movements, especially at low airspeeds. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause the AP/YD to disengage. See Figure C-6.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.129 ‘Mar 15/91

6 + vOTED RADIO ALTITUDE

6’ +J

30

48”

I

LIMIT VOTED ROLL

A PROCESSOR COMPUTEO ROLL COMMANO

ROLL EFIRO!J

I
THRESHOLD

START

flESET DEBOUNCE

03 SECONO DEBOUNCE

YES

N N
NOTE1: AT INITIAL12ATION, SET RATE LIMITER TO 4s”. RESET OE60UNCE5 TO INITIALIZE NOTEZ

‘A’PROCESSOR

(100 mSEC LOOP)

1 %$%a--HFD “’’”SUB
SET MONITOR FLAG

*

A EXIT 1

AD13170.Rt

VOTEO PITCH EOOYRATE 1

+
A PROCESSOR COMPUTED PITCH COMMANO + — VOTED PITCH ANGLE 36 PITCH ERROR 322 FTASEC o 5“/SEC 573 VTS SELECT SMALLER VALVE THRESHOLO 0“/S +25”/S PITCH RATE PREDICTION LIMITER COMPUTEO TURN COMPENSATION LIMIT PITCH RATE

%

w
START

* 1.5X3

RESET DEBOUNCES

+

CONTINUE

b
A.

RESET DE130UNCES

c-t

NOTE: RESET DEBOUNCES To INITIALIZE

r
1

I

1

, , l~sp

J

‘A’PROCESSOR SOFTWARE (100mSECLOOP)

‘OTEi& ‘“TE’E=P
I
J AD.13171

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MONFLAGA (LINE 2, WORD 1~

APPENDIX C

Bit 5 - Yaw OamDer Position Validation Monitor Data Used: Yaw Damper Position Function: A) Validation of Yaw Damper position used in other monitors. B) Minimize exposures to invalid Yaw Damper position data being used in the monitors. Reversion: Monitor trip after 2 error over threshold (0.15 deg) detections within 1 second will result in the AP/YD disengaging. If both AP/YD are engaged at the time of failure, AP/YD are disengaged. If the YD is engaged, YD is disengaged. See Figure C-7. Bits 4 and 3 - Servo Feedback Monitors (Aileron and Elevator) Data Used: Servo Motor Voltage Servo Motor Current Servo Motor Rate Function: A) Verification of the measured motor data sent to the A processor monitors. B) Detection of servo feedback errors which may result in latent inoperative A processor monitors. C) Prevention of servo feedback faults from remaining undetected (latent), thereby disabling performance monitors in the A processor. (Only the B processor servo feedback monitors are intended for rapid detect protection from active malfunctions and therefore will trip before the A processor monitors if invalid feedback data is received by both processors). Reversion: Monitor will trip approximately 400 msec after initial failure detection. Monitor trip will result in the AP/YD disengaging. See Figure C-8.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of Inforrnatiin

on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.132 Mar 15/91

Honeywell ##ii~NcE
I

I
I I 1
I

NOTE 1 RES~

DEBOUNCE

TO

INITIALIZE

NOTE

1 vMMPER

WmES140L9

PosmoN Fau FM t 2 ERUORS

I 1 YAW CAMPER 0.19 f THREsnoLo

POSITION

CO;?ERT

}

AuOWEO PER SEC

I I I %’ PROCESSOR SO-ARE I ‘h’ PROCESSOR SOFWARE
(la mSEC MAX

Yw OAMPE~ PoslnoN

(2smSECWOATE)

UPOATE

IN-AA)

Ab131m

Validation Process for Yaw Damper Position (Data Used in Monitors) Figure C-7

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is aubjecl to the restridlons

on the title page r~f this document.

Paae 398.133 “Mar 15/91

“K PROCESSOR SOFTWAnE “’””’s
MOTOR CURRENT

~

1
(Almq a
I AOSOLUTE

7 VNJJE
b

+

1 O** I NOTEI

-

EFWlOR

MOT(M nAIE
(x m nw)

2B?

y&ow&N. No PURE I

CONTINUE

OELAY OU 104 SEC)

1 sET AP SERVO FEED9nAQ

m <

4 1: To WlwJzri
SET FLnm CUTFIJT -0

TOI.ERA?KE
\

NOTEZ OFFSST
OFFSET J (1 voiT) AO-I.W4

NOTEZ TO INITIMUE sET FLTER UJTWT = I UT

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MONFLAGA (LINE 2. WORD 1)

APPENDIX C

Bit 2 - Normal Acceleration Limits Monitor Data Used: Voted Normal Acceleration Elevator Servo Motor Voltage Voted Roll Cosine Roll Angle Function: A) Prevention of Autopilot induced normal acceleration greater than tO.5g delta. B) Detection of B processor pitch control law errors that induce pitch rates above TAS programmed limits. NOTE: Higher g rate inputs will be detected by the Elevator Servo Motion Monitor. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause the AP/YD to disengage. See Figure C-9. Bit 1 - S~are Bit O - Elevator Trim Servo Amolifier Monitor Data Used: Elevator Trim Pulse Width Command Elevator Trim Motor Volts Function: A) Detection of inoperative trim drivers B) Detection of servo motor shorts or opens, which cause the servo be inoperative.

to

Reversion: The monitor will trip if the trim failure persists for 200msec. If the cross-side FGC is active, the engaged side will disengage. If only one side is valid, trim will disengage and the autopilot will disengage if previously engaged. See Figure C-10.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to Ihe restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.135 ‘Mar 15/91

ns” m

Ah
VOTED NORMAL ACCEL (NOSEUP POSITIVE1 t ELEVATOR MOTOR VOLTS (NOSE-DN POSITIVE) ,x25EC & 1 * i

I
,ERo~==_/

NOTE 1
q

T

r-l
I I

RATE

LIMIT

F

‘–f_~:

r
OPPOSITE POLARITY OETECT i

:

. [ OPPOSITE

h--xx-i
et o -s
NOTE 1: TO INITIALIZE. SET OUTPUT x O NOTE 2 TO INITIALIZE. RESET OEBOUNCE I

L

iiEiECl

~
!

I&l
NOTE 2

03SEC* udiOUNCE “ON

i4v “A’PROCESSOR SOF?WA~E 2s mSEC LOOP

t

‘RESET OEBOUNCE IF POLARITY CHANGE OR IF BELOW TtiRESNOLO Ao-f31n

TRIM PULSE

WIDTH OMD
[ilanb) m (D < al * NO

ASSOLUTE 0“ /+%
VALVE

\

ERROR

o 7

-1

EI.EWTOR TRIM MOTOR VOL~

~~ @m c% %< mo ~% -u 0. DEBOUNCE zoo msEc “ON’ ELEVATOR TRIM SERVC AMPLIFIER FLAG

>

DESOUNCE

d. +’) A. m 7

OONTINUE

THRESHOLD = 14V

AD-U*

N

N

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MONFLAGB (LINE 3, WORD 1)

APPENDIX C

Bit 15 - Elevator Trim Runawav Monitor Data Used: Elevator Servo Current Trim Rate Feedback Function: A) Detection of Autopilot Trim Runaway conditions. B) Detection of oscillatory condition in the trim servo. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause Ap disengagement via the AP clutches. See Figure C-n. Bit 14 - Ticket Failure Disen~aae Fail Flaq This bit will be set if a software error or hardware problem prevents any monitor from functioning properly. Bit 13 - Elevator Monitor This bit will be set if the Servo Amplifier Monitor or the Servo Feedback Monitor detect a fault. Servo Amplifier Monitor: Data Used: Pulse Width Command Servo Motor Voltage Function: A) Detection of servo amplifier faults which result in invalid servo operation. B) Detection of servo motor shorts, which cause the servo to be inoperative. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause AP disengagennnent via the AP clutches. See Figure C-11.l

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page 398.138 Apr 15/93
title page of this document.

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page

is subject

to the

restrictions

onthe

Servo Feedback Monitor: Data Used: Servo Motor Voltage Servo Motor Current Servo Motor Rate Function: A) Detection of open motor conditions which result in faulty motor activity. B) Detection of servo feedback errors which result in invalid data being used in the servo control laws. C) Verification of the motor feedback data used in other monitors. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause Ap disengagement via the AP clutches. See Figure C-11.2 Bit 12 - Autotrim Inhibit Monitor Data Used: Elevator Rate Elevator Trim Rate Elevator Servo Current Function: Detection of jammed elevator servo causing trim to be commanded. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause AP/YD to disengage. See Figure C-12. Bit 11 - Aileron Monitor See Bit 13 - Elevator Monitor

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)
Page
Useor disclosure of information on this page issubject totheresttictions onthetitle

22-14-00
398.138.1/398.138.2 Apr 15/93
page of this document,

I

MOTE1 Moss-up lRIM O+WANO OETECT NOTE 1
NOSE.00WN TRIM OEMAND DETECT AP TRW ~v

ELEwTOfl ~ _ENT


b

0.s50.1
0.33 mSECLOOP “ *

FLAO

—.— D -0

—.—

-1

B PFIOCWR::FIWARE

e

OVER T~ESNOLO NOSE DOWN

TRIM#lATE DETECT THRESNOLO b *“MC

O.rmsc

I I I ———
ELEVAT~ TRIMT-~

-

———

,1
J-. 02#*t (2EmSECLOOPI ——— ——— I OVERTNRESHOLO NOSEUP TRIMRATEDETECT
TWIESMOLO

J

I

I

NOTE 1:flESETDEBOUNCES TO INITIALIZE

w

I

I*ISEC

XO

?/SEC.

A@ i3n8

PULSEWIDTH CMD (%)

YES

-

RESET DEBOUNCE

*CONTINUE

TNO

T

IBPROcESSORSOFTWARE

SECOND PAST-VALUE CMD ABSOLUTE VALUE

-

ERROR

VOLTS

MOTOR

~

CONTINUE
NnTF.S< -------

~

RESET DEBOUNCE

NO

~ NOTE 1 T THRESHOLD= 14V

DISENGAGE

ENNOT ENGAGED, f. RESET DEBOUNCE TO INITIALIZE WHEI ?RORSIGNAL CHANGES. CLEAR DEBOUNCE WHEN SIGN-ON ER 2. CLEAR PAST VALUES WHEN NOT ENGAGED. 3. EL~VTCOCE;ERVO AMP OEBOUNCE:
AILEtiON-S#lVO 175 mSEC AMP DEBOUNCE

AD 13167R3

MOTOR VOLTS

I
+
25 +—
4 + ABSOLUTE VALUE -

‘E PROCESSOR SOFTWARE
1 0.25s + 1 NOTE 1

~ m 3 < 0

MOTOR CURRENT (AMPS)

+

ERROR

m m
m n. w m

MOTOR RATE (X lWRPM) SM-M)OTACH: lV/100 RPM

z
SET

CONTINUE

SERVO FEEDBACK FLAG

+
0.25 ABSOLUTE VALUE + 1 0.25s , 1 ““rl NOTE 2 VOLT OFFSET OFFSET ~ AD.13163 TOLEFIANCE

u

<

NOTE1 NoTE2:

TO INITIALIZE SET FILTER OUTPUT =0 TO INITIALIZE SET FILTER OUTPUT=l

&l

I

ELEVATOR TRIMTACH
THRE6H0LD

I
ELEVATOR TACH OVERDWW*OLD (BAMEPOLARIW) ALJTOTRIM
tNHIBIT FLAG

THREBHOLD ‘“’’’”p~
t
~ATOR

I
THREBHOLD D~CT

1
“ON’ ONLY 2 SEc
DEBOUNCE d
J

SERVOCURRENT

ABBoLuTE VALLfE

I

b

A9mw

Autotrim Inhibit Monitor Figure C-12

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page 398.140.2 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MONFLAGB [LINE 3. WORD 1) Bit 10 - Servo Enaaae Power Valid

APPENDIX C

The servo engage power valid is derived (in both A and B processors) from the cross-channel switching discrete inputs and the servo clutch power feedback discretes. The servo engage power valid is required for enabling of servo clutches and servo drivers in order to prevent engagement if the cross-side channel is already engaged. See Figure C-13. Bit 8 - Servo Switchina Monitor This monitor validates the states of the servo switching discrete inputs with respect to the engage statuses. Both processors monitor servo switching. Each processor validates the servo switching states based on internally generated statuses. Bit 1 - Yaw Damper Servo Control Flaq Data Used: Yaw Yaw Yaw Yaw Damper Damper Damper Damper Command Position Motor Voltage Servo Motor Rate

Function: A) Detection of analog servo loop hardware faults which result in the yaw damper servo motion not corresponding to the commands. B) Detection of yaw damper servo being inoperative and not correctly responding to the yaw damper commands. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause disengagement of AP/YD via the yaw damper relay. See Figure C-13.l. Bit O - Manual Trim Fail Flaq See Figure C-13.2.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Page 398.141 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

onthe

q

SE-

ENOAOE

Powsu VALIO

SEKVOCLUTCN PWROFF

ZSIOE
CNANNEL

SET:
. SE~ ENGAGE POWER VMIO

WHIM

SEFWO PWll

@s msEc)

--

(60th Processors) Servo Engage Power Valid Logic Figure C-13

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.142
Mar 15/91

Use

or

disclosure of Information on this page is subjact to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

ITATE1~11 a I

0.1

~SIT~

LIMIT

<

m
SI

c _“ +
LVDT POSITION FEEDBACK

FYJStTl@l Eflnon

TW$ :p

K = 29.3?RAO/SEC

I c-l’s +Go WnJs . *A. wqg --5 m e -! G n
-J

RATS LIMIT = t5.33vS POSITION LIMIT = 1.5” c.1..~~l

61

q

00ZSSECS

SET MONITOR FIA(l

z

EXM

B-PROCESSOR
25mSECLOOP

t EXIT

M Iswsl

-ON
Q

o
0

““’Tsw’TcHEsFLA”~
+ 9

TRIMMONITORS FLAG MANAG13vU3W (BPROCESSOR, 100 mSEC UPDATE, PARTITIONED)

‘;=~
CROSS-CH STATUS VALID

mom ~ -3*G
*I-VI

-VI

Iv

(JJO q OZJ

ma TRIM IN-LIMITS FLAG Om -3 CROSSTRIM IN-LIMITS FLAG(ASCB) ~ CROSS-CH STATUS VALID t+ CROSSAFCSDATAVALID ‘ ‘P SELECTED AP SERVOPOWER

~~

ZZE=P-’””L
a m DEBOUNCE 1SEC c TRIM REVERSION FLAG I
AD-31656@

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY AUTODISC (LINE 3, WORD 2)

APPENDIX C

Bit 15 - Autotrim Inoperative Monitor Data Used: Elevator Servo Current Trim Rate Trim In-Limits Inputs Function: A) Detection of inoperative trim drivers. B) Detection of trim driver feedback errors, preventing latent inoperative Pitch Trim Runaway Monitor. Reversion: The monitor will trip if the trim failure persists for 3 or more seconds. If the cross-side FGC is active, the engaged side will disengage trim. If only one side is valid, no disengage will occur, “AP TRIM FAIL” will be annunciated, and the pilot must then manually disengage the AP and retrim the aircraft. See Figure C-14. Bit 13 - Manual Trim Ino~erative Monitor Data Used: Manual Trim Switch Inputs Elevator Trim Rate Trim In-Limit Inputs Function: A) Detection of inoperative trim drivers. B) Detection of trim feedback errors. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause disengagement of trim. See Figure C-15. Bit 11 - Mach Trim Inoperative Monitor Data Used: Trim Rate Feedback Mach Trim Stab Error Function: A) Detection of inoperative trim drivers. B) Detection of trim feedback errors preventing latent inoperative Mach Trim Runaway Monitor. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause the Mach Trim to disengage. After a trim failure, the Mach Trim and AP may not be re-engaged. See Figure C-16.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the tile page o! this document.

Paqe 398.143 ‘Mar 15/91

——.

——.
ELEVATOR TRIM T&x

I
I ABSOLUTE _ VALUE

OVER TNRESNOLO OETECT

ZSnSSC LOOP
——— ———

-1

TNRESN(H.O t

I

!l-=-@@I
——— — ——

NOTE
AP TFllM FAIL FLAa

1(
1

,

>

UPTRIM OEM~O OE?ECT

NOSEMSAMP

~1
ELEVATOR SEFWOCURRENT ml

r
NOTE OESOUNCE

Ii’
-1

S.33mSEC LOOP

x&wTN#E. * OEMAMI OETECT

——— ——— n PROCESSOR SOFTWARE - ‘lDOmSEC

(3SEC)

IN-LIMITsNOSEUPJI IN-LIMITSNOSE00WN ~

mm RESET omolmcss
TO lNITIAUZE

UAMLJALTRIM
INm FM

Manual Trim Inoperative Mon$tor Figure C-15

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjm

to the restritilons

on the tilie page of

page 398.145 ‘Mar 15/91 this document.

4A
MCHTPOS

f
A
A

&MA1’

(57?) TRMTAB
n (*72)

YI
T I 4
ZERO i I MACH TRIM

b

MACH TRIM ERROR

ENGAG~

AD-13174

—.

.——

I
ELEVATOR TRIM TACH

I
&

TRIM RA~ OVER THRESHOLD

NOSE DN D~CT

I (25 mSEC

———

LOOP) -1

d.15=/SEC

NOSEON

-

TRIM RATE OVER THRESHOLD

NosmosmP

IN LIMITS
NOSE UP

MACH TRIM

ERROR —

DOWN DEMAND

X.5” NOSE-

& PROCESSOR SOFTWARE 100 mSEC

,1,
I
DESOtJNCE 0.3 SEC

I

MACH TRIM MONfTOR

NOTE 1:

~lE5E’f’l?WES
AMms

Mach Trim Inoperative Monitor Figure C-16

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.146
Mar 15/91

Use

or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY AUTODISC [LINE 3. WORD 2) Bit 9 - Manual Trim Runawav Monitor

APPENDIX C

Data Used: Manual Trim Switch Inputs Elevator Trim Rate Function: A) Detection of manual trim runaway conditions. B) Detection of oscillatory condition in the trim servo. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause disengagement of trim. See Figure C-17. Bit 7 - Trim Feedback Monitor Data Used: Trim Position Inputs (SIN and COS) Elevator Trim Rate Function: Detection of trim feedback faults with trim tach or X,Y, and Z legs of trim synchro position. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause disengagement of trim. See Figure C-18. Bit 5 - Trim Switch Monitor Data Used: Manual Trim Switch Inputs Function: Detection of miswired or inop manual trim switches. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause disengagement of trim. See Figure C-19.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.147 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this psge is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

MAINTENANCE

Honeywell M$!Rh.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Mar

Page 398.148
15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Im
.* -

540’

Iw

ANY mom

2 J=

%&o(cos4e 2
w m

slwb~

lANOSNT

31

td!?j

————

———. 7

on

-(D
ELEVATOR mu T* 1SS MSSC LOOFi ———— TRMTAO

————

J

N N
1
I
o W’)SSC

PILOT TRIMUP CMD

.PILOT TRIMUPENABLE
PILDTTRIM SWITCH ~CAUTION PUG PILOT

TRIM ON CMD

PILOT TRIM ON ENA6LE

c

TRIM SWITCH PUG

COPILOTTRIM UPOMD

COPILOT TRIM UPENABLE COPILOT TRIMSWITCH ~CAUTION PUG COPILOT TRIMON OMD
mum

OOPILOTTRIM

ON ENABLE

Trim Switch Monitor Figure C-19

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.150
‘Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY AUTODISC (LINE 3. WORD 21 Bit 3 - Trim In - Limits Monitor Data Used: Nose-Up Limit Switch Nose-Down Limit Switch

APPENDIX C

Function: Detection of both trim limit switches being set. Reversion: If the Limit Switches Flag is set for 1 second or more the trim system will disengage. See Figure C-20. Bit 1 - Cross Trim Switches Flact See Figure C-13.2. TRIPDSNG [LINE 3. WORD3) Bit 15 - AP Trim Runawav Data Used: Elevator Servo Current Trim Rate Feedback Function: Detection of runaway trim after activation of AP or Trim Servo Brake. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause disengagement ofAP Bit 14 - AP Power Feedback This bit will be set when AP has power. Bit 13 - Elevator Servo See MONFLAGB, Bit 13. and Trim.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page 398.151 Apr 15/93
page of this document.

Use or

disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the

restrictions

on the title

Bit 12 - Trim Inhibit Monitor Data Used: Elevator Rate Elevator Trim Rate Elevator Servo Current Function: Detection of jammed elevator servo causing continuous trim to be commanded. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause disengagement ofAP See Figure C-20.1 Bit 11 - Aileron Servo See MONFLAGB, Bit 11. Bit 1 - Yaw Damper Command ResDonse Data Used: Servo Voltage Servo Current Servo Rate Function: A) Detection of open conditions which result in faulty activity. B) Detection of servo feedback errors which result in invalid data being used in the servo control laws. C) Verification of the feedback data used in other monitors. See Figure C-11.l Bit O - Elevator Trim Inoperative Data Used: Elevator Servo Current Trim Rate Feedback Function: A) Detection of inoperative trim drivers. B) Detection of A processor trim control law failures which result in invalid trim servo operation. C) Detection of trim driver feedback errors which prevent latent inoperative pitch trim runaway monitor. Reversion: Monitor trip will cause disengagement of AP and Trim. and Trim.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure
Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
on the title page of this document.

Page 398.152 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subjeot to the restrictions

FENGTSTA (LINE 2. WORDS 3 & 4) Bit 31 - Servo Enaaqe Power Valid (ENGPWRV] The Servo Engage Power Valid is deri~ed (in ~oth A and B processors) from the cross - channel switching feedback discrete inputs and the servo clutch power feedback discretes. Servo engage power is required valid for enabling of servo clutches and servo drivers in order to prevent engagement if the crossside channel is already engaged. If this bit is set, the FGC is engaged or may be engaged at any time. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.1. See Figure C-13. Bit30 - Servo Power Off Feedback (SRVPWROFF)

The Servo Power Relay is in its off or open position. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
page

Page 398.152.1 Apr 15/93

Use

or disclosure

of information

on this

page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the title

of this document.

IN-LIMIT NOSE UP IN-LIMIT NOSE DN

TRIM IN-LIMK

ANNUNCIATION

TRIMENGAGED

MACH

MACH TRIM

I

o

ANNUNCIATION mum

I

A/P ENGAGED

Trim In-Limits Monitor Figure C-20

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

I

Page 398.152.2 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

ELEVATOR TRIM TACH

THRESHOLD

ELEVATOR TACH

1 0.5s+1

I [

+

OVER THRESHOLD DETECT (SAME POLARITY)

AUTOTRIM INHIBIT FLAG

THRESHOLD 0.75 AMp~

+
ELEVATOR SERVO CURRENT 1 Ic 0.5s+1 I ABSOLUTE VALUE THRESHOLD DETECT

I
a
DEBOUNCE

‘ON’ ONLY
2 SEC

TRIM IN LIMITS TRIM OFFLOAD (A/PENGAGED)
Ao-131ao-Rl

Autotrim Inhibit Monitor Figure C-20.1

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)
Page

398.152.3/398.152.4
Apr
of this document.

22-14-00
15/93

Use or disclosureof informationon this page is subjectto the restrictions on the title page

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY FENGTSTA [LINE 2. WORDS 3 & 4~ Bit 29- Servos Off (SERVOFF)

APPENDIX C

See Figures C-21, C-22, and C-23. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0. No servos are engaged by this FGC. Bit 28 - Cross Channel Status Valid (XSTATUSVL The Cross - Channel Status Valid is derived (in both A and B the cross-channel input switching discretes. A valid status cross-channel is either in a valid active state or a standby the cross-FGC is capable of engaging the system. See Figure Appendix E, paragraph 6.1. Bit 27 - Yaw Damper Brake (YDBRAKEI The Yaw Damper servo brake is active. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0. processors) from indicates that the engage state and C-24. Reference

Bit 26 - Yaw DamRer Brake Relav “On” Feedback (YDRELAY) This FGC’S YD brake relay is on or engaged. 2.0. Bit 25 - AutoDilot Servo Clutch (APCLTCH) See Figure C-21. Elevator and aileron servo clutches are active or engaged. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0.
Bit 24 - AutoDilot Clutch Relav “On” Feedback (APRELAY)

Reference Appendix E, paragraph

See Figure C-21. This FGC’S AP clutch relay is on or engaged. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0. Bit 23 - Elevator Trim Clutch Feedback (ELTCLTCH) See Figure C-23. The Elevator Trim servo clutch is active or engaged, Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0. Bit 22 - Elevator Trim Relav “On” Feedback [ELTRELAY) See Figure C-23. This FGC’S Elevator Trim clutch relay is on or engaged. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.153 Mar 15/91

Use

or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restridlons

on the title page of this document.

‘————————
AP SERVO PWR

‘—

———FQ~NO~

~GcG.r

———

———

———
AP SEFNO PW

———
OOTH Born

-

BOTH *
BOTH 0

1’
4

I

W SEFNDPWRFB
— A HE3MVALID —B HBM VALIO

*

A?SEWO FWT4 FEJ

,

!!!!!!.= Lwwrw.v.w,

:f==rAdm-li’’’:Jc .28vJ:y ~-g
BOTH W REL&Y C

)

(

1-

LATCHED PWR VALID

‘~
SERVO WR I
,

ENABLE h

~

SERVO FWR ENABLE B ~

- BOTH

I . ..... ....... . ..
BOTH lb BOTH
GUI ,U” l-n” U.,

I
!

I,oRE,AYoFF~
I

I I I
1 1 *

“mGnnr’ ‘N’’n’’uNN”-’
,

I
,

I
*

~YDRELAVOFF

I
1

r, ,Sro”mn”cc . . . .. . .. . L,”
-. .. . . . .

CLUTCH FWR OFF FB

I

I

1 I I

I

I

I ,

, L“ m“

. . ..

GIl . . . . “,, +

- ElOTH BOTH

At/s
l-s

I
BOTH eon{ B 4

1
+28V ICOMPUTER PWRI -. --. -— ,CLU ltiH MELAY UN FU ::’” R+ SERVO CLUTCH FB AP CLUTCH ENGAOE CMD

L
m

--H-R~
*-! 11 I II AIL SESVO I t&vOs OFF I ~ ~ I

‘“’’”-’ L
\ ELEV SERVO

0

I I

*
+28V

r lr ?

~

(COMPUTER FWRI

CLUTCV

r

+V (PULL-UP)—

I TRIM SERVO OFF w sERVO OFF SERVOS OFF FB SERVOS OFF 1 I I

-’H r-d
TRltA SEFIVO OFF YD SERVO OFF 1 ———— ———— ———

SERVOS OFF sERvOS OFF FB

80TH BoTH ————

————

————

——

J

v

———— AmlmIz

.

———

——.
YD/lRIM

.——
SERVG PWR

———

—__
FQCNO.1

1

F=~--–––––––––––

I
I I STAB AUG NO 1 EREAKER STAB AUG NO 2 BREAKER

YWTRIM SERVO PWIT VD/TRIM SEWD Will FB D

BOTH BOTH

BOTH * BOTH *

YO/TfllM SERVD PWR FE A HOM VA1lD— 6 HEM VALIO— LATCHED PWR VALID—

)

I
I
+ I

~
—0

A HBM VALID HOM VALl0

LATCHED PWR VALID

~ SERVO PWR ENABLE A ~ sERvO PwR ENA8LE 0

I

SERVOPWREMA8LE A ~
SERVO FWR ENABLE B s

IT YD RELAY OFF F8

BOTH N

I
AP FIELAVOFF TRIM RELAY OFF I

1 +28 VDC (ESSENTIALI

VO RELAY OFF AP RELAY OFF TRIM I!ELAY OFF

WI IIELAY OFF FE

-

BOTH

AIRCRAFT J ,

INTERCONNECT

BOTH 00TH 4

CLUTCH PWR OFF CLUTCH FWR OFF FB

CLUTCH PWR OFF CLUTCH FWfl OFF FB

* *

90TH BOTH

I DISENGAGE ANNUN STUBS>

I

A ANO 0 PROCESSORS

I YO SERVO DRIvE EN w J& I ANALOG POSN LOOP + / IWD POSITION CMD + ~ ———— RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR I

I I * I

P$tOCESSOn5

A AND B

~

+

+

~

I + l+.
I I

+
YD CLUTCH RELAY ON F8 YD SERVO CLUTCH FEI B0,,4

1
ACTUA1OR SOLENOID I

BOTH * BOTH e s

YDCLUTCHI?ELAYONFS VD SEFWOCLUTCH FB WI CLUTCH ENGAGE CMD

IM

I I

YO CLUTCH ENGAGE CMD

~

+V

WI OUICI(.DISCONNECT

AP SERVOS OFF ltllM SERVO Oft BOTH 4 BOTH -——— ———— ———— ——— 1 1——— SERVOS OFF FB

AP SERVOS OFF TR’MS[fWOOfF

———

———

———

——-

‘————————

‘—

———FO~NO~

r

FGC NO. 2

——— ——— ——— ——— ——-

@==d-*
W* I BOT14 (.,” , tin
w“

ml
I
I 1 I 111 I 1

..-..-C
dTIAL)

‘~eorn
I
w RELAY OFF RELAY OFF

... .. . .. ..

I
OOTIE BOTH

ICONNECT
I 1 OFF FB

I
I

w

CLUTCH PwR OFF CLUTCH PwR OFF FB *

A AND 0 PIIOCESSO

TRIM SERVODRIVEEN (* I
TRIM AMPL (WD

r-bsEN’AGEANN
AANOB
PROCESSORS

i

I

#
0

of

+
I * ~ I

1’ I I

I

L—–—d TRIM SERVO

I

I
4

BC B<

TRIM CLUTCH nELAY ON FO TRIM SEFIVO CLUTCH FB TRIM SERVO ENGAGE CMD I

[w “
I

I
I
,

TRIM CLUTCH RELAY ON FB

@~i

Xko OFF

-(

TRIM OUl&T~j:CONNECT

>

1 1

I

1 ‘(wLL.

+V upI

W SEiWOS OFF WI S.5W0 OFF SESVOS OFF FB ‘“ “---”--——————t

%,
~i

I I
-1

SOTH 8071 I

II
I

SESVOS OFF
SERVOS OFF FS

BOTH SOTH

I ——— ——— ——— ——— ——.
.0

————

.——

— ————

——

1-

W,*

SERVO CLUTCH POWER OFF SERVOS OFF

SENSOR VALIDATION T COMPLETE (ASCB)

,
q

q

SET CROSS-CHANNEL STATUSVALID R’S= DEBOUNCE

.

YD/lWIM

SERVO POWER

, 2-FRAME DEEOUNCE

ACTIVECHANNEL q CROSS CHANNEL STATUSVALID

El
q

RESET

q

CROSS-CHANNEL STATUSVALID RESET DEBOUNCE

(25 mSEC)
ADw126W

(Both Processors) Cross-Channel Status Valid Logic Diagrams Figure C-24

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.157
Mar 15/91

Use

or

disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restnchons on the title page of this document.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY (LINE 2, WORDS 3 & 4)

APPENDIX C

FENGTSTA

Bit 21 - Yaw Dam~er Select/Enqaqe Status (YDSELENGI If this Bit is set, the Yaw Damper is selected and engaged by this FGC. Manual engagements of the Yaw Damper are monitored in the A processor per Figure C-25. A valid engagement will result in setting the selected/engaged status bit and annunciating the engagement by activating the appropriate YD annunciator. If a valid YD push-button is detected, but servo engagement does not occur due to an invalid sensor and/or pre-engage condition as determined by the B processor, it is flagged by the B processor. If the YD engages without a valid push-button being detected, the selected/engage status will not be set resulting in a disengage via the servo switching monitor. If the A processor detects an engagement of the YD servo from its side when in YD selected/standby state it will change it status to YD selected/engaged and activate the YD engage annunciator (see Figure C-26). Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 20 - Autooilot Select/Enqaqe Status (APSELENG\ Similar to FENGTSTA Bit 21. If this Bit is set, the AP is selected and engaged by this FGC. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 19 - Yaw DamllerSelect/Standby Status [YDSELSTBI The YD selected/standby status is slaved to the priority channel via the ASCB as shown in Figure C-27. If this Bit is set, the YD is selected, but not engaged by this FGC (this FGC is low priority). Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 18 - AutoDilot Select/Standby Status (APSELSTB) Similar to FENGTSTA Bit 19. If this Bit is set, the AP is selected, but not engaged by this FGC (this FGC is low priority). Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 17 - Yaw DamDer Off/Standbv Status (YDOFFSTB) See Figures C-28 and C-29. If this Bit is set the YD is not selected and this FGC is not high priority. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 16 - AutollilotOff/Standby Status (APOFFSTBl See Figures C-28, C-29, and C-30. If this bit is set, the AP is not selected and this FGC is not high priority. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.158
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this documant,

I

A-Processor AP/YO Automatic Servo Switching Status/Annunciation Logic Diagram Figure C-25

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document.

Page 398.159 ‘Mar 15/91

Use or

disclosure

of information

on this page

is subjacf

to the restrictions

on the title page

YD ENGAGE SWITCHING STATE

VALID

STATE

q

o
q

YD SELECTED/ENGAGED PRIORITY CHANNEL

SET YD SELECT/ENGAGE STATUS CLEAR YD SELECT/STBY STATUS

q

t) o —
q

q

SET AP/YD SELECT/ENGAGE STATUS CLEAR AP/YD SELECT/STBY STATUS CLEAR ‘AP DISENG’

AP ENGAGE SWITCHING STATE

VALID STATE ‘

(b

AP SELECTED/ENGAGED

4

RESET

TCS

TCS P/B TCS ENGAGE

ENGAGE FLAG c
I

(100 mSEC)
AD-20271

(A-Processor) AP/YD Engage Status and Annunciation Logic Figure C-26

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398~160 Mar 15/91

AP OFF/STANDSY AP SELECIED/ENGAGED (ASCB}
CROSS AFCS

.
q

mSEC DEBOUNCE
100

s= AP
sELEcTKrANoEw STATUS RESET AP

Ib

q

MTA

VALID

T

YD SELEff~ANDBY —

OFF~ANDSY STATUS

YD OFF&TANDt3Y YD SELECTED/ENGAGED fASCB) .

100 mSEC DESOUNCE

q

SETYO S=Ew~/STANDBY
REsEr Yo OFF/STANDBY STATUS S= AP OFF/=ANDBY STATUS

q

q

. PRIORllY CHANNEL
A

RES=

AP/YD

YD SELECTEWENGAGED

SELECTIENGAGE SAWSES

~ (100 mSEC)

L

(A-Processor) AP/YD Selected/Standby Status Logic Diagram Figure C-27

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cont.)

22-14-00
this document,

Page 398.161 Mar 15/91

Use

or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on fhe title page of

‘DpwRF”G~:=’’’ENGA
I 9q q

1

APPT VOTED DADC VALID ( I ‘“ PIB

VOTED IRS VALID

SET SENSOR DISENGAGE FLAG RESET ‘“ AND “ SELECT/ENGAGE STATUS
I

YD QUICK-DISCONNECT PjB Y“ CLUTCH RELAY ON P/B

q

RESET AP AND ‘D SELECTED/ENGAGE STATUSES

Y“ SELECTEDIENGAGED~

14SENSOR FLAG ‘“ ‘“R FLAG CROSS CHANNEL STATUS VALID— CROSS AFCS DATA VALID YD SELECT/STANDBY CROSS YD SELECT/ENGAGED Y“ SELECTEDISTANDBY 1 DEBOUNCE ‘ON’ 2 SEC ~

1
q

I
RESET AP AND ‘D SELECTEDRTANDBY STATUSES SET “ AND ‘“ OFF/STANDBY STATUSES (100 mSEC)

q

T RUDDER SERVO CONTROL FLAG (B-’ROC) ‘“ “RF MONITOR BYPASS FLAG SAW “RF MONITOR BYPASS FL4G SET MONITOR DISENGAGE FLAG

q

‘P SELECT ENGAGE
AD-20272

(A-Processor) Yl)Disengage Status Change Logic Diagram Figure C-28

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.162 Mar 15/91

‘A’PROCESSOR
CROSS-CHANNEL STATUS VALID SERVO POWER VALID IL YD SELECT/STANDBY YD SELECT/ENGAGE 100 mSEC DEBOUNCE T a
q

100 mSEC

LOOP

SET - AP OFF/STANDBY - YD OFF/STANDBY

YD OFF/STANDBY YD OFF SWITCHINGSTATE PRIORITY CHANNEL ~

c RESET: - AP OFF/STANDBY - YD OFF/STANDBY AO-20273

VALID STATE

(A-Processor) AP and YD Off/Standby Status Logic Diagram Figure C-29

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.163 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restritilons

on the title page of this document.

AP SE1.EC7EWENGAGED
q

AP DISENGAGE

4

RESET AP SEAEVM3AWD

AP WICK-DISCONNECT

p181

,

==’’”=% , I
MANIJALTRIM DEMAND GO AROUND WS
q

RES~ AP

AP Pm slALLwARNfuG

AP SELECTEDSTANDSY
q

sELEcTED/sr~ Sinus mAP DFFmmJwY SAmJs

I

?
Rsslm
q

M

DtSENGAGE

-

q

AP SELEC1’EDiEN~w mmus

APSELECTED/ENGAGED

(A-Processor) AP Disengage Status Change Logic Diagram Figure C-30

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.164 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure

Of

information on th@ page is subject to the restrititons on the title page of this document,

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY FENGTSTA [LINE 2, WORDS 3 & 4~

APPENDIX C

Bit 15 - Yaw DamDer Off/Invalid Status (YDOFFINV) See Figure C-31. If this Bit is set, the YD is not selected and this FGC is invalid. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 14 - AutolIilotOff/Invalid Status (APOFFINVI. See Figure C-31. If this Bit is set, theAP is not selected and this FGC is invalid. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 13 - Priority Channel Status (HIGHPRI) The A processor high-priority channel is slaved to the B processor’s active channel status as shown in Figure C-32, provided that the Servo Power Valid is set. If the Servo Power Valid is not set, high-priority status is synchronized to the cross-channel ASCB priority status. This FGC will be the first to engage servos (AFGC MASTER). Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.1. See Figures C-32 and C-33. Bit 12 - Yaw Damper Quick Disconnect (YDDISC) YD quick disconnect is not being pushed (inactive) if this Bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 3.0.
Bit 11 - AutoRilot t)uick Disconnect (APDISC)

AP quick disconnect is not being pushed (inactive) if this Bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 3.0. Bit 10 - Touch Control Steerina [TCSI Touch Control Steering is active if this Bit is set. paragraph 3.0. Reference Appendix E,

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

use

or

disclosure of information on this page is

Page 398.165 Mar 15/91

subject

to the restrictions

on fhe title page of this document.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

APPENDIX C

FENGTSTA (LINE

2.

WORDS3 & 4)

Bit 9 - Autot)ilotPerformance Monitors BYt)ass[APPERFBYI Pitch and roll performance monitors are not being executed (typically because this FGC is not engaged). Reference Appendix E, paragraph 5.0. Bit8 - Yaw DamDer Performance Monitors Bmass [YDPERFBY~

Yaw performance monitors are not being executed (typically because this FGC is
not engaged).
Bit 7 - Trim

Reference Appendix E, paragraph 5.0.
Monitors BYDass {MTMONBY\

Performance

Trim performance monitors are not being executed (typically because this FGC is not engaged). Reference Appendix E, paragraph 5.0. Bit 6 - IRS Sensor Valid The data from the IRS sensors are being properly received by this FGC, if this Bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 4.0. Bit 5 - DADC Sensor Valid The data from the DADC sensor is being properly received by this FGC, if this Bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 4.0. Bit 4 - Armroach Track Mode (APPT\ This FGC is in its final phase of an approach mode if this Bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 4.0. Bit 3 - Stall Warninq Flaci(STALWARN)
A stall warning flag is set if either the right or left stick shaker input is

activated as shown in Figure C-34. Bit 2 - SDare

Reference Appendix E, paragraph 3.0.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document.

Use

or

disclosure of information on this page

Page 398.166 Mar 15/91

is subject

to the

restrictions

on the title page

Honeywell f#$~~NcE
q

AP SELECTEWENGAGED

q

sm. AP~D MONITORS DISENGAGE FLAG

SERVO M

VALID

R)ES= q SERVO PVVR ENABLE A q SERVO PWR VALID c AP AND YD SELECTED/ENGAGED STATUSES
q

q

AP AND YD 0FFXTANDB% STATUSES AP AND YD SELECTEDISTANDSY
STATUSES

sm. q AP

AND YD OFF/lNVALID

STAWSES

(A-Processor) Servo Power Inhibit Logic Figure C-31 Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document,

Use

or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the

Page 398;167 Mar 15/91

restrictions

on the title page

LEfi SIDE

ACTIVE CHANNEL (-B --) FGC VAUD

PwDRm

CnANNEL

(A-Processor) High-Priority Channel Status Logic Diagram Figure C-32

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 —
of this document.

Page ”398~168 Mar 15/91

Use

or disclosure

of information on this page is subjeot

to

the restrictions

on the title page

CROSS-CHANNEL STATUS VALID

SERVO ENGAGE POWER VALID

!

ACTIVE CHANNEL
(FROM B PROCESSOR) t

1

25 mSEC


l—

DEBOUNCE

II
1
i

I
I

RESCT PRIORITY CHANNEL STATUS . R’s= DEBOUNCE
q

I

(25 mSEC)

1’

FGC VALID

PRIOR17Y CHANNEL

d

i

i

AD-1Z690

(A-Processor) Low-Priority Channel Status Logic Diagram Figure C-33 Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of thm document.

Use

or

disclosure

of information

on this page

is subpcf

to the restrictions

on the title page

Page 398.169 Mar 15/91

LSTICK SHAKER R STICK SHAKER WARN FIAG

STAU WARN FUG

_ DEBOUNCE
(100 ntSEC)

&

R’s= =Au L-N FLAG

(A-Processor) Stick Shaker Input Processing/Debounce Figure C-34

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the reatritilons

on the title page of this document,

Page 398; 170 Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY
FENGTSTA (LINE 2, WORDS 3 & 4)

APPENDIX C

Bit 1 - Mach Trim Select Status Manual/Mach Trim is selected to be engaged. 6.3. Bit O - Sttare Reference Appendix E, paragraph

FENGTSTB (LINE 3, WORDS 4 & 5) Bit 31 - Servo Enqaqe Power Valid [ENGPWRV) Similar to FENGTSTA Bit 31. This FGC is engaged or may be engaged at any time, if this bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.2. Bit 30 - Servo Power Off Feedback [SRVPWROFF~ See Figure C-21. If this Bit is set, the Servo Power Relay is in its off or open position. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0. Bit 29 - Servos Off (SERVOFFI See Figures C-21, C-22, and C-23. No Servos are engaged by this FGC. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0. Bit 28 - Cross Channel Status Valid [XSTATUSV) See Figure C-24. The Cross-FGC is capable of engaging the system. Appendix E, paragraph 6.2. Bit 27 - Yaw Damper Brake (YDBRAKE) Yaw Damper Servo Brake is active. See Figure C-22. paragraph 2.0. Reference Appendix E, Reference

Bit 26 - Yaw DamDer Brake Relav “On” Feedback (YDRELAY~ The FGC YD Brake Relay is on or engaged. E, paragraph 2.0. See Figure C-27. Reference Appendix

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
document.

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the title page of this

Page 398.171 Mar 15/91

\

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY FENGTSTB (LINE 2, WORDS 3 & 4)

APPENDIX C

Bit 25 - AutoDilot Servo Clutch (APCLTCH) See Figure C-21. Elevator and aileron servo clutches are active or engaged. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0.
Bit 24 - AutoDilot Clutch Relay “On” Feedback (APRELAY)

See Figure C-23. The FGC’S AP Clutch Relay is on or engaged. Appendix E, paragraph 2.0. Bit 23 - Elevator Trim Clutch Feedback [ELTCLTCH)

Reference

See Figure C-23. The Elevator trim servo clutch is active or engaged. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 2.0. Bit 22 - Elevator Trim Relay “on’”Feedback (ELTRELAYl See Figure C-23. The FGC’S Elev trim clutch relay is on or engaged. Appendix E, paragraph 2.0. Bit 21 - Yaw DamDer Select Status (YDSELECTI See Figure C-35. The YD has been selected to be engaged. E, paragraph 6.3.2.
Bit 20 - Autol)ilot Select Status (APSELECT)

Reference

Reference Appendix

See Figure C-35. The AP has been selected to be engaged. E, paragraph 6.3.2. Bit 19 - Touch Control Steerinq (TCS)

Reference Appendix

Touch Control Steering is active. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 3.0. Bit 18 - Active Channel Status [ACTIVCHN) The active channel status is derived from the logic as shown in Figure C-36. Note that the active channel status is synchronized to the cross-channel low-priority status that is transmitted via the ASCB. After a cold start the left side has priority if both FGC’S start simultaneously. Basically, this flag is the same as high priority status, but for the B-Processor. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.2.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Paqe 398.172
t!tle page

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the

of

this document.

‘Mar 15/91

YDS~S~:CT

VALID STATE

YD PUSHBUTTON (AIRCRAFT PANEL) YD S:L?CTED STATUS YD SELECTED YD SERVO CLUTCH FB . w I

m

YD SELECTED/ENGAGED (ASCB)
CROSS AFCS DATA VALID 125 mSEC DEBOUNCE

ACTIVE

CHANNEL

AP SERVO CLUTCH FB

125 mSEC

AP SELECTED/ENGAGED (ASCB) AP SELECTED w ~ AP PUSHBUTTON J’ AP SERVO MONITOR FLAG GROUND ENGAGE INHIBIT FLAG

DEBOUNCE d c c
a VALID STATE
AD-20274

SET AP SELECTED STATUS
(25 mSEC)

AP SELECT STATE

B-Processor Manual Select/Mode Synchronization Figure C-35

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.173
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

PRIORITY

STATUS (ASCB)

CROSS AFCS DATA VALID (ASCB DATA) c CROSS-CHANNEL SERVO ENGAGE PRIORITY STATUS VALID POWER VALID 125 mSEC DEBOUNCE \ SERVOS OFF FB t RESET DEBOUNCE RESET DEBOUNCE

CHANGE

COLD START LEFT SIDE SERVOS OFF CROSS-SIDE AFCS DATAVALID

o

SERVO POWER VALID ACTIVE CHANNEL

SET ACTIVE CHANNEL STATUS (25 mSEC)
AO-202?5

(B-Processor) Active Channel Status Logic Diagram Figure C-36

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.174 Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY FENGTSTB (LINE 3. WORDS 4 & 51

APPENDIX C

Bit 17 - Yaw DamRer Ouick Disconnect YD quick disconnect is not being pushed (inactive) if this Bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 3.0. Bit 16 - Autor)ilot(luickDisconnect AP quick disconnect is not being pushed (inactive) if this Bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 3.0. Bit 15 - AutoDilot Trim Inorferative (TRIMINOP) A fault
Monitors. Bit 14 in the Elevator Trim Appendix Servo Monitors system E, was paragraph (APSRVMON) detected 5.0. by the Trim Inoperative

Reference AutoDilot

monitors

The AP Servo Monitor Flag is set whenever one of the associated AP servo in Figure C-37. This flag is indicates an invalid state as defined used to disable servo power if the cross-channel is valid. If not, this status is used to disengage the AP servos and inhibit AP servo engagement. If this Bit is set a fault affecting either the aileron or elevator servos has been detected. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 5.0. Bit 13 - Auto Trim Monitors BYr)ass(ELTMONBY)

All Elev Trim monitors are being bypassed, indicating that AP trim is not engaged. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 5.0. Bit 12 - Autos)ilotServo Monitors BYDass (APPERFBY) All AP monitors are being bypassed, indicating that AP is not engaged. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 5.0.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.175 Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY FENGTSTB (LINE 3. WORDS 4 & 51

APPENDIX C

Bit 11 - Yaw Damper Servo Monitors BvDass (YDPERFBY~
All YD monitors are being bypassed, indicating that

YD is not engaged.

Reference Page Appendix E, paragraph 5.0. Bit 10 - Stall Warning

.~. .

If a stall warning condition is detected from the stick shaker inputs as specified in Figure C-38 a stall warning flag is set that will in turn cause AP If this bit is set, the disengagement. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 3.0. stick shaker inputs to this FGC is active.
Bit 9 - IRS
The Sensor Valid

IRS sensors are being properly received by this FGC. data from the Reference Appendix E, paragraph 4.0.
Bit 8 - DADC Sensor Valid

The

sensors are being properly received by this FGC. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 4.0.
data from the DADC

Bit 7 - Armroach Track
This FGC is in the final

Mode phase

(APPT~ of an approach

mode.

Reference Appendix E,

paragraph 4.0. Bit 6 - Manual Trim Monitors B!mass Flaq (MTMONBY) All Manual/Mach Trim monitors are being bypassed, indicating that Manual/Mach trim is not engaged. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 5.0.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subpct to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

Paae 398.176 “Mar 15/91

APSERVOPWR

CROSS-CHANNEL STATUS VALID

.$H.
q q

APTRIM

FAIL

AP TRIM FAIL ANNIJN FM

AP TRIM INOPERATIVE

AP TRIM FAIL AP SELECTED

. S=

AP SERW

AP SERVO MONITORS FLAG TRIM PERFOFiMAN~ MONITORS BYRASSFtAG AP PERFORMANCE MONITORS SYW FLAG

q

MONITORS FuG QES~ AP TRIM

(2s MSEC)

AILERON SERVO AMPLIFIER
AILERObISERVO FEEOSACK

=TOR SERW AUPLJFIER ELEVATOR ~ FEEDSAOK

mlm

(B-Processor)

AP Servo Monitor Invalid C-37 Figure

Status

Logic

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or

disclosure

of information

on this

page is subject to the restrictions on the title page r~f this document.

Page 398.177 ‘Mar 15/91

L STICK SHAKER R STICKSHAKER

DEBOUNCE

WARN FUG

STAU WARN FLAG
(50 m SEC)

RES~ -AU WARN FIAG
AD.aul

(B-Processor) Stick Shaker Input Processing/Debounce Figure C-38

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
page of

Use

or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subjecf

to the restrictions

on the tile

Page 398.178 ‘Mar 15/91 this document,

TRIM

OFFm~
(-=) —

TRIM SELECTED ~ED
CROSSOH AFCS -TA

VALID ~ -1

ItXI mSEC

q

TRIM SELE~ANDBY

PRIORIIY CHANNEL (FROM ‘A PROCESSOR)

DEBOUNCE
]
q

~lM

OFF/STANDSY

I

I

q

RES~: TRIM SELECTEWENGAGED =ATUS

-i

I

I
RESET:

TRIM SEIECTED/STAND8Y YOPWRFIAG

q

TRIMSEl,mSAND6Y
TRIM 0FW5TANDS% =A~S

~ATUS

q

4&lmo

(B-Processor) Trim Selected/Standby Status Logic Figure C-39

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.179

Use

or

disclosure of Information on thm page is subject to

the

restrictions on the title page of this document.

Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY FENGTSTB (LINE 3, WORDS 4 & 5~

APPENDIX C

Bit 5 - Manual Trim Select/Standby Status (MTSELSTB) Trim Selected/Standby status is slaved to the priority channel via the ASCB as shown in Figure C-39. Manual/Mach Trim is selected, but not engaged by this FGC. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 4 - Manual Trim Selected/EnQaQed Status (MTSELENG) Manual engagement of trim is monitored in the B processor. The trim pushbutton transition is validated against the servo switching logic. A valid engagement results in the Trim Selected/Engaged Status being set as per Figure C-40. Manual/Mach Trim is selected and engaged by this FGC if this Bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 3 - Manual Trim Off/Standby Status (MTOFFSTB) The Trim Off/Standby Status is computed as shown in Figure C-41. Manual/Mach Trim is not selected and this FGC is not high priority if this Bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 2 - Manual Trim Off/Invalid Status (MTOFFINV~ The TrimOff/Invalid Status is set per Figure C-42. Manual/Mach Trim is not selected and this FGC is invalid if this Bit is set. Reference Appendix E, paragraph 6.3. Bit 1 - Yaw DamDer Position Monitor (MFYDPOS~ A fault in the YD position feedback has been has been detected. Appendix E, paragraph 5.0. Bit O - Soare Reference

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

useor

disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.180 ‘Mar 15/91

TRIM ENGAGE SWITCHING STATE

VALID STATE

PRIORITY CHANNEL SET . TRIM SELECTED/ENGAGED STATUS RESET q TRIM OFF/STANDBY STATUS

TRIM PUSHBUTTON

DEBOUNCE 2~ mSEC

4

TRIM SELECTED/ENGAGED

TRIM CLUTCH RELAY ON FB AP CLUTCH RELAY ON FB

MANUAL TRIM ENGAGED FLAG

\

MANUAL TRIM DEMAND VOTED DADC VALID DADC MISCOMPARE

0 c

DEBOUNCE 1 SEC

z

MACH TRIM ENGAGED FLAG

FLAGS FOR } USE IN TRIM MONITORS

AP TRIM ENGAGED FLAG 1 (100 mSEC) AO.20276

(B-Processor) Trim Engage Figure Status C-40 Logic

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use

Or diSCIOSWe Of lt’rfOMIIitiin

on thk

page

is subject to the restrictions on the title page of thk document.

Page 398.181 Mar 15/91

CROSS-CH STATUS VALID SERVO POWER VALID TRIM SELECTED/STANDBY
TRIM SELECTED/ENGAGED

100 mSEC DEBOUNCE

SET:
. c . TRIM OFF/STANDBY STATUS

TRIM OFF/STANDBY PRIORITY CHANNEL i)

f)

q

TRIM OFF SWITCHING STATE

VALID STATE L

RESET. TRIM OFF/STANDBY STATUS

(100 mSEC)
AW3J277

(A-Processor)
AP and YD Off/Standby Status

Logic Diagram

Figure C-41

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use

or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.182 ‘Mar 15/91

AP SERVO MONITORS ~ CROSS-CHANNEL STATUS VALID 7

q

RES~ SERVO POWER ENABIE a q SERVO POWER
VALID TRIM SELEC7/E?GAGE

‘DM”N”ORsMG~
q

q

=ATLIS

r

TRIM SELECT/SYANDEY STAWS

q

TRIM OFF~ANDBy STATUS s= q TRIM OFF/lNVAUD
STATUS

(B-Processor) Servo Power Inhibit Logic Figure C-42

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 [cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.183
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this

page

is

subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

FGC FLIGHT FAULTSUMMARY

APPENDIX C Engage Logic Failure Flags

-

MAINIA(LINE 4. WORD 1) - Contains

Bit 15 - 200MS Power Down Timer Failure The elevator trim servo amplifier and interface circuitry are verified for gross failures. With the elevator trim clutch engaged, a maximum positive command is input to the amplifier. The elevator trim servo motor voltage feedback is verified to exceed ten volts within a 200 msec timeout. Bit 14 - Reserved Bit 13 - Reserved Bit 12- Servo Power Relay Failure (AP or YD)

Prior to engaging the servo power relays, the following pre-test conditions are verified:
q q q

. .

Presence of AP servo power Presence of YD servo power AP servo power relay verified to be open YD servo power relay verified to be open All servo clutch relays are open

If the above conditions are valid, the relay is exercised and verified for proper operation. This flag will be set if the relays fail to engage.
Bit 11- Reserved Bit 10- Elev Trim Enqaqe Test Failure The elevator trim clutch relay and interface circuitry are verified for proper operation. The elevator trim clutch relay is commanded to close. Engagement must occur within a 175 msec timeout.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.184

Use

or

disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Mar 15/91

I

I
I
I

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAINIA (LINE 4, WORD 1) Bit 9 - Soare

APPENDIX C

Bit 8 - Elev Trim Pre-Drive Test Conditions Failure Prior to verifying that the Elev Trim servo drive relays are not stuck closed, the X-FGC engage status is examined. The following pretest conditions are verified: .
q

.
q

Elev trim clutch relay not closed AP servo power relay not open AP quick disconnect switch not pushed No X-FGC servos are engaged

Bit 7 - Servos Off ‘AND’ Gate Failure

I
The circuits which functionally generate the servos off FB discrete are verified. With all servo clutch relays open, the discrete is verified to be set. With the Elev Trim clutch relay engaged, the servos off FB discrete is verified to be cleared. Bit 6 - Elev Trim Pre-Enciaqed Conditions Failure Prior to engaging the elevator trim clutch relay, the following pre-test conditions are verified:
q q

. .

Elev trim clutch relay not closed AP servo power relay not open AP quick disconnect switch not pushed No X-FGC servos are engaged

Bit 5 - Servo Power Off ‘OR ‘ Gate Failure

I
The circuits which functionally generate the servo power off FB discrete are verified. With any servo power relay open, the discrete is verified to be set. With all servo power relays engaged, the servo power off FB discrete is verified to be cleared.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.185 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure Of infer’matlon on ttis page is subject to the restri~lons

on the title page ot th!s document.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAINIA (LINE 4. WORD 11 Bit 4 - St)are Bit 3 - Elev Trim Brake Fail

APPENDIX C

With the elevator trim clutch engaged, the elevator trim brake relay is verified to be engaged. Bit 2 - Elev Trim Servo Enqaqe Relav Fail With the servo power relay engaged and the elevator trim clutch relay disengaged, a positive command is input to the elevator trim servo amplifier. Any voltage output is indicative of stuck-closed relay contacts. Bit 1 - Spare Bit O - Elev Trim Pull-UD Resistor Failure With the servo power relay open, the elevator trim clutch relay is commanded to engage. If the relay closes, power is being applied to the relay, possible through a shorted pull-up resistor.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use

or disclosure of informationon this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this doi ument.

Paqe 398.186 “Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT

FAULT SUMMARY

APPENDIX

C

MAIN2A

(LINE

4,

WORD 2~

-

FGC Hardware

and

1/0

Failure

Flags

Bit

15

-

D/A Wraparound Failure

The D/A and A/D converters are verified for offset, and scale (7 bits) errors. Range Tested: -9.0 to +9.0 volts Conversion Error: ~156 mv Bit 14 - Latched Power Valid Failure This flag is set if the latched power valid cannot be cleared. NOTE: A failure in this latch will inhibit all real-time activity. Bit 13 - Memory Checksum Failure All pages of memory are checksummed. Bit 12 - RAM Failure All of scratch RAM is exercised by writing known data to each word of RAM and verifying that the same data can be read from RAM. The integrity of the RAM address and data bus lines is also verified. Bit 11 - SDare Bit 10 - Power SUDDIY Monitor Reset Failure

The B processor simulates an over- and under-voltage condition in order to verify operation of the power supply monitors. A trip in either monitor will cause both processors to be reset. This flag indicates that an A processor reset did not occur. Bit 9 - Aircraft Configuration Pin Failure One or more of the six aircraft configuration or strapping pins do not agree with this given software. Bit 8 - Serial WraL)aroundFailure The integrity of the controller and serial data interface between the FGC and the controller is verified.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use of

disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.187 Mar 15/91

.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAIN2A (LINE 4. WORD 21 Bit 7 - Reserved Bit 6 - Servo Power Inhibit Failure

APPENDIX C

The A processor servo power enable command is verified for proper operation (part of the hardware interlocks test). Bit 5 - FD/Annunciator Valid Failure The Flight Director annunciator valid is verified for proper operation (part of the hardware interlocks test). Bit 4 - A/D Calibration Fail Known specific analog (positive, ground, and negative) references are converted and verified to be within the proper tolerances. Conversion tolerances: 10 volts t100mV, +5 volts t500mV, GND t100mV, -15 volts ~1 volt,

Bit 3-1 - Reserved Bit O - Elev Trim CLutch Isolation Diode Fail The elevator trim clutch isolation diode is verified against opens and shorts (~: The shorted diode test is performed only with another FGC installed).

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.188
‘Mar 15/91

Use or disclosureof informationon this Page is subject to the restrictionson the title page of this document.

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAIN3A (LINE 4, WORD3)

APPENDIX C

- Heartbeat and Power Interrupt Test Failure Flags

Bit 15 - ZOOMS Power Down Timer Failure Hardware timer which measures the duration of a power interrupt is examined for proper operation. Interlocks Test Fail Bit 14 - Power Interrutlt The operation of the hardware interlocks is verified after a power interrupt occurs. Bit 13 - HBM Failure [timer too short) This failure flag indicates that the Heartbeat Monitor timeout period is less than its specified tolerance (<40 mS). Bit 12 - HBM Failure [timer too lon~) This failure flag indicates the Heartbeat Monitor timeout period is greater than its specified tolerance (>100 mS). Bit 11 - HBM Reset Interlocks Test Failure The operation of the hardware interlocks is verified after a heartbeat monitor reset occurs. Bit 10 - Power Interrupt Pre-test Conditions Fail Prior to testing the hardware interlocks during a power interrupt, the following pre-test conditions are verified:
q q q q

.
q

FD Annunciator verified as valid AP Servo power present YD Servo power present Emergency disconnect switch not pushed AP servo power relay not open YD servo power relay not open

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
page of this document.

Use or disclosure of

Page 398.189 Mar 15/91

information

on this page

is subject

to the restnti!ons

on the tile

Honeywell ~&!!#’NcE
FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAIN3A (LINE 4. WORD 3) Bit 9 - HBM Reset Pre-test Conditions Fail Prior to testing the hardware interlocks during a heartbeat monitor reset, the following pre-test conditions are verified: . .
q

APPENDIX C

FD Annunciator verified as valid AP Servo power present YD Servo power present
Emergency disconnect switch not pushed

.
q

.

AP servo power relay not open YD servo power relay not open

Bit 8 - St)are Bit 7 - PreflicahtTest Ticket Failure The following tests are required to be performed (and verified not to have been by-passed) after all cold starts: .
q q q

Aircraft configuration (strapping logic) test Storage memory (RAM) test Program memory (ROM) test Heartbeat monitor test

Bit 6-O - Reserved

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Use or

disclosure of informationon this page is subject to the restrictionson the

Page 398.190 Mar 15/91

Honeywell ##i!!~NcE
FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAINIB (LINE 4, WORD4) APPENDIX C

- Contains Engage Logic Failure Flags

Bit 15 - Servo Power Pre-Enable Conditions Failure Prior to engaging the servo power relays, the following pre-test conditions are verified: .
q

.
q q

Presence of AP servo power Presence of YD servo power AP servo power relay verified to be open YD servo power relay verified to be open All servo clutch relays are open

Bit 14 - YD Enqaqe Test Failure The YD clutch relay and interface circuitry are verified for proper operation. The YD clutch relay is commanded to engage. Engagement must occur within a 175 msec timeout. Bit 13 - AP Enqaqe Test Failure The AP clutch relay interface circuitry are verified for proper operation. The AP clutch relay is commanded to engage. Engagement must occur with a 175 msec timeout. Bit 12 - Reserved Bit 11 - AP Brake Fail With the AP clutch engaged, the AP brake relay is verified to be engaged. Bit 10 - YD Pre-Enqaqe Conditions Fail Prior to engaging the YD clutch relays, the following pretest conditions are verified:
q q

. . .

YD YD YD YD No

clutch relay not closed servo power relay not open quick disconnect switch not pushed clutch not engaged X-FGC servos are engaged

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page af this document.

Page 398.191 Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAINIB (LINE

APPENDIX C

4,

WORD4~

Bit 9 - AP Pre-Enaaue Conditions Fail . .
. .

AP clutch relay not closed

AP servo power relay not
AP quick disconnect switch

open not pushed

.

AP clutch not engaged No X-FGC servos are engaged

Bit 8 - Reserved Bit 7 - Servos
Off ‘AND’ Gate Failure

The circuits which functionally generate the servos off FB discrete are verified. With all servo clutch relays open, the discrete is verified to AP clutch relay engaged, the servos off FB discrete is verified With set.
be Bit clear. 6 -

be to

Servo Power

Off

‘OR’

Gate

Failure

the servo power off FB discrete are generate power relay open, the discrete is verified to be set. With all servo power relays engaged, the servo power off FB discrete is
The circuits verified. verified Bit 5 which functionally any servo With be Servo clear. Power Relay Fail to YD

The YD servo power relay is exercised and verified to be operational. Bit 4 - AP Servo Power Relav Fail The AP servo power relay is exercised and verified to be operational. Bit 3 -YD Servo Enqaqe Relay Fail With the servo power and the YD clutch relays open, a positive command is input to the YD servo amplifier. Any voltage output is indicative of stuck-closed relay contacts. Bit 2 - AP Servo EnqacieRelay Fail With the servo power and the AP clutch relays open, a positive command is input to the AP servo amplifier. Any voltage output is indicative of stuck-closed relay contacts.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.192 ‘Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAINIB (LINE 4. WORD4) Bit 1 - YD PuI1-uD Resistor Failure

APPENDIX C

With the YD servo power relay open, the YD clutch relay is commanded to engage. If the relay closes, power is being applied to the relay, possibly through a shorted pull-up resistor. Bit O - AP Pull-uD Resistor Failure With the AP servo power relay open, the AP clutch relay is commanded to engage. If the relay closes, power is being applied to the relay, possibly through a shorted pull-up. MAIN2B (LINE 4. WORD 5) - FGC Hardware and 1/0 Failure Flags Bit 15 - D/A Wraparound Failure
The

D/A and A/D converters are verified for monotonicity, offset, and scale (7 bits).

Range tested: -9.0 to +9.0 volts Conversion error: *156 mv
Bit 14 Latched

Power Valid Failure

This flag is set if the latched power valid cannot be cleared. NOTE: A failure in this latch will inhibit all real-time activity.

Bit 13 - Memory Checksum Failure All pages of memory are checksummed. Bit 12 - RAM Failure All of scratch RAM is exercised by writing known data to each word of RAM and verifying that the same data can be read from RAM. The integrity of the RAM address and data bus lines is also verified. Bit 11 - Reserved

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.193 Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAIN2B (LINE 4. WORD 5~

APPENDIX C

Bit 10 - 5 Volt Undervoltaqe Monitor Test Fail An undervoltage condition is simulated within the power supply in order to test the power supply monitors. This flag indicates that the undervoltage monitor has failed. NOTE: A processor reset must occur within 400uS after the undervoltage condition is simulated.

Bit 9 - 5 Volt Overvoltage Monitor Test Fail An overvoltage condition is simulated within the power supply in order to test the power supply monitors. This flag indicates that the overvoltage monitor has failed. NOTE: A processor reset must occur within 400uS after the overvoltage condition is simulated.

Bit 8 - Serial Wraparound Failure The integrity of the serial data input and output RAMs is verified. Bit 7 - Status Transfer RAM Failure

The status transfer RAM is exercised by writing known data to each word of RAM, transferring the data to the A-processor, then back to the B-processor, and verifying that the same data can be read from RAM. The integrity of the RAM address and data bus lines is also verified in this same manner. NOTE: Upon completion of this test, all words of the status transfer RAM are initialized and verified to be zero. Bit 6 - Servo Power Inhibit Failure The B-processor servo power enable command is verified for proper operation (part of the hardware interlocks test). Bit 5 - Processor Valid Failure The Processor valid discrete FB is verified for proper operation (part of the hardware interlocks test).

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.194 ‘Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

APPENDIX C

MAIN2B Bit 4 -

(LINE

4,

WORD 5)

A/D Calibration Fail

Known specific analog (positive, ground and negative) references are converted and verified to be within the proper tolerances. Conversion tolerances: 10 volts t100mV, Bit 3 - Reserved Bit 2 - Aircraft Conficwration One or
with more or given the six aircraft Pin Failure or strapping pins do not agree gnd t100mV, -15 volts ~1 volt

configuration

this

software.

Bit 1 - YD Isolation Diode Fail The YD clutch isolation diode is verified against opens and shorts (NOTE: shorted diode test is performed only with another FGC installed).
Bit O -

The

AP Isolation Diode Fail

The AP clutch isolation diode is verified against opens and shorts (u: shorted diode test is performed only with another FGC installed).

The

MAIN3B (LINE 4, WORD 61 - Heartbeat and Power Interrupt,and Servo Amp Failure F1ags Bit 15 - 200 MS Power Down Timer Failure The Hardware timer which measures the duration of a power interrupt is examined for proper operation. Bit 14 - Power Interrut)tInterlocks Test Fail The operation of the hardware interlocks is verified after a power interrupt occurs. Bit 13 - HBM Failure [timer too short) This failure flag indicates that the Heartbeat Monitor timeout period is greater than its specified tolerance (<40 mS).

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

Page 398.195 ‘Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAIN3B [LINE 4, WORD 61 Bit 12 - HBM Failure (timer too
This greater failure that flag its indicates specified that tolerance lona) the

APPENDIX C

Heartbeat

Monitor

timeout

period

is

(>100mS).

Bit 11 - HBM Reset Interlocks Test Failure The operation of the hardware interlocks is verified after a heartbeat monitor reset occurs. Bit 10 - FD/Annunciator Valid Failure The Flight Director annunciator valid is verified for proper operation (part of the hardware interlocks test). Bit 9 Prior to following . . . Power testing pre-test lnterruDt the Pre-test hardware conditions as Conditions interlocks are verified: valid Fail during a power interrupt, the

FD Annunciator Processors AP

verified valid

. . .
. Bit Prior

Servo power present YD Servo power present Emergency disconnect switch not pushed AP servo power relay not open
YD 8 servo to HBM power Reset relay Pre-test the hardware conditions verified valid as not open Conditions interlocks are valid verified: Fail during a heartbeat monitor reset, the

testing pre-test

following c . . FD

Annunciator

Processor AP Servo

. . . .

power present YD Servo power present Emergency disconnect switch not pushed AP servo power relay not open YD servo power relay not open

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.196 Mar 15/91

FGC FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY MAIN3B (LINE 4. WORD 61

APPENDIX C

Bit 7 - Prefliaht Test Ticket Failure The following tests are required to be performed (and verified not to have been bypassed) after all cold starts: .
q q

. .

Aircraft configuration (strapping logic) test Storage memory (RAM) test Program memory (ROM) test Power supply monitor test Heartbeat monitor test

Bit 6-3 - Reserved Bit 2 - YD Servo AmD Fail The YD servo amplifier and interface circuitry are verified (approx. 1.0 deg) for gross failures. A positive position command (0.75 deg) is output to the actuator and the YD servo motor voltage feedback is verified to exceed t6 volts or ~4mA of current feedback within a 125 msec timeout. If the motor voltage does not exceed the threshold, the actuator position is verified to approximate the command. Bit 1 - Elev Servo AmD Fail The elevator servo amplifier and interface circuitry are verified for gross failures. With the AP clutch engaged, a maximum positive command is input to the amplifier. The elevator servo motor voltage feedback is verified to exceed ten volts within a 50 msec timeout. Bit O - Ail Servo AmD Fail The aileron servo amplifier and interface circuitry are verified for gross failures. With the AP clutch engaged, a maximum positive command is input to the amplifier. The aileron servo motor voltage feedback is verified to exceed ten volts within a 50 msec timeout.

.Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.197 Mar 15/91

APPENDIX D RECOMMENDED ACTIONS FOR FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.198

Use or

disclosure of informationon this page is subject to the restrictionson the title page of this document.

Mar 15/91

Honeywell ~~~!~vc’
Recommended Action #A. 1 Trim Servo Amplifier Monitor

Trim Servo

Anpi

lifier

Monitor

t
maintenance

Did the ground test detect any fai lures?

Perform the actions suggested for the particular fault in the ground maintenance test manual

Check the Trim motor drive uiring to the servo: 1OJ2A-59 to 29J1-2 1OJ2A-6O to 29J1-1 Be sure that these pins are locked in their connectors.

Fix

the

aircraft

wiring.

&
Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.199 ‘Mar 15/91

NORMAL ACCELERATION LIMITS MONITOR

ENCOUNTERED, OR WAS THE AIRCRAIT IN A MISTRIM SITUATION WHEN THE

MAKE NOTE OF THE CONDITION OF THE FAILURE AND REPORT A PERFORMANCE LIMITATION PROBLEM TO HONEYWELL

WAS A FAILURE OF EITHER SERVO AMP MONITOR ALSO INOICATED?

PERFORM THE RECOMMENDED FOR SERVO AMP FAILURES

ACTION

00 THE FLAPS AND AIRBRAKES INPUTS TO THE FZ-820 STILL WORK? (RUN GMT #40)

CHECK AIRBRAKE CONTROL BOX AND FZ-820 CONTINUITY FROM: 10J2B-72 TO SPEED BRAKE SWITCH BE SURE THE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS. YES

NO

IS THE MOUNTING

OF THE IRSS

YES

[1

CORRECT THE MOUNTING OF THE IRSS

1

&

U4n
CORRECT THE WIRING TO THE FZ-820
AO-22941#

Normal Acceleration Limits
Recommended Action #A.2

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.200
‘Mar 15/91

Use or

dlaclosure

Ot

informationon this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

~ ELEVATOR SERVO FEEDBACK MONITOR

~

(

DID THE

B’s ELEVATOR SERVO MONITOR TRIP ALSO? (LINE 3 WORD 1 BIT 13)

REPLACE THE FZ-820

EEi==n
FOLLOW THE RECOMMENDED ACTION

AD-22942#

[

I

Elevator Servo Feedback Monitor Recommended Action #A.3

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title

Use or

disclosureof informationon this page is subject to

Page 398.201 -Mar 15/91
document.

the

restrictions

on

the

page

of

this

AILERON SERVO FEEDBACK MONITOR
v

DID THE B’s AILERON SERVO MONITOR TRIP ALSO?

REPLACE THE FZ-820

II

FOLLOW THE RECOMMENDED ACTION FOR A B AILERON SERVO MONITOR TRIP, RA #B.9

II

AD-22943#

Ai 1 eron

Servo Feedback Monitor Recommended Action #A.4

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Pacje398.202 ‘Mar 15/91

b

YD POSITION MONITOR

E&icll
I

AD-22944W

Yaw Damper Position Recommended Action #A.5

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.203 Mar 15/91

Recommended Action #A.6 Pitch Closure Monitor

+
Are elevator servo cable tenaicma uithin Correct the cable the etevator tenai ons on servo.

1

YES

uaa the aircraft mistrirmred in turbelance or a windshear at the time of the fai lure? 1

Uere the flaps or air brakes in transition at the time of the

I
NO

-P====7
Useor
disclosure

the f al lure

and track

thls problem

I f the problem persists, replace the FZ-820.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document.

of informationon this page

Page 398.204 Mar 15/91

is

subject

to the

restrictions

on the title page

RoLLoLoau?EMoNrrcm

J
No FAILUREOCCURREOMORE TNAN3TIMES PER FUGNTORCWCE IN TWO CONSECUTIVEFLJGHTS.

CHEOKTHE CABLETENSIONS OF TNE AILERONSEWO @BLE.

J ARE AILERON SEWO CAMETUWONS WTNIN

CORRECfTNE CASLE TENSNMS 0+4 THE AILERON SSRUO.

WAS THE AIRCRA17 MLSTRIMED IN TURSULANCEOR A WINDSHEAR WHEN TNE FAJLURE OCCURRED?

RUN AILERONSSWO (10) GROUNOMAINTENANCE TE.Sl.

J

WERE ANY PROSLEMS Dt7t’ECTED ? MAKENOTS OF TNE CONDITIONS OF TNE FAILURISINFORM?HE HI R~ATIVE TO TRACKTNE

YES REF’IACE SEWO MOTOR AND

PRoaLEM WITNnils Fz.szo.
1
IF THE

RUNAILERON SERVO(10)
GROUND hWNTENANOETSST AGAIN.

PROSLEM PERSISIS. REPIACE THE FZ.S2D.

v

REPIAOE TNE FZ420 .

No

REllJRN SEWO TO 1+ FORANALYE3S. ~17 ~

Roll Closure Monitor Recommended Action #A.7

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of fhis document,

Use or

disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the title page

Page 398.205 Mar 15/91

Recommended Action #A.8 Yaw Damper Closure Monitor

Yaw Danper closure monitor

Did either YEs

of the foltouing

oscur:

- Uhite in the air and in a turn one of the pi lots stapped on tha - Uhile on the gromd and in a
one of the pilots stepped turn on the

Note the

condi t i ona and track

Replace

the

FZ-8Z0.

the problem uith

this

FZ-820.

11

r

* If the problem persists, rapLace the FZ-8Z0.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Useor

dkclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the

Paae 398.206 “Mar 15/91

AILERON SERVO MOTION

ENCOUNTERING HEAVY TURBLENCE WHEN THE FAILURE OCCURRED ?

NO t

WAS THE CONTROL COLUMN GRABBED OR BUMPED, WHILE THE AP WAS ENGAGED, WHEN THE

FAILURE OCCURRED ?

v CONTACT THE HONEYWELL FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR AN FZ-BOO FAILURE AND REPIACE THE FAILED FZ-800.

v NOTE THE CONDITIONS OF THE FAILURE AND REPORT A NUISANCE PROBLEM TO THE HONEYWELL FIELD REPRESENTATIVE.

AO-29416 @

Aileron Servo Motion Monitor Recommended Action #A.9

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398;207
Mar 15/91
title page of this document.

Use or disclosure of informationon this page is subject to the

restrictions

on

the

Recommended Action #Al O Elevator Servo Motion Monitor

t
IJas the aircraft encountering heavy turbulence when the

NO

i
NO
the

Was the
grabbed

control or tnmped,

COIUM while

AP bras engaged,

when the

&

rNote

the corrdit ions of the fai lure
the problem FZ-820. with this

and track

If

the problem
replace the

persists, FZ-820.
I

J

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use

or disclosure Of informationon this page is subject to the restrictionson the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.208 ‘Mar 15/91

Honeywell ~&!!&~E

Recommended Action #Al 1 Rudder Servo Motion Monitor

t
Was the a i reraf t anmmteri w uhm the heavy turbknce fai lure occurred?
no

NO

Were the rudder pedals stepped on, uhi le the YO use engaged, whm the

EiE&!zn

Note the condi time of the fai lure and track the protdem ni th this FZ-820.

+

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restridlons on the title page of fhts document.

Page 398.209 -Mar 15/91

1

Recommended Action #Al 2 Stuck Pushbutton

I
Are any of the buttons MO

+
NO Did both sides GMT #lO? fail

YES

t
Close the GP-820 circuit breaker

I

I
I
I

Swap the Pi totts Copilot’s Rertn

FZ-8ZOS:
-> copilotls -> Pilot’s

I
I
I

GMT MO

I

Next PeWS

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of informationon this page is subject to the restrictionson the title page of this document.

Page 398.210 Mar 15/91

Stuck Pushbutton (fxwe 2 of 2) Did the failure follow

“&
Is the

side that is failing

NO
T
1

Check continuity GP-820 J2-69 J2-12 J2-13 J2-I J2-2 J2-3 J2-4 J2-5 J2-6 J2-7 J2-8 FZ-820 J2B-89 J2A-65 J2A-66 J2B-102 J2B-103 J2B-98 J2B-99 J2B-96 J2B-97 J2B-1OO J2B-101

between: Signa( FD VALID 5V POUER 5V POUER RET SERIAL OLfT-H SERIAL WT-L CLK-H CLK-L STROBE-H STROBE-L SERIAL IN-H SERIAL IN-L are locked in

Check continuity GP-820 J1-69 FZ-820 J2B-89

between: Signe 1 FD VALID

J1-12 J1-13 J1-1 J1-2 J1-3 J1-4 J1-5 JI-6 J1-7
J1-8

J2A-65 5V POWER J2A-66 5V POWER RET J2B-102 SERIAL WT-H J2B-103 SERIAL CUT-L J2B-98 CLK-H J2B-99 CLK-L J2B-96 STROBE-H J2B-97 STROBE-L J2B-1OO SERIAL IN-H
J2B-101 SERIAL IN-L locked

Be sure the pins their connectors.

Be sure the pins are in their connectors. I

I

YES

I

I

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Page 398.211 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the

f

Seria[I/O

Failures

~

Recommended Action #Al 3 Serial 1/0 Failure”

f
1s the 28v GP-820 circuit breakar installed? YES RepLace or repair the circuit breaker

t
Suap the cross FZ-820 with this one.

t
Does

this

FZ-820

also

fail?

NO

_[

11

Replace

the first

FZ-820.

I

1
Does this

YES

<

another

FZ-820 fail with GP-820 installed?

Replace

the GP-820

I
t

YES

Is the failed FZ-820 on the pilot’s (Nol) side?

NO

t
Check continuity betueen: Check continuity Pilotts FZ-820 J2B-89 J2A-65 J2A-66 J2B-102 J2B-103 J2B-98 J2B-99 J2B-96 J2B-97 J2B-1OO J2B-101 between:

GP-820

Copi lot is FZ-820 Signal J2B-89 J2A-65 J2A-66 J2B-102 J2B-103 J2B-98 J2B-99 J2B-96 J2B-97 J2B-100 FD VALID 5V POUER 5V POWERRET SERIAL UJT-H SERIAL MIT-L CLK-H CLK-L STROBE-H STROBE-L SERIAL IN-H J2B-101 SERIAL IN-L are locked in

GP-820 J1-69 J1-12 J1-13 J1-1 J1-2 J1-3 J1-4 J1-5 J1-6 J1-7 J1-8

Signal FO VALID 5V PDUER 5V POUER RET SERIAL OUT-H SERIAL OUT-L CLK-H CLK-L STROBE-H STROBE-L SERIAL IN-H SERIAL IN-L

J2-69 J2-12 J2-13 J2-1 J2-2 J2-3 J2-4 J2-5 J2-6 J2-7 J2-8

Be sure the pins their comectors.

Be sure
in their

the pins

are

locked

connectors.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document.

Page 398.212 Mar 15/91

Use

or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the title page

Recommended Action #A.14 FZ–820 Hardware Problem

I

T
Replace

Fz-820 hardware problem

+
the FZ-820.

4

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document.

Page 398.213 Mar 15/91

Use

or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the title page

Honeywell #&##’flwcE

Recommended Action #A. 15 FZ–820 Processing Problem

Replace

the FZ-620.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of

Page 398.214 ‘Mar 15/91 this document.

(

TRIM FAILURE

)

CHECK LINE 3, WORDS 2 AND 3 AND FOLLOW THE RECOMMENDED ACTIONS FOR THE BITS THAT ARE SET AD-22945#

I

Trim Failure
Recommended Action

#B.1

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document,

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page

Page 398.215 Mar 15/91

(YAW

DAMPER POSITION MONITOR J

1

MAINTENANCE TEST DETECT

PERFORM THE ACTIONS SUGGESTED FOR THE PARTICULAR FAULTIN THE GROUND MAINTENANCE TEST MANUAL

4

CHECK THE POSITION COMMAND, LVDT EXCITATION AND FEEDBACK TO THE COPILOT’S RUDDER ACTUATOR: C1OJ1A-63, 64 TO C14JI-H,G C1OJ1A-61, 62 TO C14J1-T,U CIOJIA-59, 60T0 C14J1-S,R BE SURE THAT THESE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS.

NO

CHECK THE POSITION COMMAND, LVDT EXCITATION AND FEEDBACK TO THE PILOT’S RUDDER ACTUATOR: 1OJ1A-63, 64T0 14J1-F, E IOJIA-61, 62T0 14J1-L, K 1OJ1A-59,6OTO 14JI-M, J BE SURE THAT THESE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS 9

I

.

t

.

(
I
IF

ANY WIRING PROBLEMS FOUND?

FIX THE AIRCRAFT WIRING.

REPLACE THE FZ-820

I

PROBLEM PERSISTS, CONTACT A HONEYWELL FIELD ENGINEER

NO
\

HAS THE FAILURE HAPPENED SINCE THE FZ-820 WAS REPLACED?

#

b

REPLACE THE RUDDER ACTUATOR, IF PROBLEM PERSISTS AD-22946#

Recommended Action # B.3 Stuck Pushbutton

T
I

Examine the pushbuttons the GP-820 .

on
1

*
Are any of the buttons

YES

1 r
Try pressing the button force i t to release. to Track the problem this GP-820. ~ith

t
NO

YES

&
Hi th
1

Replace

the

GP-820.
I

Track

the problem this GP-820.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.217

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of tits document.

Mar 15/91

Recommended Action # B.4 Serial 1/0 Failure
Serial 1/0 Fai lures

t
Is

the 28v GP-820
breaker YES

circuit installed?

Replace or repair the circuit breaker

Swap the cross FZ-820 uith this one.

t ,~
Doss this ~“ FZ-820 also fail? .!?——-[ RepLace the first FZ-820.

I $

YES

Doss this FZ-820 fail with another GP-820 installed? 1 YES

NO

Replace

the GP-820

I
t

Is the failed
\

FZ-820 on

YES

‘he ‘i’ot’s ‘No” ‘i” ~

I
Check continuity GP-820 FZ-820 . . . . . . ..- ------J2-69 J2-12 J2-13 J2-1 J2-2 J2-3 J2-4 J2-5 J2-6 J2-7 J2-8 J2B-89 J2A-65 J2A-65 J2B-102 J2B-103 J2B-98 J2B-99 J2B-% J2B-97 J2B-1OO J2B-101 Signal -------

NO

between:

Check contirwi

ty batuean:

......

GP-820 FZ-820 Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..J1 -69 J1-12 J1-13 J1-1 J1-2 J1-3 J1-4 J1-5 J1-6 J1-7 J1-8 J2B-89 J2A-65 J2A-65 J2B-102 J2B-103 J2B-98 J2B-99 J2B-96 J2B-97 J2B-1OO J2B-101 FD VALID 5V POWER 5V POUER RET SERIAL CUT-H SERIAL OUT-L CLK-H CLK-L STROBE-H STROBE-L SERIAL IN-H SERIAL IN-L locked

FD VAL 5V PWER 5V POUER RET SERIAL WT-H SERIAL OUT-L CLK-H CLK-L STROBE-H STROBE-L SERIAL IN-H SERIAL IN-L

Be sure the pina their comsctors.

are locked

in

Be sure the pins are in their connectors.

s

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document.

Page ‘398;2i8

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the title page

Mar 15/91

RECOMMENDED

ACTION NO. B.5

REAL-TIME LOOP ERRER

f

\

REAL-TIME LOOP ERROR I

DID THE FAILURE OCCUR DURING TURBULENCE ?

REPLACE THE FZ-820 IF PROBLEM PERSISTS .

IS

MOD DN INSTALLED OR -906/907 FGC ?

h
I

YEs

I

NO

II

RETURN THE FZ-820 TO A HONEYWELL FIELD SHOP TO HAVE MOD DN INSTALLED OR CONVERT TO -906/907

AD-3485#

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page 398.219
Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

RECOMMENDED

ACTION NO. B.6

FZ-820 PROCESSING PROBLEM

FZ-820 PROCESSING PROBLEM I
t

DID THE FAILURE OCCUR DURING TURBULENCE ?

REPLACE THE FZ-820 IF PROBLEM PERSISTS

IS MOD ON INSTALLED

msn
Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

1

NO

AD-34853

22-14-00

Page 398.220 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

(

AID CONVERSION ERROR

)

D+3cn

AD-22947#

I

A/D Conversion Error Recommended Action #B.7

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document.

Page 398;221 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the title page

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR

WERE ANY FAILURES DETECTED BY THE A PROCESSOR OTHER THAN THE SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR?

PERFORM THE RECOMMENDED ACTIONS SUGGESTED FOR THE A PROCESSOR FAILURE

WERE ANY POWER-UP (ANY LINE 4 WORDS NOT

PERFORM THE RECOMMENDED ACTIONS SUGGESTED FOR THE POWER-UP FAILURE
q

GO TO SECTION 4 (DIAGNOSING SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR FAILURES)

AD-22948#

B Processor Servo Switching Monitor
Recommended Act ion #B. 8

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
page of this document,

Use or

disclosure Of informationon this page

is subject to the restrictions

on the tile

Page 398.222 ‘Mar 15/91

(

AILERON SERVO MONITOR

)

t
DOES LINE 2, WORD 1 IN THE FLIGHT FAULT
SUMMARY SHOW ANY FOLLOW THE RECOMMENDED ACTIONS FOR THE APPROPRIATE LINE 2, WORD 1 PERFORMANCE MONITOR

+

+NO

MAINTENANCE TEST DETECT

PERFORM THE ACTIONS SUGGESTED FOR THE PARTICULAR FAULT IN

THE GROUND MANUAL

MAINTENANCE

TEST

CHECK THE TACH FEEDBACK AND MOTOR DRIVE WIRING TO THE AILERON SERVO C1OJ1 B-70, 71 TO 12J2-16,17 Cl W2A-57, 5B TO 12J2-2, 1 BE SURE THAT THESE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS

NO

CHECK THE TACH FEEDBACK AND MOTOR DRIVE WIRING TO THE AILERON SERVO lWIB-70, 71 TO 12J1-16, 17 1W2A-57, 58 TO 12J1-2, 1 BE SURE THAT THESE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS

(
I

ANY WIRING PROBLEMS FOUND?

FIX THE AIRCRA~ I

WIRING,

REPLACE THE FZ-820

I

t

I

IF PROBLEM PERSISTS, CONTACT A HONEYWEU FIELD ENGINEER

‘0

HAS THE FAILURE HAPPENED SINCE THE FZ-820 WAS REPLACED?

REPLACE THE AILERON SERVO, IF PROBLEMS PERSISTS

\

t

AD-22949#

Aileron Servo Monitor Recommended Action #B.9

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
page ot thk document.

Use or dkclosure

of

informationon thk page is

Page 398.223 Mar 15/91

subject

to the

restrictions

on the tile

TRIM INHIBIT MONITOR

t
RUN THE FZ-S20 (05) AND PITCH TRIM (35) GROUND MAINTENANCE TESTS FOR BOTH FZ-820 t MAINTENANCE TEST DETECT PERFORM THE ACTIONS SUGGESTED FOR THE PARTICUfAR FAULT IN THE GROUND MAINTENANCE TEST MANUAL

CHECK THE TRIM BRAKE FROM THE CROSS SIDE FZ-S20 1W 1A-22 TO 29J2-21
AIC GND TO 29J2-22 BE SURE THAT THESE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS I

NO

CHECK THE TRIM BRAKE FROM THE CROSS SIDE FZ-S20:
C1OJ1A-22 TO 29J1 -21 NC GND TO 29J2-22 BE SURE THAT THESE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS

I t
FIX THE AIRCRAIT

WIRING.

REPLACE THE FZ-820 t IF PROBLEM PERSISTS, CONTACT A HONEYWELL FIELD ENGINEER HAPPENED SINCE THE FZ-820 WAS REPLACED? REPIACE THE TRIM ACTUATOR. IF THE PROBLEM PERSISTS AD-22950#

Trim Inhibit Monitor Recommended Action #B.10

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.224

Use

or disclosure of informationon this page is subject to the restrictionson the title page of this document.

‘Mar 15/91

ELEVATOR SERVO MONITOR +
LINE2. WORD 1 (PERFORMANCE MONITORS) IN THE FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY SHOW ANY

DOES

FOLLOW THE RECOMMENDED ACTIONS FOR THE APPROPRIATE LINE2, WORD 1 PERFORMANCE MONITOR

RUN THE FZ-820(06) AND ELEVATOR (20) GROUND MAINTENANCE TESTS t MAINTENANCE TEST DETECT PERFORM THE ACTIONS SUGGESTED FOR THE PARTICULAR FAULT IN THE GROUND MAINTENANCE TEST MANUAL

CHECK THETACH FEEDBACK AND MOTOR DRIVE WIRING TO THE SERVO C1OJ1B-66, 69 TO 13J2-17, 16 C1OJ2A-55, 56 TO 1SJ2-1. 2 BE SURE THAT THESE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS

NO

CHECK THETACH FEEDBACK AND MOTOR ORIVEWIRING TO THE SERVO 1OJ1B-66, 69T0 13J1-17, 16 1OJ2A-55, 56 TO 13J1-1, 2 BE SURE THAT THESE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS

t
FIX THE AIRCRA~ WIRING

I

REPIACETHEFZ-620

I

t
IF PROBLEM

PERSISTS, CONTACT A HONEYWELL FIELD ENGINEER

NO HAPPENED SINCE THE FZ-820 WAS REPLACED?

REPLACE THE ELEVATOR SERVO IF PROBLEM PERSISTS AD-2m51 #

Elevator Servo Monitor Recommended Action #B.11

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure Of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.225 Mar 15/91

(

AP TRIM RUNAWAY MONITOR

)

SUGGESTEO FOR THAT FAULT IN THE GROUND MAINTENANCE TEST MANUAL
NO

PERFORM THE ACTIONS

CHECK THE TACH F.B. SYNCHROPOS., SYNCHRO REFERENCE AND SERVO DRIVE
WIRINGTO THE SERVO C1OJ1B-72, 73T0 29J2-16, 17 C1OJ2B-44, 45, 46 TO 29J2-18, C1OJ1B-44,45TO 29J2-3, 4 C1OJ2A-6O, 59T0 29J2-1, 2 BE SURE THAT THESE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS I NO 19, 20 DID THE PILOT’S SIDE

CHECK THETACH F.B. SYNCHRO POS., SYNCHRO REFERENCE AND SERVO DRIVE WIRING TO THE SERVO lDJIB-72, 7310 2SJ1-16, 17 1OJ2B-44, 45, 46 TO 2SJ1-18, 19, 20 1OJ1B-44, 45T0 2SJI-3, 4 1W2A-60, 59 TO 29J1-1, 2

BE SURE THAT THESE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR
CONNECTORS I

t
FIX THE AIRCRAFt’ WIRING

I
IF PROBLEM PERSISTS, CONTACTA HONEYWELL FIELD ENGINEER NO

REPLACE FZ-620

I
r

HAPPENED

SINCE THE

REPLACE THE TRIM SERVO J AD-22852#

AP Trim Runaway Monitor Recommended Action #B.12

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is 8ubject to the reatritilons

on the title page of

?aqe 398.226 ‘Mar 15/91 this document.

(

CROSS TRIM SWITCH FLAG
AND TRIM SWITCH FIAG )

CHECK FOR OTHER BITS IN LINE 3 WORD 2 S=

RUN THE COCKPIT SWITCHES (40) GROUND MAINTENANCE TEST WITH BOTH FZ-S20S I

I
PERFORM THE ACTIONS SUGGESTED FOR THAT FAULT IN THE GROUND MAINTENANCE TEST MANUAL

+

I NO
CHECK THE UP/DN ENABLES AND CMDS WIRING FROM THE TRIM SWITCHES ON THE PILOT AND COPILOT CONTROL COLUMNS 11J2-44, 51 TO CPLT UP, DN 11J2-56, 65 TO PLT UP, DN CIWIA-47, 33 TO CPLT UP, DN C1OJ1 S-88. 85 TO PLT UP. DN I EE-&URE THAT THESE PINS I Aiii LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS AND THE SWITCHES ARE OPERATING CORRECTLY

NO DID THE PILOT’S SIDE FZ-620 FAIL?

.mi!%zl YES

I
I

\

/

)-+
I

I Gk-GL%&?<~l”+H&G

11J2-44, 51 11J2-56, 66 CIWIA-47, C1OJ1S-86

TO CPLT UP, DN TO PLT UP, ON 33 TO CPLT UP, DN
85 TO PIT UP, I)N

I

I
t

. ..--E PINS I =_iOiiKEO IN THEIR JECTORS AND THE SWITCHES ARE OPERATING CORI .3ECTLY I I

coin ------- .._

FIX THE AIRCRA~

WIRING

REPLACE THE FZ-820

I I
+

I I
HAPPENED SINCE THE

IF PROBLEM PERSISTS, CONTACT A HONEYWELL FIELD ENGINEER

NO REPLACE THE TRIM SERVO

AD-22953#

Cross Trim Switch Flag and Trim Switch Flag Recommended Action #B.13

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document,

Use

Page 398.227 Mar 15/91

or dk%closure of information

on this page

is subject

to the

restrictions

on the title page

Recommended Action # B.13 (cent) Cross Trim Switch Flag Trim Switch F1ag

Cross

Trim Switch Flsg Trim Switch Flag (Ps9s 2 of 2)

I

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Pacie398.228

Use or

disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this docurnenl.

‘Mar 15/91

( [1
I
I

TRIM LIMIT SWITCH FIAG

CHECK THE TRIM SERVO BRACKET OUTPUTS AT BOTH LIMITS ANO OUTSIDE THE LIMIT 29AJ1-6 (UP LIM) 29AJ2-6 (UP LIM) 28AJ1-5 (DN LIM) 29AJ2-5 (DN LIM)

REPLACE TRIM SERVO BRACKET

CHECK LIMIT SW. WIRING C1OJ1B-16 TO 29AJ2-6 C1OJ1B-19 TO 29AJ2-5

NO

YES

CHECK LIMIT SW. WIRING 1OJ1B-16 TO 29AJ1-6 1OJ1B-19 TO 29AJ1-5

FIX THE AIRCRA17’ WIRING

REPLACE THE FAlLED FZ-820

AD-29634#

Trim Limit Switch Flag Recommended Action #B. 14

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

Page 398.228.1/39%.228.2 Mar 15/91
Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

22-14-00

Recommended action # B.15 Trim F.B. flag

Trim

F.S.

flag -)

+
Oid the grcud mintmmce test detest

sw failures?
I
Chesk the tech F.S., synchm position snd *ro mferense m

Perform the set i ms suggested far the particular fault in tha grms’xl mintsnmsc tsxt

-i

Check

the tssh F.E., synchropoeitim md
s-m referense miring to the servo

wiring

to

tha

servo

t no

CIOJIB-~,73 to 29J2-16,1? c1W2S-46,45,46 to 29J2-18,19,20 C1OJ1B-44,45 to 29J2-3,4 C1OJ2A-6O,59 to 29J2-1 ,2 Be swe that these pim qm lecked in their

10JIB-~,73 to 29J1-16,17 IOJ2S-44,45,46 to 29J1-18,19,20 1OJ1B-44,45 to 29J1-3,6 1OJ2A-6O,59 to 29J1-1 ,2 Be sure that thess pins qre losked in their csmectors.

mmssrors. I

(
If prcbtm persists, cmtsct s llmew$ll field engineer

/4
t

&ny uiring prsblan fared?

Fix the sircrsft

wiring.

INO

Has the f ai lure heppenxdsinse the

F2-S20 use replscsd?

‘)Y’s

“~

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.229
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure

of information on this page is subjeot to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Recommended action # B.16 Manual Trim Runaway

(

hrusl

lrirn Rmeusy Hmitor

)

I
I

Rm

the

FZ-820

(OS)

end

trim servo (35) 9m{ ntsrlence tests

\
Check the tsch F. B.. pm psitim, symhm referenm end eerw drive uiring COtha serve

I

/
I

Ll
Check the tech F. S., ~re positfmr $*ro rsference Md servo drivs uirim
to the servo

[[

I
m

L

Se -

that these pine
their
I I

qre hsked in Samectors.

pim Ss sure thet these qre lecked in their
—tore . I

1

I

Im

I Replsse
[f -Len pweists, comsct s lbneynsll field engineer

the failed F2-SZO

I

+
Has the f qi lure happened sime the FZ-S20 me repl cud?

~,

if ~t-

pwsists

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.230
Mar 15/91
of this document.

Use or disclosure of information on this page is

subject

to the

restrictions

on the title page

Recommended action # B.17 Mach Trim Monitor

MschTrim Monitor

I RIM the FZ-S20(0S) ad
triserm (35) ~

mi menuus tssts

i -i m-e
tat

*tect

Perform the ect i ens suggeetsd for the particular fsult in
the ward

mintensnm test -1

Checkthe tsch F. B., synchm pesiticm, synchroreference snd servo drise uiring
to the servm

so

Check the tsch F-B.,

?
so

eynchropesitim, synchrorefe~e end servmdrive wiring
to the serwo 10J1B-7Z,73 to 29J1-16,17 1OJ2S-46,45,U to 29J1-18,19,20 IOJIB-46,45 to 29JI-3,4 10J2A-60,59 to 29J1-1,2 Be ewe that these pins
qre lacked
C-’mrs

C10J18-~,~ to 29J2-16,17 C10J2S-44,45,46 to ZW2-18,19,20 C1OJ1B44,4S to29J2-3,4 C1W2A-60,59 to 29J2-1 ,2 Se sure that these pine qre locked in tl!ei r
—tom .

in

their
.

1

1

1

Fix the qircraft

wiring.

1

Rephce the f=iled

FZ-S20 1

I

If problem persists,
q HO!WV#ll field

crntect engineer

Replsce servo,

the

trim

if PrOblcm psrsists

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restricfiins

on the title page of this document.

Page 3981231 Mar 15/91

Recommended action # B.18 Manual Trim Inoperative

(
I

14awel

Trim

lmqer8tive

Hmnitor

)

t
RIM the FZ-S20 (05),
trim serw (35) end C=kpft Suf tches (40) grmud mimtenuice tests

1

\
mei nt-e test detect Perform the uc i mm suggested for the percicular fault in the Srmncl nmintemme wst

-1

so Chemkthe tncf! F. S., synchrm pmsitim, Cheek the ted! F. B., positim, 8-M

mm refaremm h nrvm drive wfring
to the seem CIOJIB-~, i3 to 29J2-16,17 CIOJ2S-66,45,46 to29J2-18,19,20 C1OJ1B-44.45 to 29J2-3.4 C10J2A-60;59 to29J2. 1;2 so

f

synchro reference and 8erv0 drive wiring to the sarw 10J18-~,~ to to to

29JI-16,17
29J1-3,4 29J1-1,2

10J2S-44,45,46
1OJ1B-44,45 1OJ2A-6O,59

to29J1-18,19,20

Chuk the I@& elmbles and niring fra the trin

swimhee m the pi lot end mmpi lot cmmtmlcml~ 11J2-44,51 to WLT w,ti 11J2-56,65 tO PLTw,* C1OJ1A-47,33 to CPLI w,ti toPLT w,* C1OJ1B-S6,S5
S@awe thet these pirm qbcked in their —tors and the switchee qremperatirrg cmrrectly.
L

sui tches

Omck the t@/rh tnables ad frm the trim b wiring m the pi tot amd empi lot cmntmt cotw

11J2-44,51 to WLT w,* 11J2-56,65 to PIT ~,rh
C10J1A-47,33 C10J18-S6,35 to CPLT UP,* to PLT WI,ch

se sure thet these pins

we
c-tort qre

locked and

in

their

the sui tche$ mperatins correct Ly. I

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.232 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Recommended Action # B.18 (cent) Manual Trim Inoperative

I
+ [
Replace the failed FZ-220 I 1

MW51 Trim lnoparati~ @e9e 2 of 2)

If problem persists, sontact a HonayweLl field engineer

NO
servo,

RSPISCe

the

trim

if

problem persists

n

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of thm document.

Page 398.233 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of

information

on this page. is subject

to the restrictions

on the title page

Recommended action # B.19 AP lkim Inoperative

(

AP Trfrn Incfwativa

riani tor

)

Rtn the F2-SZO (05) md trim w-m <35) srauxl rnintenence tests

mineonmm test *cect

Perfor9 ttm ectim fer th. particular
tfioeramdminwnaw

Su2msted
fsult in

test

~1

Iso
Checktln tad F. B.,
mm po8itlan, qndlre mfcrcme & smwdrim miring to dm s8wo C10J18-m,73 cfOJ2S-U,45,46 CIWIB-44,45 CIOJ26-60,59 to29J2-16,1? to 29J2-18,19,20 to29J2-3,4 to 29J2-1.2

I Chock thetedr F. B., *re pooitfon, 8@W0 refuence d nrve drive niring to the servo lWIE-~,~ to 2941-16,17 1OJ2S-64,45,46 to 29J1-18,19,20 10JIB-~,45 tO 29J1-3,b 10J2A-60,59 tO 29J1-1,2

J

I

I

+
Anymiring prabme ffix the sircreft
wiring. n

I

Replace the faikd

FZ-S20

I

r

If prabla q ~11

xrsist8,

Cmtact

RepLece the
~, if --

ffeld mimer

trim preiece

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.234
Mar 15/91
title page of this document.

Use

or

disclosure

of

information

on

this

page

is

subject

to

the

restrictions

on

the

Recommended Action #Cl Servo Amplifier Failures

I‘0

Did both

FZ-820S

fai 1 this

same test?

Does this

FZ-820

continue

to fai 1?

NO —. ,.. ,, ..,-

11

Replace

the cross

FZ-820

t
Does this FZ-820 NO pass? Replace the first FZ-820 1

I

t
Disconnect the servo associated with this fai lure and recycle power cm this FZ-820; trim servo for elev trim fai lures; Aileron for Ai 1 ~ fai lures; Elevator servo for Elev snp failures

1

t
Does this FZ-820 NO pass? Replace this servo

I

t
Check the harness 10J2A-59/10J2A-60 10J2A-57/10J2A-58 10J2A-55/10J2A-56 for shorts: (elev trim) (Aileron) (Elevator) locked

Be sure the pins are their comectors.

in

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information

on this page is subpmt to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.235 Mar 15/91

Recommended Action #C.2 Servo Power Relay Fai.Iures
Servo power Relay Fei lures

Suap FZ-820S.

Does the

YES

feult follow the mit?

II

Replace this FZ-820

1

1t
Measure Does servo power

t
this FZ-820;

I

the servo power voltege into AP: 10JlA-4/10JlA-5 10JIA-1/10JIA-2 m:

#

=28v nominal?
YES

NO

Ueasure the EMERGENCY DISCONNECT voltege: 10J2B-65\10J2A-3

I

T
lnatell resistor Install across ~

YES

100 ohm, 10 uatt (0.28eIq drau) across 10JIA-4/10JIA-5 and measure. 10JIA-1/10JIA-2 and measure.

Voltage
exceed

drop across resistor 10% less than the

should

not

28v ncsniml.

Check aircraft harness and circuit breakers.

L.. m

Jrm.

“k.

:

-

,1

P

I

Ii,

,.1:

In :-*.:.

. ~m.:r. .

,1

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Mar
page of this document.

Page 398;236
15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrititons

on the title

Recommended Action #C.3 Elev Trim Engage Test Failures
(
Elev Trim Engage Test Failures

)

t

N

Did both

FZ-820S fai 1

this same test?

Remove the cross

FZ-820

and

recycla power on this FZ-820

1

I
Does

t

this FZ-820 continue to fai 1? I
YES

NO —.-

I

Replace

the cross

FZ-820

I

t
Does this

FZ-820 pass? NO

Replace the first

FZ-820

Measure trim quick disconnect input resistance; 10J2B-66/10J2A-3

I

Be sure

the pins are locked
their connectors.

in

I

t
Check aircraft harness and both pilot’s and copilot’s colum discormect suitches NO

II
I 1

Check the AP sarvo power using the procedre oust ined mder SERVO POUER RELAY FAILURES

II
&

I

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.237 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure

of lnfOrMStiOn on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page c,f this dOCuMent.

(

SERVOS OFF ‘AND’ GATE FAIL

1

I

COMPARE LINE 4 WORD 1 BIT 7 WITH LINE 4 WORD 4 BIT 7

I

ARE THESE TWO BITS

REPIJ4CE THIS FZ-820

INSTALL THE CROSS Fz-820 IN THIS SLOT. DOES THIS FZ-820 FAIL THIS TEST?

REPLACE

THE

FIRST

FZ-820

MEASURE THE CROSS SERVOS OFF RESISTANCE; 10J2A-4WIOJ2A+ IT SHOULD BE GREATER THAN 10K OHMS IF NOT, CHECK THE AIRCRA~ HARNESS. BE SURE THE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS

AD-22954#

I

Servos Off ‘AND’ Gate Fai1ure Recommended Action #C.4

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.238

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the

restrictions

on the title page of this document.

Mar 15/91

(
I

SERVOS OFF “OR’ GATE FAIL
t
COMPARE LINE 4 WORD 1 BIT 5 WITH LINE 4 WORD 4 BIT 6

)

I

ARE THESE TWO BITS

REPIACE THIS FZ-620

INSTALL THE CROSS FZ-620 IN THIS SLOT. DOES THIS

FZ-600 FAIL THIS TEST?
+ YES

REPLACE THE FIRST FZ-620

MEASURE THE CROSS SERVOS OFF RESISTANCE; 10J2A-46/l 0J2A-3 IT SHOULD BE GREATER THAN 10K OHMS
IF NOT, CHECK THE AIRCRAFT HARNESS.

BE SURE THE PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS

AD-22955#

I
Use or disclosure

Servos Off ‘OR’ Gate Fai1ure Recommended Action #C.5

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

of information on this page is subject 10 the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.239 Mar 15/91

AIRCRAFT

ID FAILURE

I

CHECK

LINE 4 WORD

5 BIT 2

I

YES

REPLACE THIS FZ-620
I

i
FOLLOWING PIN

NO

MEASURE THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN THE
PINS AND SIGNAL GND (1 OJ2A-3): MEASURED RESISTANCE SHOULD BE

10J1B-76 OPEN 1W 1B-77 OPEN 1W 1B-78 OPEN 1OJ1B-79 <5 OHMS 10J1B-60 OPEN 1OJ1B-81 <5 OHMS BE SURE THAT ALL PINS ARE LOCKED IN THEIR CONNECTORS

Aircraft Recommended

ID Fai1ure
Act ion #C. 6

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or

disclosureof informationon this page is subject to the restrictionson the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.240 ‘Mar 15/91

IS THE 28 V CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BREAKER INSTALLED?

REPLACE OR REPAIR THE CIRCUIT BREAKER

INSTALL THE X-FZ IN THIS SLOT

DOES THIS UNIT FAIL?

REPfACE THE FIRST FZ

DOES THIS UNIT FAIL WITH ANOTHER CONTROLLER INSTALLED?

REPfACE THE CONTROLLER

YES

CHECK CONTINUITY~N~EEN: CNTRLR FZ J2B-89 FD VALID J2-69 J2A-65 5 V PANEL POWER J2-12 J2A-66 5 V PANEL POWER RET J2-11 J2-1 J2B-102 SERIAL DATA OUT-H J2B-103 SERIAL DATA OUT-L J2-2 J2B-98 CLOCK-H J2-3 J2B-99 CLOCK-L J2-I J2-5 J2B-96 STROBE-H J2B-97 STROBE-L J2-6 J2-7 J2B-1OO SERIAL DATA IN-H J2B-101 SERIAL DATA IN-L J2-8

CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN: CNTRLR FZ SIGNAL J1-69 J2B-89 FD VALID J1-12 J2A-65 5 V PANEL POWER J2&66 5 V PANEL POWER RH J1-11 J1-1 J2B-102 SERIAL DATA OUT-H J2B-I 03 SERIAL DATA OUT-L J1-2 J1-3 J2B-98 CLOCK-H J1-4 J2B-99 CLOCK-L J2B-96 STROBE-H J1-5 J2B-97 STROBE-L J1-6 J1-7 J2B-100 SERIAL DATA IN-H J2B-101 SERIAL DATA IN-L J1-6 AD-22957#

Serial 1/0 Fai1ure Recommended Action #C.7

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure ~able 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Mar

Page 398.241
15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Recommended Action #C.8 Clutch Diode Failures

NO

Oid both FZ-820S

f ai 1 this

same test?

I

I

YES

Remove the cross FZ-820 and recycle power on this FZ-820

Does this

FZ-820

continue

to fail? /

NO

,_

Replace

the cross

FZ-820

lnsta~ 1 the cross FZ-820 in this slot, and cycle pouer

+
Does this FZ-820 NO pass?

{I

Replace

the first

FZ-820

Discomect the servo associated Hi th this f ai lure and recycle power on this FZ-820; trim servo for elev trim fai lures; Aileron, then elevator servos for AP fai lures

I
Does

this FZ-820 pass?

Replace this servo

Check the harness for shorts: 1OJ2A-63 (elev trim) 1OJ2A-61 (Aileron/elevator)
Be sure all their pins are locked connectors. in

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or dkclosure

of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.242 ‘Mar 15/91

Recommended Action #C.9 YD Engage Test Failures

(

YD Engage Test

Fai lures

)

Did both

FZ-820S

fail

this YES

same test?

I 4
Removethe
recycle

cross FZ-820 and pouer on this FZ-820

t
Ooes this FZ-820 continue YES D , v [natal 1 the cross FZ-820 in this slot, and cycle pcwer , to fai 1? NO + Replace the cross FZ-820

I

I

i
Does

this

Fz-820 NO

pass?

YES {1

Replaca

the

first

FZ-820

Measure YD quick disconnect inptt resistance; 10J2B-67/10J2A-3

I
Check aircraft harness and both pilot’s and copitot’s colum suitches disconnect

t

NO
t
Check the YD servo poner using the procedure outlined under SERVO POUER RELAY FAILURES

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Paqe 398.243

‘Mar 15/91 Use or disclosureof informafiin on this page is subject to the restrictionson the title page of this document.

Recommended Action #C.10 AP Engage Test Failures

NO

Did both

FZ-820S

fai 1 this

same test?

I

YES

Does this

FZ-820

continue

to fai 1?

NO

JII ,,.

RepLace

the cross FZ-820

I

I
t
Instal
this
I

YES

the cross FZ-820 in slot, and cycle power
J

1

i
Does this FZ-820 NO 1‘ Heasure AP quick di scornect input 10J28-54/10J2A-3 resistance; Be sure the pins are locked their connectors. in pass? YES II Replace the first FZ-820

t
Check aircraft harness and both pilot’s and copilot’s colum disconnect sui tches

J-

A

I
Check the AP servo pouer using the procedure out t ined under SERVO POUER RELAY FAILURES

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

Page 398;244 Mar 15/91

Recommended Action #Cl 1 Elevator Trim Brake Failures
Elevator Trim 8rake Fai lures )

RWI the FZ-SZO (0S) and pitch trim (351 gmwd mintenmce teets for both FZ-SZO

/

t

I
\
Perform the sctian suegested for the pertitular fault in the grti mintmmce test -l > .

<

Did the grad mint— test detected m failures ?

‘-F’
Check the tr in brake
Check the

fra

the crmssside Fz-azo :

I

L

I

fra

trim brake the cross si~ FZ-SZO :

I

Be sure that these pifu are locked in their Carnctore .

Se sure that we lacked
—tom

these pins in their
.

/

#

\

m

m
4

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document.

Page 398.245 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure

of information

on this. page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the title page

Recommended Action #C.12 AP Brake Relay Failures

t
NO

Did bath

FZ-820S

fai 1 this

same test?

I

YES

Does this

FZ-820

continue

to fail?

NO II ..—. –1

Replace

the cross

FZ-820

1

Does this

FZ-820 NO

pass?

YES

Replace

the

first

FZ-820

Disconnect the aileron servo and recycle Power on this FZ-820

i
Does this FZ-820 NO pass? Check the interconnect ui ri ng to the aileron servo. If no miswi res found, replace the servo.

Discormect
recycle

the elevator servo and pouer on this Fz-820

i
Does this FZ-820 NO pass? Check the interconnect wiring to the elevator servo. If no miwires fomd, replace the servo.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of ttus document.

398.246 Mar 15/91

Recommended Action #Cl 3 YD Servo Amplifier Failures

+
No

Did both

FZ-820S fai L this

s-

teat?

I
t
Does this

YES

FZ-820 cmtinue

to

fait?

NO .— -

-

II

RapLace the cross FZ-820

Instal this

t stot,

the cross FZ-820 in
and cycle pwar.

I

t
Dote this FZ-820 peas? Ra@aca the firat FZ-820 n

Ooee the fault
the linear

folbx

YES

actuetor?

Raphse {1
the failed

~inear acwstor

I

so

Check the harness for rniauires: 1OJ1A-58 - YD ENOAOE 1OJ1A-59 - EXCITATION III 1OJ1A-6O - EXCITATION LO 1OJ1A-61 - LVDT HI 1OJ1A-62 - LWT LO 1OJ1A-63 - DRIVE 1OJ1A-64 - ORIVS
Se sure

their

the pine are locked in mrmeetora.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page
of this document.

398;247 Mar 15/91

Use or

disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the title page

Honeywell ~###!’!’vcE

APPENDIX E SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR USED WITH FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restricflons on the title page of this document.

Page 398.248 Mar 15/91

APPENDIX E SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR USED WITH FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY 1.0 SERVO
$hlITCHING MONITOR

The servo switching monitor is designed to verify the engaged status of The monitor uses hardware (discrete) and software (status) the servos. data to validate the performance of both single and dual Flight Guidance The servo switching monitor can be Computer (FGC) configurations.

subdivided into the following five major groups: . . .
q

c 2.0

Hardware monitor Pushbutton monitor Sensor monitor Performance monitors monitor Engage status monitor

HARDWARE MONITOR The hardware portion of the servo switching monitor verifies the performance of the servo relays. These relays are illustrated in Figure E-1. There are two levels or paths of servo control. The first level is the normal servo engage/disengage path. The second is the abnormal disconnect path. All disengagements using the abnormal disconnect path will result in a failed autopilot. The relays used in the normal engage/disengage path are called the servo engage relays. These provide the following discrete information:

Proc/ ~ A26,B26 A27,B27 A25,B25 A24,B24 A23,B23 A22,B22 A29,B29

Ref @ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Mnemonic YDRELAY YDBRAKE APCLTCH APRELAY ELTCLTCH ELTRELAY SERVOFF

W YD BRAKE RELAY YD BRAKE AP CLUTCH AP CLUTCH RELAY ELEV TRIM CLUTCH ELEV TRIM RELAY SERVOS OFF

Active Sicmal Description (=11 This FGC YD brake relay is engaged YD brake is active Elevator and Aileron clutch is active This FGC AP clutch relay is engaged Elevator trim clutch is active This FGC elevator trim relay is engaged All servo engage relays in this FGC are off, thus this FGC is not controlling any servos

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure

of information on this page is subjact to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.249 Mar 15/91

YD
1

av
10U
I

M:;
I @

TO IJNSAR

ACTUATOR i I I

YOREIAY @ YOSRAKE~

I I I I I I Yu
SsRvO POWER (+2s v)

-W SWOPWROFF @ Yo SERVO
REIAY

YD SNams

i
I I I I I

I I I I I I I I
I I I I I

1 REMY . I ELsv TRIM oLulcN RSLAY ssRvoFF

&vo POWER (+ZSV)

I I I I I I

ELsv TRIM APolsc 4 @w ~ 2SV 10K i, I I &rcN REIAY COMMAND (A-PROC)

I I I I I I TO NLSRON AND SLEVATOt? SsRVos

@ APRSIAY @ APCLTCN-

A? SNGAGE

AO-ZSS35*

FZ-800 Servo Clutch Interface Figure E-1 Each servo engage relay is controlled by only one processor; however, relay performance is monitored by both. The A-processor controls engagement/disengagement of the elevator trim relay, while the B-processor controls both the AP clutch and the YD brake relays. Only one relay is used in the abnormal disconnect path. This relay, called the servo power relay, switches power to all the servo engage relays. When this relay opens, all servo engage relays are deprived of power and are consequently deactivated. The servo power relay is the primary disconnect path used whenever any failures are detected.

Ground

Maintenance

Test

Procedure

Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
on the title page of this document.

Use or disclosure

Page 398.250 Mar 15/91

of information

on this page

is subject

to the

restritilons

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR
power relay. functions: NOTE: This inherently provides

APPENDIX E
each processor with two important

A simultaneous command is required from each processor to engage the servo

The servo ower relay enable command from each processor is labelled SiVOPWRV; reference designation 9 (Processors A & B Bits 31) in Figure E-1.

.

.

A secondary disengage ath and A means to independent Yy disengage all servos.

For example? suppose the B-processor commands the aileron and elevator servos to disengage vla the normal engage/disengage relays. Next, su pose one of these falls and remains stuck closed. Usin the secondary patE and commanding the servo power rela to open (SRVOPWRV~ the B-processor can remove power from the clutch re{ ays and thus power from the servos. Monitoring of the servo engaged status by the cross-processor allow~o;he cross-processor to disengage the system if a failure is detected. example, suppose a YD servo disengagement is requested, but due to a failure, the B-processor does not see this request and continues to control the rudder. The A-processor, by commanding the servo power relay to open (SRVOPWRV), can disengage the system. Only one discrete feedback is available to monitor the state of the servo power relay. This signal is described as follows: Ref ~ 8 Mnemonic SRVPWROFF Name Servo Power Off FB Active Siqnal Description (=1) The servo power rela is open, thus removing power from all clutci! es, and power to the servos is switched off. (Processors A & B Bits 30)

The above hardware signals provide a concise description of the engaged status of the system. The following are a few examples of a steady state system: Table E-1 shows the ex ected state of the relays when onl the YD is en aged in this FGC. Bnly the YD relay is on while the i P and Elev trim re7 ays are off. Since this FGC is engaged, tfieServos Off signal is low, as is the Servo Power Off feedback. Table E-1 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. SRVPWROFF: 1 1 0 0 0 0 O : 0 . . . . . .

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.251 Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR
engaged feedbacks All by this FGC. Since are set.

APPENDIX E

Table E-2 shows the state of the relays when both the AP and YD are
relays and their corresponding brake/clutch FGC is controlling the servos, both the this

Servos Off and Servo Power Off signals are low. Table E-2 YDRELAY. .* YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY .* SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF.

. . . .

1 1 1 1 1

. : .

0

In Table E-3 the YD and Man./Mach Trim are engaged, but in the cross-FGC. This is why the YD and Trim relays are off, but the servo feedbacks (Trim this FGC is not engaged, clutch, YD brake) are high. Note also that since ~~~eServos Off signal is high, indicating that all servos are off on this . the Servo Power Off feedback is not high, this FGC has not Because
fail;d.

Table E-3 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0

Table E-4 represents a system where nothing is engaged. Again, since the Servo Power Off feedback is low, this FGC is still valid. Table E-4 YDRELAY. . . 0 YDBRAKE. . . 0 APCLTCH. . . 0 APRELAY. . . 0 ELTCLTCH . . 0 ELTRELAY q . o SERVOFF. . . 1 SRVPWROFF. . 0

Ground

Maintenance Table 301

Test (cent)

Procedure

22-14-00
Paqe

398.252

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjecl to the restrictions on the tile page of this dcmment.

‘Mar 15/91

Honeywell #&!!-~NcE
SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR Table E-5 shows the effect
YD are engaged by the

APPENDIX E

of a failure on the system. Here, the AP and however, this FGC has failed. We know that this FGC has failed because the Servo Power Off signal is high.
cross-FGC,

Table E-5 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1

Tables E-2 through E-5 are representative samples of the hardware portion are what the of the engaged states of a dual channel system. These states has been designed to verify. If this monitor does servo switching monitor not match a pre-programmed valid state, a failure has been detected. Some failure examples are shown below: In Table E-6, the YD in this FGCwas commanded to engage, but did not completely do so. The YD Relay engaged, but the YD Brake signal did not go high. This could be due to an isolation diode failing open. SRVPWROFF will be set high once the servo switching monitor trips. Table E-6 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

In Table E-7, both the YD and MT are engaged. Both relays have closed, and their corresponding Brake/Clutch lines have gone high. A failure has occurred in the Servos Off signal. It remained high. There could possibly be a failure in this circuit. SRVPWROFF will be set high once the servo switching monitor trips.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.253 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR

APPENDIX E Table E-7 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0

In Table E-8, the failure conditions show that the AP and Trim
engaged. failure What is missing is the YD. It should also be engaged.

are The

could be caused by the YD relay itself, or with the engage command drivers to the relay. SRVPWROFF will be set high once the servo switching monitor trips. Table E-8 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0

3.0

PUSHBUTTON MONITOR The following pushbutton inputs are monitored and recorded by the engage
logic: Proc/ &J

Mnemonic

Active

Siqnal

Description

(=1)

A1O,B19 A12,B17
A11,B16 A3,B1O

TCS YDDISC
APDISC STALWARN

Touch control steering active YD quick disconnect NOT pushed
AP quick disconnect Stall warning active NOT pushed

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of

information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.254 ‘Mar 15/91

When the TCS pushbutton is pressed, and theAP is engaged, control of the aileron, elevator and trim are disengaged until the pushbutton is released. The state of the servo clutch engage relays is verified against this condition as shown in the following table: Table E-9 shows the AP,
active. This is a normal

YD and Trim are engaged state.

engaged.

This

FGC’S

TCS is

not

Table E-9 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. TCS. . . .
. .;

.1 .1 .1 . .; .0 . 0

Table E-10 shows TCS is active. As soon as the FGC sees this pushbutton, it disengages the AP and Elev trim clutches. This leaves only the YD engaged. Since the Elev trim clutch relay is not engaged (ELTCLTCH=ELTRELAY=O)Man ./Mach trim cannot be selected. See the following example. Table E-10 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

TCS. . ...1
Table E-n shows that TCS is active. However, both the YD brake and elev trim relays are active. This shows the state where YD and Man./Mach trim remain engaged during a TCS maneuver.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
‘Mar
title page of this document.

Page 398.255
15/91

Use

or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the

Honeywell #jf#~f~NcE
SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR Table E-n YORELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 APPENDIX E

TCS. . ...1 3.2 APDISC/YDDISC
to The AP and YD quick disconnect pushbuttons are used by the operator when the pushbutton is Each input, disengage the corresponding servos.

not pushed, will appear as a ground to the FGC. To the FGC, this is it’s normal state, and thus is assigned a “l”. In other words, the FGC assumes the logic:

If APDISC=l, the

AP quick

disconnect

is

@pushed.

The same is true for YDDISC. The following tables show the normal state of the relays relative to the active states of the quick disconnect pushbuttons. NOTE: While an option for a YD quick disconnect pushbutton is provided by the FGC, the pushbutton does not exist on the aircraft. This input is hard-wired to signal ground at the rear connector of the FGC. Therefore, this input should always appear set to ‘l’. An input status of ‘O’ implies a loose connection (or even miswire) in the harness assembly. In Table E-12, the AP, YD and Trim relays are all engaged. The quick disconnects are not pushed (=1). Table E-12 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. APDISC . . YDDISC . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of intormatiin on this Page is subject to the restrictionson the title page of this document.

Page 398.256 Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR

APPENDIX E

In Table E-13, the AP quick disconnect pushbutton is being pushed causing Since YD and Mach trim are selected, these relays the AP relays to open. remain engaged. Since the AP quick disconnect is being pushed, APDISC =0 (or active) and the AP relay is disengaged.
Table E-13 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. APDISC . . YDDISC . . 3.3 . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1

STALWARN

The two stall warning input discretes are filtered and voted by the engage logic. If either input appears active, the FGC will disengage the AP. The servo switching monitor examines these discrete inputs only during AP engagement. If the AP remains engaged while either stall warning is active, an abnormal disconnect is performed. 4.0 SENSOR MONITOR The servo switching
monitor makes sure that the FGC properly disengages if (VAHRS) and/or the DADC valid (VDADC) goes invalid. If these sensor voted valids (l=valid or not failed) go invalid, this monitor The following engaged status is verifies the engaged status of the FGC. allowed for each given sensor failure:

the IRS valid

q

IRS fai1 (VAHRS=O) - Man./Mach trim only (Proc A, Bit 6 and Proc B,
Bit 9) DADC fail (VDADC=O) - Nothing unless in APPT, where AP, YD or Man./Mach trim are allowed. (Proc A, Bit 5 and Proc B, Bit 8)

q

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document.

Paqe 398.257
‘Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure 01 information

on this page

is subject

to the restridlons

on the fitle page

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR
The Table following E-14 tables show the valid

APPENDIX E
relationship of the monitored states:

valid.

in this FGC. Both sensors are shows that the YD is engaged No other servos are engaged. This FGC is not in an approach mode. Table E-14 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. VAHRS. . . VDADC. . . APPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 O (Proc A, Bit 4 and Proc B, Bit 7)

Table E-15 shows that the YD is engaged in this FGC. All other servos are disengaged. The AHRS sensor is valid, however, the DADC is invalid. This FGC is in an active approach mode. Table E-15 YDRELAY. . . YDBRAKE. . . APCLTCH. . . APRELAY. . . ELTCLTCH . . ELTRELAY . . SERVOFF. . . SRVPWROFF. . VAHRS. . . . VDADC. . . . APPT . ...1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Use or disclosure of informationon this paga is subjecf to the restrictionson the

Page 398.258 Mar 15/91

Honeywell ##!!~NcE
SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR 5.0 PERFORMANCE MONITORS
a ‘handshake’ between the real-time performance the servo switching monitor. This internal status flag when required and are bypassed the monitors are operating monitored are defined below: when expected. The flags monitors verifies and that

APPENDIX E

Each processor employs

Proc/ ~ A9,B12

Mnemonic APPERFBY

Name

Active

Simal

Description (=11

AP Monitors Bypass YD Monitors Bypass

When this flag is set, it indicates that monitors are being the AP performance (A&B processors). bypassed

A8,B11

YDPERFBY

When this flag is set, it indicates that the YD performance monitors are being bypassed (A&B processors).

B6

MTMONBY

When this flag is set, it indicates that Man./Mach Trim Monitors Bypass the M-Trim performance monitors are being bypassed (B-processor only).
Elev Trim Monitors Bypass

A7 B13

TRPERFBY ELTMONBY

When these flags are set, they indicate the elevator trim performance monitors are being bypassed (TRPERFBY in A-processor and ELTMONBY in B-processor).
The AP trim inoperative servos. A failure aileron
A

B15

TRIMINOP

Trim Inoperative

monitors condition

detected an with the trim

B14

APSRVMON MFYDPOS

AP Failure Detected YD Failure

affecting

either

the

elevator

or

servos has been detected.

B1

Detected

failure affecting the YD position feedback has been detected.”

All the above performance monitor bypass flags are set whenever this FGC cause APPERFBY, is not engaged. For example, engaging the AP and YDwill YDPERFBY. TRPERFBY and ELTMONBY flaas to reset to zero. MTMONBY will

remain set. Disengaging the AP onl~, with the YD remaining engaged, will cause both APPERFBY and ELTMONBY flags to both be set. Engaging the M-Trim without the AP will cause the MTMONBY flag to be cleared.
The the For status of the two servo monitors, TRIMINOP, APSRVMON and MFYDPOS tells servo switching monitor that this FGC is only partially operational. if the fault flag APSRVMON is set, it indicates that a example, operation is verified by the servo switching monitor.

failure was detected by either the aileron or elevator servo monitors. This will cause loss of all AP functions but will not affect YD. This
limited

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

398.259 Mar 15/91

SERVOSWITCHING MONITOR 6.0 ENGAGE STATUSMONITOR

APPENDIXE

The engage status portion of the servo switching monitor verifies that all internal status flags are set to their proper states. These flags may be grouped into two major parts, channel status and engaged status flags. 6.1 A-Processor Channel Status Flaas Name ~{~~u:riority Active Sicmal Description [=11 This FGC will be the first to try to engage the servos when the system is commanded to do SO. The cross-FGC is capable of engaging the system. This FGC is engaged or may be engaged at any time.

Proc/ ~ Mnemonic A13 HIGHPRI

A28 A31 6.2

XSTATUSV ENGPWRV

Cross-Status Valid Engage Valid

B-Processor Channel Status Flaqs Name Engage Valid Cross-Status Valid Active Channel
Status

Proc/ ~ Mnemonic B31 B28 B18
6.2.1

Active Sicmal Descric)tion[=11 This FGC is engaged or may be engaged at any time. The cross-FGC is capable of engaging the system. Essentially the B-processor High
status. Priority

ENGPWRV XSTATUSV ACTIVCHN
HIGHPRI

- In a dual channel installation, only one FGC will assume High Priority. This FGC will be the box that controls the servos, all aircraft modes, and all message annunciations.

6.2.2

ENGPWRV - This flag implies the potential for engagement of this FGC. When this flag is set, this FGC either: (1 has the capability of engaging at any time, or (2) this FGC is a!ready engaged. XSTATUSV - This flag represents the status of the cross-FGC. If it is set, the cross-FGC is valid and is capable of controlling the servos.

6.2.3

6.2.4 ACTIVCHN - Active channel status is the priority flag used by the B-processor. It indicates that this FGC is valid, and this FGC will control the servos when commanded.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.260

Use or disclosure of informationon this page is

subfecf

to the

restrictions

on the title page of this document.

Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR

APPENDIX E

The relationship between each one of these four flags is shown below: Table E-16 shows that both FGCS are valid. This FGC is High priority, and will engage (if not already engaged) when commanded. Table E-16 HIGHPRI . ENGPWRV . XSTATUSV. ACTIVCHN. . . . . 1 1 1 1

Table E-17 shows that both FGCS are valid and neither FGC is engaged (ENGPWRV=l). This FGC is not High priority, and will not assume so the cross-FGC relinquishes it. until Table E-17 HIGHPRI . ENGPWRV . XSTATUSV. ACTIVCHN. . . . . 0 1 1 0

Table E-18 does not show very definitive information. Two states are possible: (1) either the cross-FGC is valid and is either engaged and this FGC is valid, or (2) the cross-FGC is not engaged, and this FGC is failed. The other servo switching monitor data will nail-down this actual cause. Table E-18 HIGHPRI . ENGPWRV . XSTATUSV. ACTIVCHN. . . . . 0 0 1 0

Table E-19 shows that this FGC is High priority, but is capable of only FD functions (ENGPWRV=O). The cross-FGC is invalid, either because it has failed or is not installed. Table E-19 HIGHPRI . ENGPURV . XSTATUSV. ACTIVCHN. . . . . 1 0 0 0

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.261
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

.

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR

APPENDIX E

Table E-20 shows that this FGC is either en a ed, or capable of being engaged, while the cross-FGC has either fai ?! e , or is not installed.
Table E-20

HIGHPRI. ENGPWRV. XSTATUSV ACTIVCHN

. . . .

. . . .

1 1 0 1

6.3

Enaaae Status Flaas
may be divided

The following fla s rovide the engaged status of the FGC: These flags in?!o wo groups, those that denote the desired status of the system, and those that provide the actual status of this FGC. A-Processor Desired Status Flags
Mnemonic Name Active Sianal Description (=1) to be

6.3.1
Proc/ ~

Al

MTSELECT

Man./Mach Trim
Selected

The Man./Mach trim is selected (if possible). engaged

~;~:-EC: - Control of Man./Mach trim is selected. When conditions are AP not engaged), Man./Mach trim will be engaged by the High prioriIf y“ GC. 6.3.2
Proc/ ~ B21

B-Processor Desired Status Flags
Mnemonic YDSELECT Name YD Selected Active Sianal Description (=1)

The YD has been selected to be engaged. ~: If this FGC has active channel status set, it will try to engage the YD.

B20

APSELECT

AP Selected

The AP has been selected to be engaged. ~:

If this FGC has active channel status set, it will try to engage the AP.

6.3.2.1

YDSELECT The

If this

YD is

FGC cannot be engaged, YDSELECT wilf ~e cleared.

requested

and

should

be or

is

en a ed by one

of

the

FGCS.

6.3.2.2 APSELECT The AP is requested and should be or is en a ed by one If this FGC cannot be engaged, APSELECT wil ?% e cleared.
of the FGCS.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00 Page 398.262
Mar 15/91
of this document,

Use or disclosure

of information on this page is

subject

to the restrictions

on the title page

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR 6.3.3

APPENDIX E

reflect the actual engaged status of Ac;:a~G;tatus Flags - These flags These flags will not change until the FGC transitions to its desired ~tate. For example, this FGC will not set YDSELENG status until after this side engages the YD.

A-Processor Present Status Flags:
Proc/ ~ Mnemonic

Name YD SELECTED ENGAGED AP SELECTED ENGAGED YD SELECTED STANDBY AP SELECTED STANDBY YD OFF-STANDBY AP OFF-STANDBY YD OFF-INVALID
AP OFF-INVALID

Active Siqnal Description (=1) YD is selected and engaged by this FGC. AP is selected and engaged by this FGC. YD is selected but not engaged by this FGC (this FGC is low priority). AP is selected but not engaged by this FGC (this FGC is low priority). YD is not selected and this FGC is not high priority. AP is not selected and this FGC is not high priority. YD is not selected and is invalid (cannot be engaged by this FGC).
AP is not be engaged Flags: selected by this and is FGC). invalid (cannot

A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14

YDSELENG APSELENG YDSELSTB APSELSTB YDOFFSTB APOFFSTB YDOFFINV APOFFINV
B-Processor

Present

Status

Proc/ ~ B4 B5 B3 B2

Mnemonic MTSELENG MTSELSTB MTOFFSTB MTOFFINV

Name

Active Sicmal Descrirltion(=1)

Man./Mach trim is selected and engaged by Man./Mach Trim SELECTED-ENGAGED this FGC. Man./Mach trim is selected and engaged by Man./Mach Trim SELECTED-STANDBY the cross-FGC. Man./Mach Trim OFF-STANDBY Man./Mach Trim OFF-INVALID Man./Mach trim is not selected and this FGC is not high priority. Man./Mach trim is not selected and is invalid (cannot be engaged by this FGC).

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.263 Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subjact to the restrictions on the title page of this document

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR 6.3.3.1 SELENG Status

APPENDIX E

Selected/engaged (SELENG) status becomes active when theAP, has been selected and when this FGC has actually engaged. 6.3.3.2 SELSTB Status

YDorMT

Selected/standby (SELSTB) status becomes active when the appropriate function has been selected, and the cross-FGC is actually engaged. This FGC can pick-up engagement when required. 6.3.3.3 OFFSTB Status Off/standby (OFFSTB) status becomes active when the appropriate function is not selected and this FGC is not High Priority (HIGHPRI). 6.3.3.4 OFFINV Status Off/invalid (OFFINV) status becomes active after a fault is detected by this FGC making it incapable of controlling the servos. 6.4 Hardware Versus Enqa~ed Status Flaus This section relates these engaged status flags to their corresponding hardware configurations. ExamDle 1 System configuration: . . . Dual

FGC1 YD/Man./Mach Trim engaged
FGC2 is valid.

FGC1’S hardware configuration is shown in E-21. Both the YD relay and brake are high, as well as the elev trim relay and clutch. Table E-21 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.264 Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR
engaged

APPENDIX t
are

FGC2’S hardware configuration is shown in Table E-22. Since no relays side, only the brake and clutch lines are high. The by this servos off signal is also high for the same reason. Table E-22 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0

FGC1’S engage and channel status flags are shown in Table E-23. Here, we can see that FGC1 is both high priority and active channel, making it the controlling FGC.
This table also shows that FGC2 is valid (XSTATUSV=l) thus, we can assume that, if FGC1 should fail, FGC2 will assume priority and keep the system engaged. Because FGC1 has verified that it is engaged, the YDSELENG and MTSELENG flags are set. Because FGC1 is high priority, none of its standby flags are set. Since it has not failed, none of the invalid flags are set. Table E-23 HIGHPRI . ENGPWRV . XSTATUSV. ACTIVCHN. YDSELENG. APSELENG. YDSELSTB. APSELSTB. YDOFFSTB. APOFFSTB. YDOFFINV. APOFFINV. MTSELENG. MTSELSTB. MTOFFSTB. MTOFFINV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.265 Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR

APPENDIXE

FGC2’S engage and channel status flags are shown in Table E-24. Here, we can see that FGC2 is not in control because neither its high priority or active channel status flags are set. Because FGC2 cannot engage its servos until FGC1 disengages, ENGPWRV is zero.
FGC2’S engage/status flags show that both YD and Man./Mach Trim are selected. Since this side is low priority, or standby, this side will reengage YD and Man./Mach Trim should FGC1 disengage unexpectedly. Because the AP is not engaged, the APOFFSTB flag is set. Table E-24 HIGHPRI . ENGPWRV . XSTATUSV. ACTIVCHN. YDSELENG. APSELENG. YDSELSTB. APSELSTB. YDOFFSTB. APOFFSTB. YDOFFINV. APOFFINV. MTSELENG. MTSELSTB. MTOFFSTB. MTOFFINV. Example 2 System configuration:
q q q

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0

Dual

FGC1 failed FGC2 has re-engaged AP,

YD and

Man./Mach

Trim

The hardware configuration of the servo switching monitor for the failed box, FGC1, is shown in Table E-25. This data shows that FGC1 has failed (SRVPWROFF=l) and disengaged (SERVOFF=l).

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.266 ‘Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR

APPENDIX E

Because the YDBRAKE, APCLTCH, and ELTCLTCH are all high, we can tell that the system is still engaged. Table E-25 YDRELAY. . - YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1

Table E-26 shows the hardware flags associated with FGC2. FGC2 has re-engaged the system. All its relays are engaged and operational. Table E-26 YDRELAY. . YDBRAKE. . APCLTCH. . APRELAY. . ELTCLTCH . ELTRELAY . SERVOFF. . SRVPWROFF. . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0

The status flags stored by FGC1 are shown in Table E-27. Even though FGC1 is low priority, it cannot set any of its standby flags (AP, YD or MT SELSTB) because it has failed. Because of its failed condition, AP, YD and Man./Mach Trim are all off-invalid. Because it can no longer engage the system, ENGPWRV=O. NOTE: FGC1 can still properly latch the valid status of FGC2 (XSTATUSV=l).

Ground

Maintenance

Test

Procedure

Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page

398.267 Mar 15/91

Use or dlsclOSUre of informationon this page is

sub@t

to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Honeywell ~#!$~~NcE
SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR Table E-27 HIGHPRI . ENGPWRV . XSTATUSV. ACTIVCHN. YDSELENG. APSELENG. YDSELSTB. APSELSTB. YDOFFSTB. APOFFSTB. YDOFFINV. APOFFINV. MTSELENG. MTSELSTB. MTOFFSTB. MTOFFINV. APPENDIX E

0 0 0 :0 . 1
. . : . 0

. . . . . .

.

0 0

. Ii 0 0

. 0 . 1

Table E-28 contains the status flags latched by FGC2. Here, we see that FGC2 has assumed high priority (HIGHPRI=ACTIVCHN=l). Since FGC2 has reengaged the system (all relays closed, see Table E-28) it has set each of its selected-engaged status flags. In addition, FGC2 has latched FGC1’S invalid condition (XSTATUSV=O). Table E-28 HIGHPRI . ENGPWRV . XSTATUSV. ACTIVCHN. YDSELENG. APSELENG. YDSELSTB. APSELSTB. YDOFFSTB. APOFFSTB. YDOFFINV. APOFFINV. MTSELENG. MTSELSTB. MTOFFSTB. MTOFFINV.
.

1 : 1 1 i!

0 0 :0 . 0 . 0 . . : . 0 . 0

. . . . . . .

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Paqe 398.268 ‘Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR 7.0 PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER Thus far, we’ve covered
switching monitor.

APPENDIX E

the meaning of each flag examined by the servo Before we can review the procedure for interpreting

this data, you must be aware of its limitations. 7.1 Servo SwitchinQ Monitor Architecture Because of its architecture, there are inherent limitations within the servo switching monitor. These limitations become apparent after a brief review of the execution sequence.
q

Execution and Sequencing The signals described in Table E-29 are updated every 25 ms in the A-processor and every 50 ms in the B-processor. These updated signals are then compared, at the corresponding rate, against entries in a constants table. These entries (see Appendix F) define every combination of permissible engaged states within the system. If a match is found, the system has been verified to be in a valid state, and the servo switching monitor is satisfied.

If no matches are found after every entry is compared, the system is assumed to be in a transient state. The servo switching monitor will continue to update and compare the engaged status of the system, without tripping, until a match is found, but for only a limited timeout period. For example, with the system disengaged, assume the AP is selected (APSELECT=l). The system must first command YD engagement, then wait for the YD to actually engage (YDRELAY=YDBRAKE=l) before commanding AP engagement. After AP engagement is verified (APRELAY=APCLTCH=l ), elev trim is commanded to engage. The monitor will not be satisfied until the elev trim relay actually closes (ELTRELAY=ELTCLTCH= l). This process can take up to 500 ms.
If no matches are found within specific time-out periods (800 ms in the A-processor, 1 sec in the B-processor) this monitor will trip, and fail the FGC. Just prior to failing the FGC, the processor will (1) store the last set of updated signals into the Flight Fault Summary (FFS), then (2) open the servo power relay (reference designator 8 in Figure E-l). These last two steps lead to shortcomings with the data reported by the monitor. Since only the last set of updated signals is stored, only one piece of a larger puzzle is available for evaluation. Since this fault has been ongoing for the entire time-out period, the dynamic nature of the error is unknown.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document.

Use

or

disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the title page

Page 398.269 “Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR 7.2 Data Analysis

APPENDIX E

We have not examined the actual bit sequence associated with displayed Flight Fault Summary data. This data is contained in four 16 bit words, forcing you to analyze up to 64 different flags. (See Appendix C,
FENGTSTA The and FENGTSTB).

step in analyzing this data is to reduce it to a more first manageable level.

Since this monitor runs independently in each processor, one processor will typically trip before the other. The processor whose monitor tripped first will latch the data that most accurately describes the failure. To determine which processor tripped first, look at the status of the Servo Power Off signal (SRVPWROFF). This flag, bit 30 of FENGTSTA, and bit 30 of FENGTSTB, will equal zero in the processor that first failed. Once you’ve isolated the processor, use this processor’s data to determine the state of the system when the fault occurred (e.g. was the AP/YD engaged?, was only the YD/Man./Mach trim engaged?). The easiest
way to relative determine to their this state is select/engage to examine the relays (APRELAY, YDRELAY) status flags (APSELECT=l? MTSELECT=l?). select pushbuttons to

Next, examine the status of the TCS and manual trim if a synchronization mode was chosen. determine

Finally, check the priority status and the status of the cross-FGC (XSTATUSV) to determine the single/dual configuration. After you’ve compiled this data and re-created the state of the system, compare the actual bit sequence with its corresponding progression defined in Appendix F. Any differences will highlight the miscompared flags, and hopefully direct you to the cause of the fault. E)(amDle1 A flight fault summary reads: line 2

line line

3 4

0000 0013 0700 00004000 000000000000

7E8C 1A63 1AB33B60 000000000000 switching

Both the A and B-processors indicate failures of their servo monitors (line 2, word 2, bit 4 and line 3, word 1, bit 8).
Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page 398.270

Apr
Use or
disclosure of information on this page is

15/93

subject to the restrictions

on the title page

of

this

dorument.

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR

APPENDIX E

The first step is to decode the servo switching monitor’s data into 1’s information: and 0’s. This will give us the following
line 2 word 3 line 2

word 4

7E8C 1A63= 0111 1101 1000 1100 word 4 line 3 1AB3 3B60= 0001 1010 1011 Ooll Step 1:

0001 10100110

0011

line 3 word 5 0011 1011 01100000

Which processor tripped first? A-processor: SRVPWROFF = bit 30 FENGTSTA= 1 B-processor: SRVPWROFF = bit 30 FENGTSTB= O Therefore, the B-processor tripped first. What was the state of the system when the fault occurred?

Step 2:

Concentrating on the B-pr;;e;;s;s data (s~~ce it tripped first): YD Brake Relay
AP Clutch Elev Elev servos Trim Trim were

=0
=1

AP Clutch Relay =0
Clutch =1 Relay =0 engaged, but

this This

tells

us that

all

not

by this

FGC.

=1). In correlates with the AP and YD Select status flags (both addition, we can see that Man./Mach Trim was also selected (MTrim Select-Standby =1). Examining the pushbuttons: YD Quick Disconnect = 1 AP Quick Disconnect = 1 TCS = O shows that none are active. Finally, checking the priority status flags shows that this FZ is standby, or not high priority (Active Channel =0) and that the cross-FGC is valid (Cross-status valid =1). In . . . . . summary, the state of this FZ, when the fault occurred: The B-processor failed first when the AP and YD were both selected and engaged by a valid cross-FGC while this FZ was the standby channel with no synchronization modes selected Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page 398.271 Apr 15/93
page of this document.

Use

or

disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restrictions

on the title

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR

APPENDIX E

Step 3:

Nail

the

cause.

We can identify the flag(s) that caused this monitor to fail by comparing this fault code with its allowed state(s) found in Appendix F. Look at the B-processor data (line 3, words 4 and 5) under STANDBY the only allowable state for this condition. AP/YD/MSEL. This represents Compare this with the fault code. The flags that fall-out represent the signals that have failed.

0011 XOXO xO1l XOXX 0011 lXX1 x11O 000x - allowed state 0001 1010 1011 0011 0011 1011 0110 0000 - failed state
t Mismatch
The Since failed this signal: signal is SERVOS OFF. strictly internal to the FGC, replace this unit.

ExamDle 2 A flight fault sunnnaryreads: line 2 line 3 line 4

0000 0013 0700 00004000 000000000000

5809 1B73 9FE713D0 000000000000

Both the A and B-processors indicate failures of their servo switching monitors (line 2, word 2, bit 4 and line 3, word 1, bit 8).
The first

step

is to decode the servo switching
line 2 line3” word 3 line 2

monitor’s word 4 0111 0011
word 5

data

into

1’s

and 0’s.

This will give us the following information:

5809 1B73 = 0101 10000000
9FE7 13DO=

1001

0001 loll
line 3

word 4

1001 1111 11100111

0001 0011 1101 0000

Step 1:

Which processor tripped first? A-processor: SRVPWROFF= bit 30 FENGTSTA = 1 B-processor: SRVPWROFF= bit 30 FENGTSTB = O Therefore, the B-processor tripped first.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page
398.272 Apr 15/93

Useor disclosureof informationon this page is subjectto the restrictions on the title page of this document.

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR Step 2:

APPENDIX E

What is the state of the system when the fault occurred?
it tripped first):

Concentrating on the B-pr;~~;~[~s data (since
YD Brake AP Clutch Relay Relay =1 =1 ::

AP Clutch Elev Trim Clutch =1 Elev Trim Relay =1 This tells us that all servos were engaged by this FGC when the monitor tripped.
Since flags. all servos were

be selected. However,

engaged, we would expect both the AP and the YD to a mismatch can be seen with the select status

while APSELECT=O. Looking further shows yet Only YDSELECT=l another mismatch. This time with the monitor bypass flags. The YD monitor bypass is cleared indicating that these monitors are operational, but the AP monitor bypass is set, indicating that the AP performance monitors are not executing. Both bypasses should have been cleared. Man./Mach trim was also selected (MTrim Select-Engage =1). Since theAP is engaged, the Man./Mach trim monitor bypass is set. This is expected. Examining the pushbuttons: YD Quick Disconnect =1 AP Quick Disconnect =1 TCS =0 shows that none were active when the fault data was latched. Finally, the priority status flags show that this FZ is high priority (Active Channel =1) and that the cross-FGC is valid (Cross-status valid =1). Note also that the aircraft was in its final phase of approach (APPT=l).

In summary, the state of this FZ, when the fault occurred:
.
q

. .
q

.

The B-processor failed first when the AP and YD were both engaged by this FGC with a valid cross-FGC during an approach with no synchronization modes selected and failed because the AP was engaged but not selected to be engaged.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
of this document,

Page 398.273 Mar 15/91

Use

or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subject

to the restricf!ons

on the title page

SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR Step 3: Nail the cause.
the flag(s) that with its allowed

APPENDIX E

We can identify this fault code

caused state(s)

this monitor to fail by comparing in Appendix F. found

Look at the B-processor data (line 3, words 4 and 5) under AP/YD/MSEL-DUAL. This represents the only allowable state for this condition. Compare this with the fault code. The flags that fall-out represent the signals that have failed.

lOOx 1111 1111 0111 1001 1111 1110 0111

0000 0011 x101 000x - allowed state 0001 0011 1101 0000 - failed state
t

t Mismatch

Mismatch

The mismatched signals: APSELECT and AP Monitor Bypass With this data alone, we cannot conclusively derive the cause of the fault. Something caused the software to think that the AP should be disengaged, but a disengagement did not occur. Inputs to the FGC that affect disengagements include AP quick disconnect, stall warning and TCS. The primary suspect is the AP quick disconnect. Recommended actions would be to verify these interfaces via ground maintenance test and, if no faults are detected, to check the impedance of each AP quick disconnect to the FGC. If nominal values are measured, do not replace any FGCS. Instead, monitor this aircraft for additional faults.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Mar
title page of this document,

Page 398;2?4
15/91

of Use or disclosure

information

on

this

page

is

subject

to

the

restrictions

on

the

Servo Switching

Monitor Worksheet

Separate

the servo switching monitor’s hex fault words into binary: A-m”ocessor
B-Drocessor

31

30

Servo

29 — 28 ~ 27 26 — 25 —
24 ~

Engage Valid Power Off FB Servos Off Cross-status Valid Brake Brake Relay Clutch Clutch Relay

31

Engage Valid

30

29 — 28 ~ 27 26 — 25 — 24 ~ 23 22 — 21 — 20 — 19 18 — 17 — 16 ~ 15 14 — 13 — 12 :

Powwer Off FB Servos Off Cross-status Valid Servo

YD YD AP AP

YD Brake YD Brake Relay
AP Clutch

AP Clutch Relay Elev Trim Clutch Elev Trim Relay YD Select AP Select TCS Active Channel YD Quick Disconnect AP Quick Disconnect AP Trim Inoperative
AP Servo ?40nitor

23 22 — 21 — 20 — 19 18 — 17 — 16 ~ 15 14 —
13 —

Elev Trim Clutch Elev Trim Relay YD Selected-Engage ‘AP Selected-Engage YD AP YD AP Selected-Standby Selected-Standby Off-Standby Off-Standby

12 ~

YD Off-Invalid AP Off-Invalid High Priority YD Quick Disconnect
AP Quick Disconnect

ETrim Monitor Bypass AP Monitors Bypass YD Monitors Bypass Stall Iiarning AHRS Valid DADC Valid Approach Track Mode MTrim Monitor Bypass MTrim Select-Standby PITrimSelect-Engaged MTrim Off-Standby MTrim Off-Invalid YD Position Monitor Spare

11 10 —
::

TCS
AP Monitors Bypass YD Monitors Bypass Spare
AHRS (IRS) Valid

11 10 ~
:= 7 6= := 3 2= :=

;=

:— 3 2— :x

DADC Valid Approach Track Mode Stall Warning Spare Mach Trim Selected Spare

I

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page

398.274.1 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Servo Switching Monitor Worksheet (cent) 1. Which processor’s monitor tripped first? A-processor: Servo power off FB (SRVPWROFF) = B-processor: Servo power off FB (SRVPWROFF) =— 2. What is the state of the system

as latched

by this processor?

1.
2. 3. 4. :: 7. 3.

YD Brake Relay YD Brake AP Clutch AP Clutch Relay Elev Trim Clutch Elev Trim Relay Servos Off

Processor AB High Priority/Active —— Channel Cross-Status Valid —— Engage Valid ——

Do the STATUS FLAGS agree with this configuration? Which do not? A-Processor YD AP YD AP Selected-Engage Selected-Engage Selected-Standby Selected-Standby YD AP YD AP Off-Standby Off-Standby Off-Invalid Off-Invalid

AP Monitors Bypass YD Monitors Bypass Mach Trim Selected B-Processor ETrim Monitor Bypass AP Monitors Bypass YD Monitors Bypass MTrim Monitor Bypass YD Select AP Servo Monitor MTrim Select-Standby MTrim Select-Engaged MTrim Off-Standby MTrim Off-Invalid AP Select YD Position Monitor

Ground

Maintenance Table 301

Test (cent)

Procedure

22-14-00
Page
398.274.2 Apr 15/93
on the title page of this
document.

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

Servo Switching Monitor Worksheet (cent)

4.

Are any pushbuttons active? A-Processor — YD Quick Disconnect AP Quick Disconnect TCS Stall Warning B-Processor YD Quick Disconnect AP Quick Disconnect TCS Stall Warning

5.

Sensor Status, are all OK? A-Processor — — AHRS Valid DADC Valid Approach Track Mode B-Processor AHRS Valid DADC Valid

6.

Summarize the fault:

7.

Nail the cause using the state tables found in Appendix F of the Servo Switching Manual.

Al1owed

State:__ Failed

_________
2i i7--2i ~3--2i

-

-----------i9--16 i5--li ii--ii

___
?--~

_____
:--;

State:~l_ _

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr

Page 398.275
15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

. ,.

APPENDIX F SERVO SWITCHING MONITOR LOGIC TABLE

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page
398.276 Mar 15/91
of this document,

Use or disclosure of information on this page

is subject

to the

restrictions

on the title page

APPENDIX F SERVO SWITCHING LOGIC TABLE FENGTSTA
AP DISC

TCS t AP/YD ENGAGED A~{:~/ EN~!GEO
M[!L

LINE 2, WORD3
Engage Valid Servo Power Off FB Servos Off Cross-Status Valid YD YD AP AP Brake Brake Relay Clutch Clutch Relay

t
::::

t

~
:

M::L ~
1

AP/YD t 11 :;0 xxx 111 ::: 000 001 00 11 111 000 000 000 000 000 000 111 111
11

*
:

0000 Xxxx 1111 11 11:; 1100 1100 100
!1

0 x 1 : 0 i : : 0 0 0 0 1 1
xx x x

: x 1 i! 0 : : 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
;

Elev Trim Clutch Elev Trim Relay YD Selected-Engage AP Selected-Engage

i

11;; 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1111 1111
::XX

YD Selected-Standby
AP Selected-Standby YD Off-Standby AP Off-Standby LINE 2, WORD 4 YD Off-Invalid AP Off-Invalid High Priority YD Quick Disconnect AP Quick Disconnect TCS
AP Monitors Bypass

:11 :: 110 1
i lx 00 xx ! ! i ; ; !

YD Monitors Bypass Trim Monitors Bypass IRS Valid DADC Valid Approach Track Mode Stall Warning Spare Mach Trim Selected Spare

00 00 0011 11
1X* Xllx

::

: 0 1
i i

i! 1 1
i x x :

:

xx !!XX xx !!XX X = Don’t Care

x x o x

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restritilons on the title page of this document.

Page 398.277 ‘Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING LOGIC TABLE SINGLE t FENGTSTA
EN;~GED t l!: YD/ MSEL ~ 1

APPENDIX F STANDBY t
AP DISC YD/ MSEL ~ AP/YD ENGAGED t AP/YD/ TCS

YD

LINE 2, WORD3 Engage Valid Servo Power Off FB

M%E ~

o
0 0 1 1 :

Servos Off Cross-Status Valid YD Brake YD Brake Relay AP Clutch
AP Clutch Elev Elev Trim Trim Relay Clutch Relay

00 00 ;1

100 000 011 011 lxx
00 :Xx

+ 00 11 11 Xxo
000 Xxo

+: ;

::

0 1 1
: 0 :

000 xx :00
00 :00

000 Xxo 000
000 000

00 00
;: 00 00 00

YD Selected-Engage AP Selected-Engage YD Selected-Standby AP Selected-Standby YD Off-Standby
AP Off-Standby

011
0 0;0 1

110
00 :00

00

0

000
000 Xoo

010
000 000

LINE 2. WORD 4 YD Off-Invalid AP Off-Invalid High Priority YD Quick Disconnect AP Quick Disconnect TCS
AP Monitors YD Monitors Bypass Bypass

!:

!

11 11
xx xx
;:

1 1
i
:

100 011
x x:
: i

00 lx
lxx ;
;1 I

;
xx

11 11
xx

:
;

Trim Monitors Bypass IRS Valid DADC Valid Approach Track Mode Stall Warning Spare Mach Trim Selected Spare

11 ii lx xx xx 00 xx

0 1 1 x x x ;

111
lxx

11X
xxx Xoo x 1 xxx x !0

xxx
xxx xx !Xx Xxo xxx

Ground

Maintenance Table 301

Test (cent)

Procedure

22-14-00
Page
on the title page of this document.

398.278

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject

to the restntilons

‘Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING LOGIC TABLE FENGTSTA
AP DISC

APPENDIX F STANDBY t SINGLE t MSEL [~DE

MSEL

MSEL

NO MODE

MSEL

LINE 2. WORD 3 Engage Valid Servo Power Off FB
Servos Off Cross-Status Valid YD YD AP AP Brake Brake Relay Clutch Clutch Relay

~ 1
o ! o ; o 1

~ +
:
1

~ +
0
1

~ 1
0 ;

0
1

0
0 o 0 o 0 1

1
0 0 0 0 0

x 0 o o 0 0 o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 x ! 0 x 0 0 0 0 0 x x x x

1 x 0 x 0 x 0 0 0 0 0 i o o o x x x

Elev Trim Clutch Elev Trim Relay YD Selected-Engage AP Selected-Engage YD Selected-Standby AP Selected-Standby
YD Off-Standby

1
0 0 0 0 o o

:
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x ; x x

;
o o o o o o o

AP Off-Standby LINE 2. WORD4 YD Off-Invalid AP Off-Invalid High Priority YD Quick Disconnect AP Quick Disconnect TCS AP Monitors Bypass YD Monitors Bypass Trim Monitors Bypass IRS Valid DADC Valid Approach Track Mode Stall Warning Spare Mach Trim Selected Spare

; ; i

;
x x

;
x x

!
x x

1 1 ; :
x x

1 1 1
x

1 1
; x x x x :

1 ;
x x x x x

1 1
; ; x x

1 1
; x x x x 0 x

;
x x

1
x

1
x

1
x

1
x

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Pacie 398.279 ‘Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING LOGIC TABLE FENGTSTB APIYD TRIM MSEL INOP tt ; :

APPENDIX F AP DISC YD/ EN[~GED MSEL t ~

LINE 3. WORD 4 Engage’Valid Servo Power Off FB Servos Off Cross-Status Valid

AP/YD ENGAGED t : :::

YD/ MSEL ~ :

11
i

!?
1 1

00 Olloox

0000

H xx 11

o x 1 : 0 0 0 : x 1 : x 0 1 1 0 x 1 1 x 1 : 1 0 0
!

YO Brake
YD Brake Relay AP Clutch AP Clutch Relay Elev Trim Clutch Elev Trim Relay

1111111 11111 ;11110 1111110 1111111
1

:: 00 11111 00 00 :: xx 11 ; H Ooxxx 00000 00001 0001 Oooox 1111 11X11 xx 00 11 11 00 xx 11 xl lx 000 0001 : :0 00 00 00
! !!

YD Select
AP Select

1 111111 1111110 Oooooox 111111 111111 111111X o
:

TCS
Active Channel YD Quick Disconnect AP Quick Disconnect LINE 3, WORD 5 AP Trim Inoperative AP Servo Monitor ETrim Monitor Bypass AP Monitors Bypass YD Monitors Bypass Stall Warning IRS Valid DADC Valid Approach Track Mode MTrim Monitor Bypass MTrim Select-Standby MTrim Select-engaged MTrim Off-Standby MTrim Off-Invalid Rudder Position Mon. Spare

:0 000 0000000 00 11 11

Xxlxlxx 11111 :0 : 11 00 0000000
! ;

00000
! !!;

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of

Paae 398.280 ‘Mar 15/91 this document.

.-

-m

MAINTENANCE

SERVO SWITCHING LOGIC TABLE FENGTSTB SINGLE t

APPENDIX F TCS t
AP DISC

LINE 3, WORD 4 Engage Valid Servo Power Off FB Servos Off

AP/YD/ YD/ MSEL MSEL ~ ~ 1 1

EN~8GED t

YD/ MSEL ~

~~{[D/ * AP/YD t

Cross-Status
YD Brake

Valid

o o o
1

0 0 0000 1111 : 0000
1 1 :

:; 000

:

: !0011 11111 1

: :: 0000

:

YD Brake Relay AP Clutch
AP Clutch Elev Elev Trim Trim Relay Clutch Relay

1 1
1 1 1

11
:00 :

:
000

:

:

0

00000 000 1 ::0 10000 10000 11111 11111 11111 1111 1111 11111 Oxxoo
xxx 00000

YD Select
AP Select

1
1

TCS
Active Channel YD Quick Disconnect

o
1 1

Xxxx 1111
1 1

i

AP Quick Disconnect LINE 3, WORD 5 AP Trim Inoperative
AP Servo Monitor ETrim Monitor Bypass AP Monitors Bypass YD Monitors Bypass Stall Warning IRS Valid

1 x
o o o o o 1

x Xxxx
x

;;0

1111 1111
0000 x xxx

11111 11111
00000 00000

DADC Valid
Approach Track Mode MTrim Monitor Bypass MTrim Select-Standby MTrim Select-Engaged MTrim Off-Standby MTrim Off-Invalid Rudder Position Mon. Spare

1
x 1 o 1 o o !

1111 1X11
Xlxx

11111 1X11X
Xlxx

0111
0000

0
0 :000

11

i

1001
0 0 !lXxx 000 Xxo 000

10000
00000 00000 00 xx

0 !;X

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure

Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Paqe
398.281
on the title page of this document.

Use or disclosure of information

on this page is

subject

to the restrictions

‘Mar 15/91

SERVO SWITCHING LOGIC TABLE FENGTSTB AP/YD AP/YD/ MSEL

APPENDIX F STANDBY t YD/ MSEL YD

MSEL ONLY + 0

NO MODE -+0

LINE 3, WORD 4 Engage Valid Servo Power Off FB Servos Off Cross-Status Valid YD Brake YD Brake Relay AP Clutch AP Clutch Relay
Elev Trim Clutch

~ +
o

+
0

+
0

o 0

i
x o x o x o

1 1
x 0 x 0 x 0

i
x 0 x 0 x 0

1 1
x 0 x 0 x 0

1 1
x 0 x 0 x 0 0 0 x 0 x x x x

1 1
x 0 x 0 x 0 0 0 x 0 x x x x

Elev Trim Relay
Y(ISelect

AP Select
TCS Active Channel YD Quick Disconnect

1 1
x o x x o o

1 1
x 0 x x 0 0

1 ;
x 0 x x x 0 o x 0 x x x 0

AP Quick Disconnect LINE 3, WORD 5 AP Trim Inoperative AP Servo Monitor ETrim Monitor Bypass AP Monitors Bypass YDMonitors Bypass Stall Warning IRS Valid
DADC Valid Approach Track Mode

1 1 i
x x x

1 1 :
x 1 x

1 1 i
x x x

1 1 1
x i x

1 1
; x 1 x

1 1
; x x x

MTrim Monitor Bypass MTrim Select-Standby MTrim Select-Engaged MTrim Off-Standby MTrim Off-Invalid
Rudder Position Mon.

1 :
o : 0 0 o x

1 1
0 0 0 0 x

1
0 0 1 0 0 x

1 1
0 0 ! x

1 0
0 x x x x

1
o

Spare

!

Ground

Maintenance

Test

Procedure

Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398;282
Mar 15/91

Use or disclosure

of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

SERVO SWITCHING LOGIC TABLE FENGTSTB LINE 3, WORD 4
Engage Valid

APPENDIX F SINGLE t

MSEL _t_
FB :

AP DISC MSEL ~
:

NO MODE ~
1

Tcs/AP/ YD/MSEL t :
0

MSEL _t_
1

NO MODE J_
1

Servo Power Off
Servos Off

0 ; 0 0 0 0
0

o

1

Cross-Status Valid YD Brake YD Brake Relay
AP Clutch

x o o o o ; o o

x 0 0 0 0
o

o

0 0 0

0 1 0

1 1
0 0 : 1

:
0 0
1

0 0
0 0
0

AP Clutch Relay
Elev Trim Clutch

Elev Trim Relay YD Select AP Select

o 0 0

0 :

i

0 o

1 x
1 1

0 x
;

0 x
x

TCS
Active Channel YD Quick Disconnect AP Quick Disconnect

x
;

x
i

x
!

x

x x
x 1 1

o x
o 1 1

x x
0 1 1

1
1
0 1 1 o

x
x x
1 1

x
x x
1 1

LINE 3, WORD 4 AP Trim Inoperative
AP Servo Monitor ETrim Monitor Bypass AP Monitors Bypass YD Monitors Bypass Stall Warning

;

;

;

o

;

;

IRS Valid
DADC Valid Approach Track Mode MTrim Monitor Bypass MTrim Select-Standby MTrim Select-Engaged
MTrim Off-Standby

x 1 x o o 1
o

x x x

x x x

1 1
x

x 1
x

x x
x :

1
0 1
0

1
0 0
0

0
0

0
c1

1
0 o o x

1
0 0 x x

0
0 x x x

MTrim Off-Invalid Man or Emerg Trim Spare

o x x

! x

x x x

Ground

Maintenance Table 301

Test (cent)

Procedure

22-14-00
onthe title page of this document.

Page 398.283 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

(NVR) DISPLAY OF FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY

APPENDIX G NON-VOLATILE RAM

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.284

Apr 15/93 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this docl ment.

I

APPENDIX G NON-VOLATILE RAM (NVR) DISPLAY OF FLIGHT FAULT SUMMARY INTRODUCTION

II 1.0

I
The object of this document is to describe the procedure to display data from failures detected by the Flight Guidance Computer (FGC) software and in Non Volatile RAM (NVR). This data will be accessed through the stored Flight Fault Summary (FFS) entry of the GMT menu. Entry into the flight fault summary portion of ground maintenance test did not change and is in Appendix C. contained

Currently, the FFS only displays the last recorded failure since the most recent power-up. This data is lost when FGC power is turned OFF. With the incorporation of NVR the FGC is capable of saving up to a maximum of eight failures. For each failure, it stores twenty different states of twenty different and previously specified data words per processor (A & B processors). The SELECT option on the display controller is used to scroll through the FGC failures. In addition, this data is not lost or destroyed if FGC power is removed. However, the operator has the option of clearing the NVR data before exiting the FFS in response to FGC prompts.

I I

NOTE: Subsequent to clearing FFS, exit Ground Maintenance Test prior to removing power from the FGC. Failure to comply may result in the FGC reverting back to the single failure hexadecimal FFS format. 2.0 DISPLAY FORMAT Besides displaying NVR data, the new FFS format is more user friendly. Unnecessary or redundant data is not displayed and English language descriptions of the failures replace the hexadecimal code. Also, additional information such as flight conditions is included to facilitate troubleshooting of problems in the field. Figure G-1 shows the FFS display format. 2.1 Field 1 This field indicates that the Flight Fault Summary has been selected. It will always display “50 L (or R) FFS”. It also displays the NVR buffer number where the failure was stored, which is one digit from zero to eight. The last recorded failure will appear first and the oldest one, last. When all eight buffers are full, it will wrap around and start recording again from the first buffer.

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr

Page 398.284.1
15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page issubject

tothe

restrictions

on the title page of this document.

2.2

Fields 2 and 3 These two fields display the lateral and vertical active modes or Touch Control Steering (TCS) at the time of the failure. Refer to table G-1 for a listing of lateral and vertical mode messages.

2.3

Fields 4, 5 and 6 These three fields on line 2 contain when the failure occurred.
information about the flight condition

Field 4 indicates the current altitude, field 5 the current speed (IAS OR Mach), and field 6 the current vertical speed for each failure.

F1 12 CHAR. F4 9 CHAR.

F2 6 CHAR. 8 [;AR.

F3 6 CHAR. 9 ;liAR. F8 4 CHAR. F1O 4 CHAR.

19 C~~RACTERS F9 19 CHARACTERS

—. -- - -- - -- - - - - ---

- - - - - ---

- --

----------------------L
MORE 2.AIL SERVO FB J ------------------------Flight Fault Summary Format Figure G-1

50 L FFS #8 VOR13 ALT1l ---------------------------30000FT 300KTS +5500FPM ---------------------------1.AIL SERVO MOTION PM

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
title page of this document.

Page 398.284.2 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of informationon

this page is subject to the restrictions

onthe

Lateral

and

Table Vertical

G-1 Mode Messages

VERTICAL MESSAGE Xxxoo

MODE MESSAGES CORRESPONDING NO VERTICAL MODE MODE

SBYO1 PIT05 GA 07 Vs 09 FLC29 FLC2B ALTOC ALTOD ALT1l VNV2C VNV2D VNV2F VNV31 VNV33 VNV35 GS 1A GS lB GS lD GS OF

PITCH FLIGHT DIR STANDBY PITCH HOLD PITCH GO-AROUND VERTICAL SPEED HOLD FLC IAS FLC MACH ALT SEL ARM ALT SEL CAPT ALT HOLD FMS VNAV ARM VNAV VERTICAL SPEED HOLD VNV FLC IAS HOLD VNV FLC MACH HOLD VNV ALT SEL CAPT VNV ALT HLD GLIDESLOPE ARM GS CAPTURE GS TRACK DUAL APP GLIDE SLOPE TRK

LATERAL MODE MESSAGES MESSAGE Xxxoo SBYO1 ROL05 ROL07 ROL09
TK 7D HDGOB

CORRESPONDING MODE NO LATERAL MODE ROLL FLIGHT DIR STANDBY HEADING HOLD WINGS LEVEL BANK HOLD
BANK SELECT HEADING SELECT VOR NAV ARM VOR NAV CAPT 1

VOROC
VOROD VOROF

VOR1l
VOR13

VOR NAV CAPT 2 VOR NAV TRACK 1 NAV OVERSTATION
VOR NAV AFTER OVERSTATION 1

VOR43
VOR45

VOR14

VOR NAV AFTER OVERSTATION 2 VOR APP ARM

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr

Page 398.284.3
15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page ot this document.

Lateral

Table G-1 and Vertical

(cent) Mode

Messages

LATERAL MESSAGE VOR15

MODE MESSAGES

(cent) MODE

CORRESPONDING

VOR17 VOR19 VORIB VOR4D VOR4F LOCIC LOCID
LOC 1 F

VOR APP CAPT 1 VOR APP CAPT 2 VOR APP TRACK 1 APP OVERSTATION VOR APP AFTER OVERSTATION 1 VORAPP AFTER OVERSTATION 2 NAV LOC ARM
NAV LOC CAPT 1

LOC65 LOC21 LOC47 LOC67 LOC22 LOC23 LOC25 LOC69 LOC27 LOC51 LOC6B LOC53 BC 34 BC 35 BC 37 BC 75 BC 39 BC 49 BC 77 LNV40 LNV41 BC 3A BC 3B BC 3D BC 79 BC 3F BC 55 BC 57 ~:

NAV LOC CAPT 2 APP-NAV LOC CAPT 2 NAV LOC TRACK 1 NAV LOC TRACK 2 APP-NAV LOC TRACK 2 LOCALIZERAPP ARM LOCALIZERAPP CAPT 1 LOCALIZER APP CAPT 2 NAV-APP LOC CAPT 2 LOCALIZERAPP TRACK 1 APP LOC TRACK 2 NAV-APP LOC TRACK 2 DUAL APP LOC TRACK B/C LOC ARM B/C LOC CAPT 1 B/C LOC CAPT 2 BCAPP-BC LOC CAPT 2 B/C LOC TRACK 1 BC LOC TRACK 2 BC APP-BC LOC TRACK 2 LNAV ARM MODE LNAV TRACK MODE B/C APP LOC ARM B/C APP LOC CAPT 1 B/C APP LOC CAPT 2 BC LOC-BC APP CAPT 2 B/C APP LOC TRACK 1 BC LOC APP TRACK 2 DUAL BC APP LOC TRACK This is a generic list and not
all modes apply to

G-IV.

1 Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page

398.284.4
15/93

Apr Useor disclosure of information on this page issubject to the restrictions onthetitle page ofthisdocllment.

2.4

Fields

7 and

8 Refer Field to paragraph 8 displays 3.0 for a list the category of of

Field 7 displays the actual failure. field 7 failure message descriptions. failures as specified below.

Pu
HM

=
=

Power-up Hardware

Failure Failure

PM $3 2.5

= =

Performance Monitor Failure Servo Switching Monitor Failure

Fields 9 and 10 Field 9 is reserved for additional messages within the same failure. If more than two monitors of the same type tripped or as in the case of the Servo Switching Monitor, more than two messages were required, field 10 will display “MORE” and the operator will be able to scroll in more messages on lines 3 and 4 by depressing the SELECT push button on the Display As long as more messages are still available, the word “MORE” Controller. will continue to appear on field 10. If field 10 is empty, depressing SELECT will cause the FGC to start displaying the next failure.

3.0

FAILURE HIERARCHY Upon entry into the Flight Fault Summary, the most recent fault will be displayed first and the operator will be able to scroll, using the SELECT option on the display controller, to the other faults in descending order of occurrence. If no failures of any kind are found, a message indicating “NO FAILURES” will be displayed. All referenced recommended actions are contained in appendix D. Appendices C, E, and F should be used for decoding
servo switching Failures of the power-up failure messages follows: monitor failures.

3.1

Power-ur) A list

NVR FAILURE
ROM CHECKSUM FAIL RAM FAIL SERVO INTFC FAIL 1/0 INTFC FAIL

RECOMMENDED ACTION
Replace Replace C.1-C.5, FGC FGC C.8-C.13

H/WMONITOR FAIL SERVO PWR OFF FAIL
ACFT STRAPPING FAIL

C.7 Replace FGC
Replace C.6 FGC

A/B PROC SYNC FAIL

Replace FGC

Ground

Maintenance

Test

Procedure

Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
onthe title page ofthis document.

Page 398.284.5 Apr 15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

3.2

Hardware Failures The following messages indicate a hardware failure: NVR FAILURE GP POWER FAIL FGC HW FAIL SERIAL 1/0 ERROR STUCK PUSHBUTTON RECOMMENDED ACTION Check GP-820 power inputs B.5, B.6 A.13 A.12, B.3

3.3

Performance Monitor Failures The following messages can be generated: NVR FAILURE RUD SERVO MOTION
EL SERVO MOTION AIL SERVO MOTION YD CLOSURE ROLL CLOSURE PITCH CLOSURE YD POS VALIDATION AIL SERVO FB EL SERVO FB NORM ACCEL LIM TRIM SERVO AMP EL TRIM RUNAWAY

RECOMMENDED ACTION All A.1O A.9 A.8 A.7 A.6 A.5 A.4 A.3 A.2 A.1 B.12 B.11 B.1O B.9 B.2 B.1 B.18 B.17 B.6 B.15 B.13 B.14 B.13 B.19

EL MONITOR
TRIM INHIBIT

AIL MONITOR RUD CMD/RESPONSE
MAN TRIM MAN TRIM MAN TRIM FAIL

INOP MACH TRIM FAIL
RUNAWAY

MAN TRIM FB
TRIM SW FAIL TRIM LIMIT SW X-TRIM SW FAIL TRIM INOP

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Apr

Page 398.284.6
15/93

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions

on the title page of this document.

3.4

Servo Switchinq Monitor Failure If a Servo Switching Monitor failure is detected, field 8 will display “SS” and the long words ENGTSTA and ENGTSTB will be displayed in hex on fields 7 and 9. ---------------------------VOR13 ALT1l 50 L FFS #8 ---------------------------30000FT 300KTS +0500FPM ---------------------------ENGTSTA= 0611 030A SS ---------------------------MORE ENGTSTB= 0604 1030 ----------------------------

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
page of this document.

Page 398.284.7 Apr 15/93

Useor

disclosure

of information

on this page issubject

to the restrictions

onthetitle

Additional processing of ENGTSTA and ENGTSTB is performed and messages will be posted on fields 7 and 9 to assist the operator to take corrective action. The messages are shown in Table G-2 below.
Servo Table G-2 Switching Monitor Messages

ENGTSTA Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit 30 =0 30 =1 10 =1 10 =0 10 =1 3 =1 3 =0 3 =1

ENGTSTB Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit 30 =1 30 =0 19 =1 19 =1 19 =0 10 =1 10 =1 10 =0

MESSAGE A-PROC B-PROC FAIL FAIL FIRST FIRST

TCS ACTIVE TCS MISMATCH TCS MISMATCH STALL STALL STALL WARN ACTIVE WARN MISMATCH WARN MISMATCH

11=0 Bit 11=1 Bit 11=0

Bit 16 =0 Bit 16 =0 Bit 16 =1 Bit 17 =0
Bit 17 =0

AP DIS ACTIVE AP DIS MISMATCH AP DIS MISMATCH YD DIS ACTIVE DIS MISMATCH YD DIS MISMATCH IRS VALID IRS VALID MISMATCH IRS VALID MISMATCH
DADC VALID DADC VALID DADC VALID

Bit 12=0
Bit 12=1

YD

Bit
Bit

12=0
6=1

Bit
Bit

17 =1
9 =1

Bit Bit
Bit Bit Bit

6=0 6=1
5=1 5=0 5=1

Bit Bit
Bit Bit Bit

9 =1 9 =0
8 =1 8=1 8=0

MISMATCH MISMATCH

Ground Maintenance Test Procedure
Table 301 (cent)

22-14-00
Page

398.284.8

Apr 15/93 Use or disclosure of information on this page issubject tothe restrictionson the title page of this document.

Honeywell !.%@fl.cE
TABLE OF CONTENTS Para 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 SCOPE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
FMS FAULT ISOLATION

Title

& 1

FOR TESTS

1 1

CONFIGURATIONS

2 4 9
11

RADIOCONFIGURATION FLIGHT CONFIGURATION
FMS SYSTEM TESTS

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302

22-14-00

Page 398.285 Aug 15/91

Use or dleclosure Of information on this page is subject to the restrr~tons on the title page of this document.

1.0

SCOPE
The format elaboration. information (Pub. No. of these tests is to identify the required response without

These tests assume that the technicians performing these tests are familiar with the FMZ-800 system operation. For additional
on system 28-1146-43-XX) operation, consult - Section II. Pilot’s Operating Handbook

All values stated in these tests should have a 10% tolerance.
2.0 EQUIP14ENT AND MATERIALS FOR TESTS None required. 3.0 FMS FAULT ISOLATION

If the FMS appears to have failed (no CDU display on power-up) the failure may be isolated to either the CDU, NZ, or PZ by the following method. Press the NAV function key on the CDU. If there is no dtsplay on the CDU, press the PERF function key. If there is a display on the CDU, then the NZ has failed. If no display is present, pressing any of the letter or number keys will result in an entry to the scratchpad. If no CDU display can be generated from the keypad, the CDU has failed.

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.286 Aug 15/91

Use or disclosure of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document,

MAINTENANCE

Honeywell H!!#i5i5.
.0 CONFIGURATIONS There are four configuration states that the FMS may exist in: Dual, Initiated Transfer, Independent and Single. . Single is the configuration that a single FMS system is configured mode when two systems in a duplex installation are for or a default
not . communicating with the offside in FMS. duplex installations. is transferred between

Independent only offside

Mode exists only tuning information

In this mode
systems.

.

mode is applicable to duplex installations. In Initiated Transfer this mode offside radio tuning commands and pilot defined data base entries are transferred automatically. Active flight plan and performance initialization data are transferred only on command or via a line select key either through an aircraft mounted switch prompt on the last page of the active flight plan. Dual mode is similar to initiated transfer mode except that all active flight plan entries and performance initialization data are transferred to the offside system without the need for a separate pilot action.

.

The FMS will operate in Dual or Initiated Transfer modes only when the following criteria are met. . . . Both systems must have the same software version {SW PROGRAM). Both systems must have the same navigation data base region and effective dates (NAV DB and DB CYCLE). Both systems must have the same programming pin configurations (CONFIG PIN). Both custom data bases must be identical (CUSTOM DB).
Both FMS’S must have the same present positions with a 10 NM tolerance (PPOS OIFF).

.
.

.

Both FMS’S (SLAVE).

must

be

in

agreement

as to

the

master-slave

relationship

The information in parenthesis will be displayed on the CONFIG PROBLEMS page if the system is not operating in the mode for which it has been configured. See Figure 1.

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.287 Aug 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

t H
H
H 4DATA H

CONFIG
SW PROGRAM CONFIG PIN
CUSTOM NAV DB DB

PROBLEMS
PPOS DB
SLAVE

1/1
DIFF H
H m

>

CYCLE

LOAD

MAINTENANCE>

Figure 1
the FMS has been wired for this option, on the Maintenance Page there will be a CHANGE CONFIGprompt. Pressing the line select key next to the prompt will yield the display shown in Figure 2. From this page you may select the desired configuration offered by the prompts. is wired to permit the operator the aircraft from the CDU. Since to change

The aircraft configuration

NOTE:

If initiated transfer is selected, flight plan transfers are accomplished from the last page of the ACTIVE FLT PLAN page.

(

3

a
B Hi IBl

SELECTED CHANGE

C’ONFIG

DUAL
CONFIG TO

E XFER>

<DUAL <SINGLE

INITIATED

u
a
B

INDEPENDENT>
Maintenance

AD-2of36s@

Figure 2

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure
Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.2~8 ‘Aug 15/91

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

q

c

j.O

RADIOCCJNFIGURATION
The following information

page to reflect

is provided for use in configuring the TUNING the radio complement installed in the aircraft.

It is possible to modify the radio list as seen on the TUNING pages. The FMS is configured at the factory for two ADFs, two VHF COM radios, two NAV receivers, two HFs, and two transponders. If it becomes necessary to change these pages, the following procedure may be used.
. . Press Press the the

NAV function key.
NEXT function key. You should

now see the second page of

the NAV INDEX. .
q

Select the MAINTENANCE option.
Press the NEXT function FAILED SENSORS page. key. You should now have the MAINTENANCE

.

Enter RC in the scratchpad using the keyboard.

(Figure 3.)

/(
I

MAINTENANCE
FAlLED
SENSORS

2/2

HEI
SENSOR HISTORY>

Jb

Figure 3

.
L

Press the bottom left line select key. This results in the display
shown in Figure 4.

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302 (cent) -

22-14-00

Use

or

disclosure of information on this page is subjecf to the restrictions on the title page of this document

Page 398.289 ‘Aug 15/91

RADIO
<RECORD <TYPE <NO . lRADIO l= I COM I NAV
I 4MAINT

CON FIG
TuNE 1/31

1/1 )&,
H

1 1

ADF COM
NAV PRV

21 2 I
2 I I

H
H

DE-SEL

FRQ>
k

H

AD-30959-SM

Figure 4

The

cursor

is

TUNE page (ADF 1 in
PREV function (Figures 5,

now 1 ocated Figure keys. This 6 and 7.)

on the upper 1 eft position of the 4). To move the cursor, use the will also access pages 2 and 3.

RADIO
NEXT and

A

AD-309S0-SM

Figure 5

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00

Use or disclosure of information on this page IS subject to the restrictions on the title page of this document.

Page 398.290 Aug 15/91

Honeywell !!$!!!!H.CE

RADIO
<RECORD

CONFIG
TUNE HF 1 XPDR 2/31

1/1

lRADIO

H ~ I F

<TYPE
4N0 .

!I iXPDR

21 2i

I
<MAINT DE-SEL PRV

I E la
J@ E

FRQ>

AD-30961-SM

Figure 6

t

IE3
H

4RECORD lRADIO <TYPE <NO. TuNE 3/3! B1

~

1I
I 1 DE-SEL PRV

I I
I I FRQ>

H
B

H
H

AD-309s2-SM

Figure 7

To change the number suffix of the radio, press the key next to the NO. prompt (Figure 8). The choices are 1 2, 3, and no suffix.

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure
Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00
Aug
of tlwr

Page 398.291
15/91
document.

Uss

or disclosure of information

on this page is subject to the restrictions on the title page

RADIO
<RECORD

CON FIG

1/1

i COM

1 1

COM

<NO. +MAINT

INAv

NAV PRV

2 I 2 i

I
SEL

i

FRQ>

AD-309S3-SM

Figure 8

If recall of the previous frequency is desired on radios other than the NAV receivers, pressing the lower right line select key will toggle the display from SEL PREV FREQ to DE-SEL PREV FREQ (Figure 9). SEL PREV FREQ - will cause the previously entered frequency to be displayed on the RADIO TUNE page in small script. (Allows toggling
between 2 frequencies.) cause only the last entry to be displayed on

DE-SEL PREV FREQ - will
the RADIO TUNE page.

RADIO
<RECORD

CONFIG
TuNE ADF 1 I COM NAV

1/1
1/31 2!

IRADIO <TYPE <NO . Imm ICOM INAV

21
21

I
<MAINT DE-SEL PRV

I
FRQE

AD-309S4-SM

Figure 9

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure
Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00
restritiions on
the

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the

Page 398.292 Aug 15/91

title page of this document.

Honeywell !!f!!!!!b.c’
c When all the radios have been configured in the desired manner, the configuration is recorded in non-volatile memory by pressing the upper left line select key addacent to the RECORll prompt.

To change the radio type at the cursor position, press the line select key adjacent to the TYPE prompt. The available choices are: ADF, COM, HF, and XPDR. (Figures 10 and 11. )

1 m

)

2

<RECORD <TYPE a <NO H . IRADIO 1ICOM lNAV I DE-SEL PRV 1 1 TUNE ADF COM NAV l/31 21 2! 21 I FRQ> H H H (s

AD-30965-SM

Figure 10

>

H
H

<RECORD lRADIO <TYPE <NO . Il!lml jCOM lNAV I DE-SEL PRV 1 1 TuNE ADF COM NAV 1/31 21 21 21 I FRQ> H H B H

H

AD-30966-SM

Figure

11

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00
Aug
title page c)f mis document.

Page 398.293
15/91

Use or disclosureof Informationon thk page is Subjacl to the restrictionson the

6.0

FLIGHT CONFIGURATION The

used during lateral track changes may be adjusted by FMS bank angles accessing the Flight Configuration Page. This page is accessed by entering “FC” at bottom left line select key on Maintenance Page 2. This in the display shown in Figure 12. results

FLIGHT
SANK -FACTO17 (0-15)

CONFIG

1/1

IH !4

<MAINT

1IHl

a

AD-30605

Figure 12 The bank factor can be adjusted between O and 15. It can only be changed while on the ground, and only from the master FMS. The bank factor represents the maximum bank angle to be used by the FMS, unless a higher bank is required to maintain protected airspace.

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00
on the title page of this document.

Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restritilons

Page 398.294 Aug 15/91

.

The FMS does

not use the selected bank factor during 10 miles of the origin and 25 miles of the destination. times, the FMS assumes the bank factor is 15.

operation During

within these

.

The selected bank factor is defaulted to 7. Changes made are remembered between flights. if a new computer is placed on the aircraft, the bank factor should be adjusted to desired value if
different than 7.

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00
on the title page of this docume;t. ‘

Page 398.295 AUCI15/91

Use or disclosure

of information

on this page

is subjacf

to the restri~tons

7.0

FMS SYSTEM TESTS

TITLE

TEST NO.

STEPS

RESPONSE

Power

Check

1.0 i!.
Remove all LRUS Power
aircraft and check all plugs for voltages and grounds on correct pins. B. up the

All voltages shall 10%. All be within
grounds shall < .25 ohms. be

Power down the aircraft and install all LRUS. Power up the aircraft
and proceed step. to next

CDUS should show Initialization page.

Data Loader

2.0 A. Obtain current NAV data base disk and load data base in left side FMS. Load data base in right side FMS. Load data base in center (AUX) FPIS. This step for triplex FMS installations. Enter the date and time on the NAV IDENT page of the CDU. NAV data base shall load in leftNZ. NAV data base shall load in right NZ. NAV data base shall load in third NZ.

B. c.

D.

CDU displays current date and time.

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00
on the title page of this document.

Use or dkdosure

Pacie398.296 “Aug 15/91

of

information

on

this

page

is

subject

to

the

restrictions

Honeywell !!f!!!!!.c’

TITLE Data Loader (cent)

TEST NO. 2.0 E.
Remove

STEPS

RESPONSE

power from aircraft for 5 min. Reapply power to aircraft.

Verify data base date and time are retained.

FMS Configurations

3.0 A. Set up FMS configuration for DUAL or INITIATED TRANSFER. See paragraph 4.0 for details. Using RADIOCONFIGURATION page, configure the FMS to aircraft configuration. Perform to both left and right (center if applicable) FMS systems. See paragraph 5.0 for details. DUAL or INITIATED TRANSFER annunciated on CONFIGpage.

I

B.

Set-up RADIO CONFIGto aircraft configuration.

Interface Tests

4.0

A.
B.

Set IRS Sensors to align
mode if available. Check reception of

Enter present position on the POSITION INIT

page and load.

this position by the sensor (IRS or Omega) by selecting the POS SENSORS page and verify the position of the appropriate sensor.

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00

Page 398.297

Aug 15/91 Use or disclosure of informationon this page is subject to the restrltilons on the title page o’ this document.

TITLE Interface Tests (cent)

TEST NO. 4.0 c.

STEPS

RESPONSE

If an Omega is present, select the VLF/OMEGA status prompt and go to page two of the VLF/OMEGA DATA page.
Place the FMS Auto/ Manual Tuning switch to AUTO position. (This switch may be contained in radio control head.) Enter a valid NAV frequency on the PROGRESS page at the NAV 1 or NAV 2 prompt.

Verify the date and time with the date and time entered. Verify position.

D.

E.

Verify that the frequency is accepted and the letter R annunciated in front of the stations ident. Verify the radio has been tuned to the entered frequency. Verify that the R annunciator changes to an A annunciation.

F.

Select the DELETE key on the CDU then line select it to the NAV prompt of the previously tuned radio. Select the FPL key on the CDU and enter a flight plan on the ACTIVE FLT PLAN pages. Select FMS and the MAP mode on the Nav
Display.

G.

H.

Verify the display of this map information on the Nav Display.

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure Table 302 (cent)

22-14-00
on the title page of this document.

Lfse

or

disclosure

Of lnfOMIatiOn

on this page

is subject

to the

restrictions

Page 398.298 ‘Aug 15/91

MAINTENANCE

Honeywell WtNRh.

TITLE Interface Tests (cent)

TEST NO. 4.0

STEPS

RESPONSE

I. Select the PERF key on the CDU and enter number of passengers and cargo weight on page 5 of the Perf Init section.

Verify that gross weight and the PERF DATA prompt are displayed.

Flight Management System Ground Check Procedure
Table 302 (cent)

Page 398.299/398.300 Aug 15/91
Use or disclosure

22-14-00
of this document.

Of information on

this page

is

subject

to

the

restncfions

on

the

tile

page

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful